CENTURY BANCSHARES INC
S-1, 1997-08-20
NATIONAL COMMERCIAL BANKS
Previous: PRINCOR TAX EXEMPT BOND FUND INC, 485BPOS, 1997-08-20
Next: STEIN ROE INCOME TRUST, N-30D, 1997-08-20



<PAGE>   1

    As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 20, 1997

                                                     Registration No. 333-______
================================================================================

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                ---------------

                                    FORM S-1
            REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                                ---------------

                            CENTURY BANCSHARES, INC.

<TABLE>
<S>                                                <C>                                   <C>
                    DELAWARE                                  6712                            52-1489098
          (State or other jurisdiction of          (Primary Standard Industrial           (I.R.S. Employer
           incorporation or organization)           Classification Code Number)          Identification No.)

                                                                                          JOSEPH S. BRACEWELL
          1275 PENNSYLVANIA AVENUE, N.W.                                           1275 PENNSYLVANIA AVENUE, N.W.
              WASHINGTON, D.C. 20004                                                    WASHINGTON, D.C.  20004
                  (202) 496-4000                                                            (202) 496-4000
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including          (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
  area code, of Registrant's principal executive offices)                     including area code, of agent for service)
</TABLE>

                                ---------------

                                    Copy to:


        JOHN R. BRANTLEY                             GEORGE P. WHITLEY
 BRACEWELL & PATTERSON, L.L.P.                       LECLAIR RYAN, P.C.
711 LOUISIANA STREET, SUITE 2900              707 EAST MAIN STREET, 11TH FLOOR
   HOUSTON, TEXAS 77002-2781                      RICHMOND, VIRGINIA 23219

                                ---------------

  APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC: As soon as
practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

  If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a
delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, check the following box.[ ]

  If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering.  [ ]

  If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering.  [ ]

  If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. [ ]

                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
============================================================================================================
                                                       Proposed maximum    Proposed maximum      Amount of
     Title of each class of         Amount to be        offering price         aggregate        registration
  securities to be registered        registered         per share (1)      offering price(1)        fee
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 <S>                                  <C>                   <C>               <C>                  <C>
 Common Stock, $1.00 par value        833,750               $7.50             $6,253,125           $1,895
============================================================================================================
</TABLE>

  (1)  Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee.

                                ---------------

  THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT
SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(a),
MAY DETERMINE.

================================================================================
<PAGE>   2
***************************************************************************
*                                                                         *
*  Information contained herein is subject to completion or amendment. A  *
*  registration statement relating to these securities has been filed     *
*  with the Securities and Exchange Commission. These securities may not  *
*  be sold nor may offers to buy be accepted prior to the time the        *
*  registration statement becomes effective. This prospectus shall not    *
*  constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy     *
*  nor shall there be any sale of these securities in any State in which  *
*  such offer, solicitation or sale would be unlawful prior to            *
*  registration or qualification under the securities laws of any such    *
*  State.                                                                 *
*                                                                         *
***************************************************************************


                  SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED AUGUST 20, 1997

                                 725,000 SHARES

                            CENTURY BANCSHARES, INC.
                                  COMMON STOCK

  All of the Common Stock of Century Bancshares, Inc. (the "Company") offered
hereby (the "Offering") is being sold by the Company. There is currently no
established public trading market for the Common Stock, although it is quoted
on the Non-Nasdaq Over-the-Counter ("NNOTC") Bulletin Board and is traded on a
limited basis. Application has been made for inclusion of the Common Stock in
the Nasdaq SmallCap Market under the symbol "CTRY."

  It is estimated that the public offering price will be in the range of $6.00
to $7.50 per share. See "Underwriting" for information concerning the factors
considered in determining the public offering price.

SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 7 FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS THAT
  SHOULD BE CONSIDERED IN CONNECTION WITH ANY INVESTMENT IN THE COMMON STOCK.

  THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY ARE NOT DEPOSITS AND ARE NOT INSURED BY THE
FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION OR ANY OTHER FEDERAL OR STATE AGENCY.

 THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
      EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE
         COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE
          ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION
                    TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   Underwriting Discounts    Proceeds to the
               Price to Public     and Commissions (1)       Company (2)
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>            <C>                 <C>                       <C>
Per Share           $                   $                         $
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total (3)      $                   $                         $
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

  (1)  The Company has agreed to indemnify the Underwriter against certain
       liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as
       amended (the "Securities Act"). See "Underwriting."
  (2)  Before deducting expenses of this Offering payable by the Company
       estimated at $___________.
  (3)  The Company has granted the Underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up
       to 108,750 additional shares of Common Stock, $1.00 par value (the
       "Common Stock"), on the same terms and conditions as set forth above,
       solely to cover over-allotments, if any. If such option is exercised
       in full, the total Price to Public, Underwriting Discount and Proceeds
       to the Company will be $__________, $__________ and $__________,
       respectively. See "Underwriting."

  The shares of Common Stock are being offered by the Underwriter subject to
prior sale, as, when and if delivered to and accepted by it, and subject to
certain other conditions. The Underwriter reserves the right to withdraw,
cancel or modify the Offering without notice and to reject orders in whole or
in part. It is expected that delivery of the shares of Common Stock offered
hereby will be made against payment therefor on or about __________, 1997 at
the offices of Scott & Stringfellow, Inc., Richmond, Virginia.

                           SCOTT & STRINGFELLOW, INC.

              The date of this Prospectus is _____________, 1997.
<PAGE>   3





                    [MAP OF EXISTING AND PROPOSED LOCATIONS]





  CERTAIN PERSONS PARTICIPATING IN THE OFFERING MAY ENGAGE IN TRANSACTIONS THAT
  STABILIZE, MAINTAIN OR OTHERWISE AFFECT THE PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK OFFERED
  HEREBY. SUCH TRANSACTIONS MAY INCLUDE STABILIZING THE MARKET PRICE OF THE
  COMMON STOCK, THE PURCHASE OF COMMON STOCK TO COVER SYNDICATE SHORT POSITIONS
  AND THE IMPOSITION OF PENALTY BIDS.





                                      -2-
<PAGE>   4
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

  The following summary is qualified in its entirety by, and should be read in
conjunction with, the more detailed information and consolidated financial
statements, including the notes thereto, appearing elsewhere in this
Prospectus.  As used in this Prospectus, unless the context otherwise requires,
the term "Company" means Century Bancshares, Inc. and its subsidiary. Unless
otherwise indicated, the information contained in this Prospectus (i) assumes
that the Underwriter's over-allotment option is not exercised and (ii) reflects
the five percent Common Stock dividends declared during 1993, 1994, 1995 and
1997, and the seven percent Common Stock dividend declared during 1996.

                                  THE COMPANY

  Century Bancshares, Inc. (the "Company") is a bank holding company
headquartered in Washington, D.C. that was organized to own and control all of
the capital stock of Century National Bank, a national banking association (the
"Bank"). The Bank opened in 1982 and engages in a general commercial banking
business with a particular emphasis on the needs of professionals,
entrepreneurs, small to medium-sized businesses and not-for-profit
organizations located in the Washington, D.C. metropolitan area. At June 30,
1997, the Company had total assets of $111 million, total loans of $74 million,
total deposits of $95 million and total stockholders' equity of $7 million. Net
income for the first six months of 1997 was $288,000, or $.21 per share.

  The Company's strategic plan is directed toward the enhancement of its
franchise value and operating profitability through a significant increase in
its asset size, further expansion into nearby Virginia and Maryland markets and
the development of new commercial accounts. See "Business -- Strategic Plan."
Accordingly, the Company has invested significantly in computer and
telecommunications systems which have positioned the Company to realize
economies of scale as it executes its strategy.

  One method by which the Company plans to grow is by conducting business in
multiple locations in high growth markets in Virginia and Maryland. Although
the Company successfully expanded the scope of its operations in downtown
Washington, D.C. by acquiring a branch office from the Resolution Trust
Corporation in 1994, management believes the Company's most profitable growth
opportunities are in the contiguous markets of Fairfax County, Virginia and
Montgomery County, Maryland. Both of these markets are characterized by high
concentrations of small to medium-sized businesses and professionals. Fairfax
County is one of the more densely populated and affluent counties in Virginia.
Fairfax County's median household income is the highest in the country at
$71,610, which is nearly double the national median, and its population is
projected to increase approximately eight percent from 1996 to 2001. The
demographic characteristics of Montgomery County are also compelling. Median
household income of $61,595 ranks ninth nationwide, and the County's population
is projected to increase by approximately six percent between 1996 and 2001.

  Management executed the first step of the Company's branch expansion strategy
in 1996 by establishing a loan production office in Tysons Corner, Virginia,
which is Fairfax County's largest business center. The office quickly surpassed
management's performance goals, and as a result was converted to a full service
branch in April 1997. The Company is following a similar strategy with respect
to establishing a foothold in Montgomery County, Maryland. In June 1997, the
Company opened a loan production office in Bethesda, Maryland, which is one of
Montgomery County's largest business centers. The Company plans to replace this
office with a full service branch in downtown Bethesda in early 1998, for which
it has already received regulatory approval.





                                      -3-
<PAGE>   5
  In furtherance of its expansion strategy, the Company recently entered into
an agreement to assume the deposit liabilities and leasehold interest of a
branch of Eastern American Bank, FSB ("Eastern American") located in McLean,
Virginia approximately three miles from the Bank's office in Tysons Corner. In
conjunction with the assumption of these liabilities, the Company will acquire
approximately $9.2 million in mortgage loans from Eastern American's portfolio.
The transaction, which is subject to regulatory approval and certain other
conditions, is expected to close in October 1997. As of the date of the
agreement, there were approximately $34 million in deposits at the Eastern
American branch.  See "The Eastern American Transaction" and "Use of Proceeds."

  The Company competes in its markets by providing a breadth of products
comparable to a regional bank, while maintaining the quick response and
personal service of a locally headquartered bank. Management believes it can
solidify the Company's competitive advantage through establishing long-term
relationships to foster customer loyalty and by continuing to provide a broad
array of commercial account and loan products.

  The Company's principal executive offices are located at 1275 Pennsylvania
Avenue, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20004, and its telephone number is (202)
496-4000.





                                      -4-
<PAGE>   6
                                  THE OFFERING

<TABLE>
<S>                                     <C>
Securities Offered(1) . . . . . . . .       725,000 shares of Common Stock.

Common Stock Outstanding
  After the Offering(1). . . . . . .        1,942,429 shares.

Use of Proceeds . . . . . . . . . . . .     The Company will use the net proceeds of this Offering to enhance and
                                            support the equity capital of the Bank in view of the deposit transaction
                                            with Eastern American and for general corporate purposes. See "Use of
                                            Proceeds."

Proposed NASDAQ Symbol . . . . . . . . .    The Company has made application to the Nasdaq Stock Market to list the
                                            Common Stock for trading in the SmallCap Market under the symbol "CTRY."

Risk Factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  Prospective investors in the Common Stock should consider the information
                                            discussed under the caption "Risk Factors."

</TABLE>

- - ---------------

  (1)  Assumes no exercise of the Underwriter's over-allotment option to
       purchase up to 108,750 shares of Common Stock.  See "Underwriting."
       Excludes approximately 343,787 shares of Common Stock issuable upon
       exercise of outstanding stock options and warrants exercisable as of
       June 30, 1997 at a weighted average exercise price of $4.72 per share.





                                      -5-
<PAGE>   7
                   SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

  The following summary consolidated financial information of the Company
should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements of the
Company and the Notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus and the
information contained in "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations."

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                             Six Months Ended June 30,                             Year Ended December 31,
                             -------------------------     ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

                                    1997          1996           1996          1995          1994          1993          1992
                              ----------    ----------     ----------    ----------    ----------    ----------    ----------
<S>                           <C>           <C>            <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
 Interest income ..........   $    4,131    $    3,759     $    7,689    $    7,079    $    5,712    $    5,455    $    6,016
 Interest expense .........        1,641         1,331          2,776         2,562         1,902         1,987         2,486
 Net interest income ......        2,490         2,428          4,913         4,517         3,810         3,468         3,530
 Provision for loan losses            72            --            160            26            19           310           596
 Noninterest income .......          514           354            720           590           555           572           611
 Noninterest expense ......        2,463         2,307          4,920         4,157         3,381         3,071         3,303
 Income taxes .............          181           182            275           311           374           240            76
                              ----------    ----------     ----------    ----------    ----------    ----------    ----------
  Net income ..............   $      288    $      293     $      279    $      613    $      591    $      419    $       200(1)
                              ==========    ==========     ==========    ==========    ==========    ==========    ==========
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
 Total assets .............   $  110,902    $   96,659     $  107,186    $  101,730    $   90,175    $   86,332    $   77,280
 Total loans ..............       74,346        71,455         70,676        69,204        60,663        56,644        56,331
 Allowance for loan losses           710           830            826           740           740           730           744
 Total deposits ...........       94,707        83,330         90,985        90,539        82,081        79,982        71,113
 Long term debt ...........        6,400            --          6,850            --            --           207           540
 Total stockholders' equity        7,078         6,671          6,750         6,365         4,810         4,804         4,469
COMMON SHARE DATA(2):
 Net income ...............   $      .21    $      .23     $      .22    $      .55    $      .55    $      .41    $       .18(1)
 Book value(3) ............         5.81          5.65           5.61          5.42          4.48          4.48          4.14
 Common shares outstanding
  at end of period ........    1,217,429     1,179,869      1,203,329     1,175,234       971,146       969,023       967,428
 Weighted average common
  and equivalent shares
  outstanding during period    1,341,156     1,294,594      1,256,437     1,048,438     1,007,242       968,210       967,006
PERFORMANCE DATA:
 Return on average
  total assets(4) .........          .53%          .61%           .27%          .68%          .71%          .56%          .29%
 Return on average
  total equity(4) .........         8.32          8.99           4.20         11.49         12.38          9.84          5.39
 Net interest margin(4) ...         5.25          5.74           5.74          5.42          4.90          4.55          4.94
 Loans to deposits ........        78.50         85.75          77.68         76.44         73.90         70.82         79.21
ASSET QUALITY RATIOS:
 Nonperforming assets
  to total assets .........          .15%         1.16%           .30%          .49%          .70%          .37%         1.11%
 Net loan charge-offs
  to average loans(4) .....          .53          (.25)           .10           .04           .02           .59          1.40
 Allowance for loan losses
  to total loans ..........          .95          1.16           1.17          1.07          1.22          1.29          1.32
 Allowance for loan losses
  to nonperforming loans ..          423            89            257           240           118           227           114
BANK CAPITAL RATIOS:
 Tier 1 risk-based capital          9.22%         9.22%          9.15%         9.35%        10.12%        10.22%         9.65%
 Total risk-based capital .        10.17         10.40          10.29         10.47         11.37         11.48         10.91
 Tier 1 leverage ..........         6.59          7.33           6.44          6.88          5.74          5.24          6.09
</TABLE>

- - ---------------

(1)  After giving effect to an extraordinary gain of $34,000, or $.04 per
     share.
(2)  All common share data has been adjusted for the five percent Common Stock
     dividends declared during 1993, 1994, 1995 and 1997, and the seven percent
     Common Stock dividend declared during 1996.
(3)  Represents total stockholders' equity (net of liquidation preference of
     preferred stock of $468,000, $468,000 and $460,000 as of December 31,
     1992, 1993 and 1994, respectively) divided by the number of shares of
     Common Stock outstanding at the end of the period.
(4)  Ratios annualized for the six-month periods ended June 30, 1997 and 1996.





                                      -6-
<PAGE>   8
                                  RISK FACTORS


  An investment in the Common Stock offered hereby involves certain risks. The
following factors, in addition to those discussed elsewhere in this Prospectus,
should be considered carefully before purchasing shares of Common Stock.

EXPOSURE TO LOCAL ECONOMIC CONDITIONS

  The Company's success is dependent to a significant extent upon general
economic conditions in the Washington, D.C.  metropolitan area which are, in
turn, dependent to a large extent on the Federal government, particularly its
local employment and spending levels. In addition, the banking industry in the
Washington, D.C. metropolitan area, similar to other geographic markets, is
affected by general economic conditions such as inflation, recession,
unemployment and other factors beyond the Company's control. Economic recession
over a prolonged period or other economic dislocation in the Washington, D.C.
metropolitan area, or a substantial reduction in the level of employment or
local spending by the Federal government, could cause increases in
nonperforming assets, thereby causing operating losses, impairing liquidity and
eroding capital. There can be no assurance that future adverse changes in the
economy in the Washington, D.C.  metropolitan area would not have a material
adverse effect on the Company's financial condition, results of operations or
cash flows. See "Business."

INTEREST RATE RISK

  The Company's earnings depend to a great extent on "rate differentials,"
which are the differences between interest income that the Company earns on
loans and investments and the interest expense paid on deposits and other
borrowings.  These rates are highly sensitive to many factors which are beyond
the Company's control, including general economic conditions and the policies
of various government and regulatory authorities. From time to time, maturities
of assets and liabilities are not balanced, and a rapid increase or decrease in
interest rates could have an adverse effect on the net interest margin and
results of operations of the Company. The nature, timing and effect of any
future changes in federal monetary and fiscal policies on the Company and its
results of operations are not predictable. See "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Results of
Operations -- Interest Rate Sensitivity Management."

REGULATION AND SUPERVISION

  Bank holding companies and banks operate in a highly regulated environment
and are subject to extensive supervision and examination by several federal and
state regulatory agencies. The Company is subject to the Bank Holding Company
Act of 1956, as amended (the "BHCA"), and to regulation and supervision by the
Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the "Federal Reserve Board").
The Bank, as a national banking association, is subject to regulation and
supervision by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency ("OCC") and, as a
result of the insurance of its deposits, by the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation (the "FDIC"). These agencies' regulations are intended primarily
for the protection of depositors, rather than for the benefit of investors.
These agencies' regulations, among other things, impose percentage limitations





                                      -7-
<PAGE>   9
on the acquisition of shares of Common Stock without prior agency approval,
require the satisfaction by the Bank (and, upon completion of the transaction
with Eastern American, the Company) of certain minimum capital standards and
limit the activities which may be conducted by the Company and the Bank. In
addition, other agencies regulate certain aspects of the Bank's lending
activities. All of these agencies can be expected to continue to propose new
regulatory and legislative actions which would affect the operations of the
Company and which may alter the competitive nature of the banking business. The
effects of any potential changes cannot be predicted but could adversely affect
the business and operations of the Company and the Bank in the future. See
"Supervision and Regulation."

RESTRICTIONS ON PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS

  The Company has not paid any cash dividends on the Common Stock to date, and
it intends during the near term to retain any earnings available for dividends
for the development and growth of its business. Although the Company's
long-term plan calls for the payment of cash dividends when circumstances
permit, no assurance may be given if or when the Company will adopt a policy of
paying cash dividends. See "Dividend Policy." Federal Reserve Board policy
limits the payment of cash dividends by bank holding companies and requires
that the holding company serve as a source of strength to its banking
subsidiaries. See "Supervision and Regulation -- Regulation of the Company."

  The Company's principal source of funds to pay dividends on the shares of
Common Stock will be cash dividends that the Company receives from the Bank.
The payment of dividends by the Bank to the Company is subject to certain
restrictions imposed by federal banking laws, regulations and authorities. As
of June 30, 1997, an aggregate of approximately $1.4 million was available for
payment of dividends by the Bank to the Company under applicable restrictions,
without regulatory approval. As of the date of this Prospectus, the Bank had
not paid any dividends to the Company during 1997.  See "Supervision and
Regulation -- Regulation of the Bank."

CERTAIN CHARTER AND BYLAW PROVISIONS

  The Company's Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, and Bylaws contain
certain provisions which may delay, discourage or prevent an attempted
acquisition or change of control of the Company. These provisions, among other
things, impose certain procedural requirements on stockholders of the Company
who wish to make nominations for elections of directors or propose other
actions at stockholder meetings, authorize the Board of Directors to fix the
rights and preferences of the shares of series of preferred stock without
stockholder approval, prohibit stockholder action by written consent and limit
the ability of stockholders to call special meetings of stockholders. In
addition, certain provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law prohibit a
Delaware corporation from engaging in a broad range of business combinations
with an "interested stockholder" for a period of three years following the date
that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, subject to certain
exceptions. See "Description of Capital Stock -- Anti-Takeover Protections."





                                      -8-
<PAGE>   10
MANAGEMENT'S OWNERSHIP INTEREST

  After the consummation of the Offering, the executive officers and directors
of the Company will own 494,376 shares of the outstanding Common Stock,
representing approximately 25.5% of such class outstanding or approximately
24.1% of such class if the Underwriter's over- allotment option is fully
exercised. In addition, warrants and stock options to purchase an aggregate of
193,035 shares of Common Stock are held by the Company's directors and
executive officers. If all such warrants and stock options were exercised, the
directors and executive officers would own approximately 32.2% of the Common
Stock to be outstanding after the Offering (approximately 30.6% if the
Underwriter's over-allotment option is exercised in full). Accordingly, these
executive officers and directors will be able to influence, to a significant
extent, the outcome of all matters required to be submitted to the Company's
stockholders for approval, including decisions relating to the election of
directors of the Company and other significant corporate transactions. See
"Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management."

LIMITED PRIOR TRADING MARKET

  Prior to this Offering, there has been no established public trading market
for the Common Stock, although it is quoted on the NNOTC Bulletin Board and is
traded on a limited basis. Application has been made for inclusion of the
Common Stock for quotation on the Nasdaq SmallCap Market under the symbol
"CTRY." There can be no assurance that an active public market will develop or
be sustained after this Offering or that if such a market develops, investors
in the Common Stock will be able to resell their shares at or above the public
offering price.

  The public offering price of the shares of Common Stock will be determined by
negotiations between the Company and the Underwriter. Among the factors to be
considered in making such a determination will be any recent trading prices of
the Common Stock, an assessment of the Company's results of operations, an
evaluation of the Company's management, the future prospects of the Company and
its industry in general, relative price to earnings and book value ratios of
securities of companies engaged in activities similar to those of the Company
and the prevailing conditions in the securities market. See "Underwriting."

COMPETITION

  The Bank is subject to vigorous competition in all aspects and areas of its
business from banks and other financial institutions, including savings and
loan associations, savings banks, finance companies, credit unions and other
providers of financial services, such as money market mutual funds, brokerage
firms, consumer finance companies and insurance companies. The Bank competes in
its market area with a number of much larger financial institutions with
greater resources, lending limits, larger branch systems and a wider array of
commercial banking services. The Company believes the Bank has been able to
compete effectively with other financial institutions by emphasizing customer
service, establishing long-term customer relationships, building customer
loyalty and providing products and services designed to address the specific
needs of its customers. No assurance may be given, however, that the Bank will
continue to be able to compete effectively with other financial institutions in
the future. See "Business -- Competition."





                                      -9-
<PAGE>   11
DEPENDENCE ON KEY EMPLOYEES

  To a large extent, the Company is dependent upon the experience and abilities
of certain key employees, including the services of Mr. Joseph S. Bracewell,
its President. Should the services of these employees become unavailable for
any reason, the business of the Company could be adversely affected. The
Company and Mr. Bracewell are parties to an Employment Agreement providing for
his continued employment by the Company through August 1998. See "Management --
Employment Agreement."

                           FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

  This Prospectus includes "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of
Section 27A of the Securities Act, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act") that are based on the current
beliefs of, as well as assumptions made by and information currently available
to, the Company's management. All statements other than statements of
historical facts included in this Prospectus, including without limitation,
statements contained under the captions "Prospectus Summary," "Risk Factors,"
"The Eastern American Transaction," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and "Business" regarding the
Company's financial position, business strategy and plans and objectives of
management of the Company for future operations, are forward-looking
statements. When used in this Prospectus the words "anticipate," "believe,"
"estimate," "project," "predict," "expect," "intend" and words or phrases of
similar import, as they relate to the Company or its subsidiaries or Company
management, are intended to identify forward-looking statements. Although the
Company believes that the expectations reflected in such forward-looking
statements are reasonable, it can give no assurance that such expectations will
prove to have been correct. Important factors that could cause actual results
to differ materially from the Company's expectations ("cautionary statements")
are contained under the caption "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this
Prospectus, including, without limitation, in conjunction with the
forward-looking statements included in this Prospectus. Based upon changing
conditions, should any one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize,
or should any underlying assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary
materially from those described herein as anticipated, believed, estimated,
projected, predicted, expected or intended. The Company does not intend to
update these forward-looking statements. All subsequent written and oral
forward-looking statements attributable to the Company or persons acting on its
behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the applicable cautionary
statements.

                                USE OF PROCEEDS

  The net proceeds from the sale of the Common Stock offered hereby are
estimated to be approximately $__________ ($_________ if the Underwriter's
overallotment option is exercised in full), after deducting estimated
underwriting discounts and Offering expenses. The Company will use the net
proceeds of this Offering to enhance and support the equity capital of the Bank
in view of the deposit transaction with Eastern American and for general
corporate purposes. See "The Eastern American Transaction."





                                      -10-
<PAGE>   12
                                 CAPITALIZATION

  The following table sets forth the consolidated capitalization of the Company
as of June 30, 1997, and as adjusted to give effect to the sale of the shares
of Common Stock offered hereby at $___ per share (after giving effect to the
payment of estimated Offering expenses). See "Use of Proceeds."

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            June 30, 1997
                                                     ----------------------------
                                                     Historical      As Adjusted
                                                     ------------    ------------
<S>                                                  <C>             <C>
Long term debt ...................................   $  6,400,000    $  6,400,000
Common Stock, $1.00 par value, 5,000,000
  shares authorized; 1,217,429 shares issued
  and outstanding; 1,942,429 shares issued
  and outstanding as adjusted(1) .................      1,217,429
Additional paid-in capital .......................      5,300,802
Retained earnings ................................        603,608         603,608

Unrealized loss on investment
  securities available-for-sale, net of
  tax effect .....................................        (44,335)        (44,335)
                                                     ------------    ------------
Total stockholders' equity .......................      7,077,504    $
                                                     ------------    ------------
Total capitalization .............................   $ 13,477,504    $
                                                     ============    ============
</TABLE>
_________

(1)  Assumes that the Underwriter's overallotment option for 108,750 shares is
     not exercised and that no outstanding stock options or stock purchase
     warrants are exercised. If the Underwriter's over-allotment option is
     exercised in full, Common Stock, additional paid in capital, total
     stockholders' equity and total capitalization would be approximately
     $______, $______, $______ and $______, respectively.

                            MARKET FOR COMMON STOCK

  There is currently no established public trading market in the Company's
Common Stock. The Common Stock is quoted on the NNOTC Bulletin Board, a NASD
sponsored and operated inter-dealer quotation system, and is traded on a
limited basis.

  Based on information available to the Company from a limited number of
sellers and purchasers of Common Stock, the Company believes that the selling
price for the Common Stock ranged from $5.50 to $6.25 during 1995; from $5.50
to $8.00 during 1996; and from $6.50 to $7.75 from January 1, 1997 through July
31, 1997. Such transactions may not be representative of all transactions
during the indicated periods or the actual fair market value of the Common
Stock at the time of such transactions due to the infrequency of trades and the
limited market for the Common Stock.





                                      -11-
<PAGE>   13
  The Company has applied to have the Common Stock approved for listing on The
Nasdaq SmallCap Market under the symbol "CTRY." There can be no assurance,
however, that an active trading market for the Common Stock will develop and
continue after the Offering. The quotation of the Common Stock on The Nasdaq
SmallCap Market is conditioned upon the Company meeting certain asset, stock
price and public float tests, and having at least three registered and active
market makers for the Common Stock. Arrangements have been made to satisfy the
market maker requirements, and the Company believes it will satisfy the other
listing requirements upon completion of this Offering.

  At June 30, 1997, there were 1,217,429 shares of Common Stock outstanding
held by approximately 264 holders of record.

                                DIVIDEND POLICY

  The Company has not paid cash dividends on its shares of Common Stock to
date, and it intends during the near term to retain any earnings available for
dividends for the development and growth of its business. The Company's
long-term plan, however, calls for the payment of cash dividends when
circumstances permit, although no assurance can be given if or when the Company
will adopt a policy of paying cash dividends. The declaration and payment of
future cash dividends will depend on, among other things, the Company's
earnings, the general economic and regulatory climate, the Company's liquidity
and capital requirements, and other factors deemed relevant by the Company's
Board of Directors. The Company's ability to pay dividends depends, to a large
extent, upon the dividends received from the Bank. Dividends paid by the Bank
are subject to restrictions under various federal banking laws and regulations.
See "Risk Factors -- Restrictions on Payment of Dividends" and "Supervision and
Regulation."

  The Company has declared stock dividends from time to time in the past, but
has not adopted a policy with respect to future stock dividends. The most
recent stock dividend declared by the Company was a five percent stock dividend
payable on May 23, 1997 on shares of Common Stock held of record as of May 7,
1997. The declaration of future stock dividends is at the discretion of the
Board of Directors.

                        THE EASTERN AMERICAN TRANSACTION

  The Bank has entered into a Purchase and Assumption Agreement with Eastern
American dated July 24, 1997, as amended August 15, 1997 (the "EAB Agreement"),
providing for the assumption by the Bank of the deposits and certain other
liabilities of the branch of Eastern American located at 6832 Old Dominion
Drive, McLean, Virginia (the "McLean Branch"). In connection with the
assumption of the deposit liabilities of the McLean Branch, the Bank also will
assume the obligations under the related lease and will acquire approximately
$9.24 million in mortgage loans from Eastern American's portfolio.

  In consideration of the assumption of the deposits and other liabilities,
Eastern American will make a cash transfer to the Bank equal to the total amount
of the liabilities assumed, less the sum on the closing date of (i) the value
of vault cash at the McLean Branch, (ii) the net book value of the leasehold
improvements and the personal property located at the McLean Branch, (iii) the
amount of the security deposit related to the lease of the McLean Branch, (iv)
the unpaid





                                      -12-
<PAGE>   14
balance of the designated mortgage loans and certain overdraft protection
loans, (v) certain proration items, and (v) a deposit premium equal to 5.6% of
the balance of the deposits assumed as of the closing date, excluding deposits
of affiliates of Eastern American and certain other types of deposits, not to
exceed $2 million. If the transactions contemplated by the EAB Agreement had
been completed as of the date of the EAB Agreement, it is estimated that
approximately $34 million in deposit liabilities would have been assumed by the
Bank and the amount of the cash transfer by Eastern American to the Bank would
have been approximately $23 million.

  The obligations of the parties to complete the transactions contemplated by
the EAB Agreement are subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions,
including receipt of the unconditional approval of all required regulatory
authorities, the absence of litigation materially and adversely affecting the
operation of the branch or the transactions contemplated by the agreement, the
consent of the landlord to the assignment of the lease, the continued status of
the Bank as "well capitalized" on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the
transaction and other conditions customary in transactions of this nature.

  The EAB Agreement provides that the transactions contemplated thereby will be
completed no later than October 15, 1997, subject to extension until December
1, 1997 if necessary to obtain regulatory approval. The Company anticipates
that the closing will occur substantially contemporaneously with the closing of
this Offering.

  In connection with the transaction, Eastern American has agreed, for a period
of two years after the closing, that neither Eastern American nor any of its
subsidiaries, affiliates, successors or assigns will enter into any agreement
to acquire, lease, purchase, own, operate or use any building or other facility
within a two and one-half mile radius of the branch location for the purpose of
accepting deposits or cashing checks. In addition, Eastern American has agreed
that neither it nor its subsidiaries or affiliates (including the directors,
officers, employees or principal shareholders), successors or assigns will, for
a period of two years after closing, solicit deposits, loans or other business
from customers whose deposits are assumed, or whose loans are acquired,
pursuant to the agreement.

  In connection with the transaction, the Bank plans to assume Eastern
American's lease for the branch location at 6832 Old Dominion Drive, McLean,
Virginia. The McLean Branch is located in Fairfax County, Virginia, in what is
referred to locally as "Old McLean." McLean, which is considered the "downtown"
of Fairfax County, encompasses approximately 26 square miles and contains
approximately 20.8 million square feet of office space. See "Business --
Primary Market Area." The branch premises consist of 2,077 square feet which
are under lease through September 30, 2003, with one additional five-year
renewal option.

  The Company believes that the transaction with Eastern American will further
its strategic plan, which is directed toward the enhancement of its franchise
value and operating profitability through a significant increase in its asset
size, further expansion into nearby Virginia and Maryland markets and the
development of new commercial accounts. The Company anticipates, however, that
its net interest margin will decline immediately after the transaction, since
the proportion of non-interest bearing deposits is lower, and the average rate
paid on interest-bearing deposits is higher, at the McLean Branch than in the
Company's present deposit structure. Further, since the





                                      -13-
<PAGE>   15
volume of loans to be acquired in connection with the transaction is
approximately 25% of the deposit liabilities to be assumed, the balance of the
assumed deposits initially will be invested in securities, which generally earn
lower rates of interest than loans. The Company anticipates that, over time,
most of these funds will be re-deployed into new loans and the net interest
margin should increase to historical levels. In addition, the transaction will
immediately increase the Company's noninterest expenses as a result of
personnel and occupancy expenses of the McLean Branch, as well as amortization
of the deposit premium. Furthermore, the transaction should increase the
Company's noninterest income due to the increase in deposit accounts.





                                      -14-
<PAGE>   16
                  SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

  The following selected consolidated financial information should be read in
conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company and the
Notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus and the information
contained in "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations." The selected historical consolidated financial data as
of and for the five years ended December 31, 1996 are derived from the
Company's Consolidated Financial Statements, which have been audited by
independent public accountants. The selected historical consolidated financial
data as of and for the six months ended June 30, 1997 and June 30, 1996 have
not been audited but, in the opinion of management, contain all adjustments
(consisting of only normal recurring adjustments) necessary to present fairly
the financial position and results of operations of the Company as of such
dates and for such periods in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles. The results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 1997
are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations that may be
expected for the year ending December 31, 1997 or for any future periods.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         Six Months Ended June 30,                    Year Ended December 31,
                                         ------------------------   -----------------------------------------------------------
                                            1997         1996          1996         1995         1994         1993       1992
                                         ----------   ----------    ----------   ----------   ----------    --------   --------
                                                               (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
<S>                                      <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>        <C>
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
 Interest income ....................... $    4,131   $    3,759    $    7,689   $    7,079   $    5,712    $  5,455   $  6,016
 Interest expense ......................      1,641        1,331         2,776        2,562        1,902       1,987      2,486
 Net interest income ...................      2,490        2,428         4,913        4,517        3,810       3,468      3,530
 Provision for loan losses .............         72           --           160           26           19         310        596
 Noninterest income ....................        514          354           720          590          555         572        611
 Noninterest expense ...................      2,463        2,307         4,920        4,157        3,381       3,071      3,303
 Income taxes ..........................        181          182           275          311          374         240         76
                                         ----------   ----------    ----------   ----------   ----------    --------   --------
  Net income ........................... $      288   $      293    $      279   $      613   $      591    $    419   $    200(1)
                                         ==========   ==========    ==========   ==========   ==========    ========   ========
BALANCE SHEET DATA:                      
 Total assets .......................... $  110,902   $   96,659    $  107,186   $  101,730   $   90,175    $ 86,332   $ 77,280
 Total loans ...........................     74,346       71,455        70,676       69,204       60,663      56,644     56,331
 Allowance for loan losses .............        710          830           826          740          740         730        744
 Total deposits ........................     94,707       83,330        90,985       90,539       82,081      79,982     71,113
 Long term debt ........................      6,400           --         6,850           --           --         207        540
 Total stockholders' equity ............      7,078        6,671         6,750        6,365        4,810       4,804      4,469
COMMON SHARE DATA(2):                    
 Net income ............................ $      .21   $      .23    $      .22   $      .55   $      .55    $    .41   $    .18(1)
 Book value(3) .........................       5.81         5.65          5.61         5.42         4.48        4.48       4.14
 Common shares outstanding as of         
  end of period ........................  1,217,429    1,179,869     1,203,329    1,175,234      971,146     969,023    967,428
 Weighted average common and equivalent  
  shares outstanding during period .....  1,341,156    1,294,594     1,256,437    1,048,438    1,007,242     968,210    967,006
PERFORMANCE DATA:                        
 Return on average total assets(4) .....        .53%         .61%          .27%         .68%         .71%        .56%       .29%
 Return on average total equity(4) .....       8.32         8.99          4.20        11.49        12.38        9.84       5.39
 Net interest margin(4) ................       5.25         5.74          5.74         5.42         4.90        4.55       4.94
 Loans to deposits .....................      78.50        85.75         77.68        76.44        73.90       70.82      79.21
ASSET QUALITY RATIOS:                    
 Nonperforming assets to total assets ..        .15%        1.16%          .30%         .49%         .70%        .37%      1.11%
 Net loan charge-offs to average 
   loans(4) ............................        .53         (.25)          .10          .04          .02         .59       1.40
 Allowance for loan losses to 
  total loans ..........................        .95         1.16          1.17         1.07         1.22        1.29       1.32
 Allowance for loan losses to
  nonperforming loans ..................        423           89           257          240          118         227        114
BANK CAPITAL RATIOS:                     
 Tier 1 risk-based capital .............       9.22%        9.22%         9.15%        9.35%       10.12%      10.22%      9.65%
 Total risk-based capital ..............      10.17        10.40         10.29        10.47        11.37       11.48      10.91
 Tier 1 leverage .......................       6.59         7.33          6.44         6.88         5.74        5.24       6.09
</TABLE>

- - ---------------

(1)  After giving effect to an extraordinary gain of $34,000, or $.04 per
     share.
(2)  All common share data has been adjusted for the five percent Common Stock
     dividends declared during 1993, 1994, 1995 and 1997, and the seven percent
     Common Stock dividend declared during 1996.
(3)  Represents total stockholders' equity (net of liquidation preference of
     preferred stock of $468,000, $468,000 and $460,000 as of December 31,
     1992, 1993 and 1994, respectively) divided by the number of shares of
     Common Stock outstanding at the end of the period.
(4)  Ratios annualized for the six-month periods ended June 30, 1997 and 1996.





                                      -15-
<PAGE>   17
           MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
                           AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

  The following discussion, which analyzes the major elements of the Company's
consolidated statements of operations and financial condition, should be read
in conjunction with the detailed information and consolidated financial
statements, and the notes related thereto, included elsewhere herein.
References to the operations of the Company include the operations of the Bank,
unless the context otherwise requires.

OVERVIEW

  As of June 30, 1997, the Company had total assets of $110,902,000, total
loans of $74,346,000, total deposits of $94,707,000 and total stockholders'
equity of $7,078,000. For the year ended December 31, 1996, and for the six
months ended June 30, 1997 (on an annualized basis), the Company's return on
equity was 4.20% and 8.32%, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 1996,
and for the six months ended June 30, 1997 (on an annualized basis), the
Company's return on assets was .27% and .53%, respectively.

  The Company had net income of $288,000 for the six months ended June 30,
1997, and net income of $279,000, $613,000 and $591,000 during the years ended
December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively. The decline in net income
during 1996 was attributable to nonrecurring expenses associated with the
installation of a new computer system and other costs incurred to position the
Company to implement its planned expansion. See " -- Results of Operations --
Noninterest Expense."

  The Company has entered into an agreement to assume approximately $34 million
in deposits and the leasehold interests of a branch of Eastern American in
McLean, Virginia. In connection with this transaction, the Company will also
acquire approximately $9.24 million in mortgage loans from Eastern American's
portfolio. Although the Company believes that the transaction with Eastern
American will be in furtherance of its business strategy to significantly
increase its asset size and to expand into nearby Virginia and Maryland
markets, the Company anticipates that a short term decline in its net income
may occur as a result of increased operating expenses and the need to redeploy
the new deposits into loans.  See "The Eastern American Transaction." This and
other possible effects of the transaction with Eastern American on the
Company's financial results should be considered when reviewing the Company's
reported results of operations.





                                      -16-
<PAGE>   18
                             RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

NET INCOME

  Net income was $288,000 ($.21 per common share) for the first six months of
1997, compared with net income of $293,000 ($.23 per common share) for the
first six months of 1996. The decrease in net income for the first six months
of 1997 compared with the same period in 1996 resulted from a $156,000 increase
in non-interest expenses and a $72,000 increase in the provision for loan
losses, which were partially offset by a $160,000 increase in non-interest
income and a $62,000 increase in net interest income. In addition, earnings per
common share were affected by an increase in the number of weighted average
common shares and common stock equivalents outstanding to 1,341,156 from
1,294,594 during the first six months of 1997 as compared to 1996.

  Net income was $279,000 ($.22 per common share) for 1996, compared with net
income of $613,000 ($.55 per common share) for 1995, a decrease of $334,000 or
55%. The decrease in net income for 1996 compared with 1995 resulted
principally from a $763,000 increase in noninterest expenses, of which
approximately $416,000 was attributable to nonrecurring costs associated with
new telecommunications and computer systems, processing costs in support of new
fee-generating products and services, and expenses relating to the cost of
registering with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") the shares of 
Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of certain outstanding warrants. A
$134,000 increase in the provision for loan losses also contributed to the
decrease in net income for 1996 compared with 1995. These increased expenses
were partially offset by a $396,000 increase in net interest income and a
$130,000 increase in noninterest income.

  Net income for 1995 was restated to reflect an adjustment to the Company's
deferred compensation liability account.  The impact of this adjustment
resulted in a decrease to previously reported net income of $67,000 in 1995.
See Note 2 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional
discussion.

  Net income, as restated, was $613,000 for 1995 ($0.55 per common share), a 4%
increase compared with $591,000 for 1994 ($0.55 per common share). The increase
in net income from 1994 to 1995 resulted from a $707,000 increase in net
interest income and a $35,000 increase in non-interest income, which were
offset by a $776,000 increase in non-interest expenses resulting from the
acquisition of the Pennsylvania Avenue branch office and increased marketing
and business development expenses.

NET INTEREST INCOME

  Net interest income, which constitutes the principal source of income for the
Company, represents the difference between interest income on earning assets 
and interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities. The net yield on total
earning assets, also referred to as interest rate margin or net interest





                                      -17-
<PAGE>   19
margin, represents net interest income divided by average earning assets. The
Company's principal earning assets are loans, investment securities, interest
bearing deposits in other banks, and federal funds sold.

  Net interest income was $2,490,000 for the six months ended June 30, 1997, an
increase of $62,000 or 3% compared with the same period in 1996. This increase
was a result of a $10 million increase in total earning assets, partially
offset by a decline in the net interest margin from 5.74% in 1996 to 5.25% in
1997. This decline resulted from an increase in the balance of certificates of
deposit liabilities and fixed rate borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank
of Atlanta ("FHLBA"), the proceeds of which were invested primarily in
short-term investments as of June 30, 1997, pending anticipated redeployment
into higher yielding loans and securities.

  Net interest income was $4,913,000 for 1996, an increase of $396,000 or 9%
compared with 1995. This increase resulted from an increase in average total
earning assets of $2,186,000, and an increase in the Company's net interest
margin from 5.42% in 1995 to 5.74% in 1996, an increase of 32 basis points. The
improvement in net interest margin resulted from the Company's increased
emphasis on commercial loans, which has increased the overall yield of the loan
portfolio, together with the fact that loans constituted a higher percentage of
the Company's total earning assets in 1996 than in 1995.

  Net interest income was $4,517,000 for 1995, an increase of $707,000 or 19%
compared with $3,810,000 for 1994. The Company's average total earning assets
increased from $77,825,000 for 1994 to $83,348,000 for 1995, representing a 7%
increase resulting principally from an increase in loans. The net interest
margin of 5.42% for 1995 increased 52 basis points from 4.90% for 1994.

  The Company's net interest income is affected by changes in the amount and
mix of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, referred to as a
"volume change." It is also affected by changes in yields earned on earning
assets and rates paid on interest-bearing deposits and other borrowed funds,
referred to as a "rate change." The following tables set forth for each
category of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, the average
amounts outstanding, the interest earned or incurred on such amounts, and the
average rate earned or incurred for the six months ended June 30, 1997 and
1996, and for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994. The tables also
set forth the average rate earned on total earning assets, the average rate
paid on total interest-bearing liabilities, and the net interest margin on
average total earning assets for the same periods.





                                      -18-
<PAGE>   20
                      AVERAGE BALANCES AND INTEREST RATES:
                                INTERIM PERIODS
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 Six Months Ended June 30,
                                              ------------------------------------------------------------
                                                          1997                            1996
                                              ----------------------------     ---------------------------
                                                         Interest                        Interest
                                              Average    Income/     Average   Average   Income/    Average
                                              Balance    Expense      Rate     Balance   Expense      Rate
                                              --------   -------      ----     -------   -------      ----
<S>                                           <C>        <C>          <C>      <C>       <C>          <C>
EARNING ASSETS:
 Loans receivable, net(1) .................   $ 70,690   $ 3,457      9.78%    $69,914   $ 3,385      9.68%
 Investment securities, taxable(2) ........      9,343       271      5.80%     12,392       311      5.02%
 Investment securities, non-taxable(2)(3) .        165         4      4.85%        250         6      4.80%
 Federal funds sold .......................      2,904        84      5.72%        327        13      7.95%
 Interest-earning deposits with banks .....     11,726       315      5.37%      1,661        44      5.30%
                                              --------   -------               -------   -------      
  Total interest-earning assets(3) ........     94,828     4,131      8.71%     84,544     3,759      8.89%
NONINTEREST-EARNING ASSETS:
 Cash and due from banks ..................      4,887                           4,159
 Other assets .............................      3,134                           4,047
                                              --------                         -------
Total noninterest-earning assets ..........      8,021                           8,206
                                              --------                         -------
  Total assets ............................   $102,849                         $92,750
                                              ========                         =======

INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES:
 Deposits:
  Interest-bearing demand (NOW) deposits ..  $  13,778       135      1.96%    $13,086       128      1.96%
  Savings deposits ........................      2,301        28      2.43%      2,286        30      2.62%
  Money market deposits ...................     21,546       385      3.57%     22,681       365      3.22%
  Time deposits ...........................     30,470       831      5.45%     24,546       675      5.50%
  Borrowings ..............................      7,882       262      6.65%      4,640       133      5.78%
                                              --------   -------               -------   -------      
Total interest-bearing liabilities ........     75,977     1,641      4.32%     67,239     1,331      3.96%
NONINTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES:
 Noninterest-bearing deposits .............     18,979                          17,486
 Other liabilities ........................        838                           1,463
                                              --------                         -------
Total noninterest-bearing liabilities .....     19,817                          18,949
                                              --------                         -------
Stockholders' equity ......................      7,055                           6,562
                                              --------                         -------
 Total liabilities and stockholders' equity   $102,849                         $92,750
                                              ========                         =======
Net interest income .......................              $ 2,490                         $ 2,428
                                                         =======                         =======
Net interest margin(3) ....................                           5.25%                           5.74%
                                                                      ====                            ====
</TABLE>

- - ---------------

(1)  Non-accrual loan balances are included in the calculation of Average
     Balances - Loans Receivable, Net. Interest income on non-accrual loan
     balances is included in interest income to the extent that it has been
     collected.

(2)  Average balance and average rate for investment securities are computed
     based on book value of securities held-to-maturity and fair value of
     securities available-for-sale.

(3)  Average rates on a fully taxable equivalent basis are as follows:
<TABLE>
     <S>                                                            <C>                             <C>
     Investment securities, non-taxable .....                       7.35%                           7.74%
     Total interest-earning assets ..........                       8.71%                           8.90%
     Net interest margin ....................                       5.25%                           5.75%
</TABLE>





                                      -19-
<PAGE>   21
                      AVERAGE BALANCES AND INTEREST RATES:
                                 ANNUAL PERIODS
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        Year Ended December 31,
                                           --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       1996                       1995                       1994
                                           -------------------------   ------------------------   -------------------------
                                                     Interest                    Interest                   Interest
                                           Average   Income/   Average Average   Income/  Average Average   Income/   Average
                                           Balance   Expense    Rate   Balance   Expense   Rate   Balance   Expense    Rate
                                           -------   -------    ----   -------   ------    ----   -------   -----      ----
<S>                                        <C>       <C>        <C>    <C>       <C>       <C>    <C>       <C>        <C>
EARNING ASSETS:
 Loans receivable, net(1) .................$70,523   $ 6,887    9.77%  $62,639   $6,011    9.60%  $57,855   4,802      8.30%
 Investment securities, taxable (2) ....... 10,312       545    5.29%   18,297      918    5.02%   18,251     829      4.54%
 Investment securities, non-taxable (2)(3)     228        10    4.39%      991       57    5.75%      127       6      4.45%
 Federal funds sold .......................    380        35    9.21%      428       37    8.64%    1,356      65      4.79%
 Interest-earning deposits with banks .....  4,091       212    5.18%      993       56    5.64%      236      10      4.09%
                                           -------   -------           -------   ------           -------   -----      
  Total interest-earning assets (3) ....... 85,234     7,689    8.99%   83,348    7,079    8.49%   77,825   5,712      7.34%

NONINTEREST-EARNING ASSETS:
 Cash and due from banks ..................  4,361                       3,854                      3,851
 Other assets .............................  4,189                       2,907                      1,378
                                           -------                     -------                    -------
Total noninterest-earning assets ..........  8,550                       6,761                      5,229
                                           -------                     -------                    -------
  Total assets ............................$94,084                     $90,109                    $83,054
                                           =======                     =======                    =======

INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES:
 Deposits:
  Interest-bearing demand (NOW) deposits ..$12,522       245    1.96%  $12,230      258    2.11%  $11,926     248      2.08%
  Savings deposits ........................  2,217        56    2.53%    2,526       67    2.65%    2,564      66      2.59%
  Money market deposits ................... 23,072       784    3.40%   25,153      778    3.09%   24,784     618      2.49%
  Time deposits ........................... 25,596     1,400    5.47%   23,128    1,269    5.49%   20,738     922      4.44%
 Borrowings ...............................  4,952       291    5.88%    3,526      190    5.39%    1,102      43      3.93%
 Note payable ..............................    --        --     N/A        --       --      N/A       51       5      8.20%
                                           -------   -------           -------   ------           -------   -----       
Total interest-bearing liabilities ........ 68,359     2,776    4.06%   66,563    2,562    3.85%   61,165   1,902      3.11%
NONINTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES:
 Noninterest-bearing deposits               17,525                      16,841                     16,159
 Other liabilities                           1,642                       1,236                        646
                                           -------                     -------                    -------
Total noninterest-bearing liabilities       19,167                      18,077                     16,805
                                           -------                     -------                    -------
Stockholders' equity                         6,558                       5,469                      5,084
                                           -------                     -------                    -------
 Total liabilities and
 stockholders' equity                      $94,084                     $90,109                    $83,054
                                           =======                     =======                    =======
Net interest income                                  $4,913                      $4,517                     $3,810
                                                     ======                      ======                     ======
Net interest margin (3)                                         5.74%                      5.42%                       4.90%
                                                                ====                       ====                        ====
</TABLE>

- - ---------------

(1)  Non-accrual loan balances are included in the calculation or Average
     Balances--Loans Receivable, Net. Interest income on non-accrual balances
     is included in interest income to the extent that it has been collected.

(2)  Average balance and average rate for investment securities are computed
     based on book value of securities held-to-maturity and fair value of
     securities available-for-sale.

(3)  Average rates on a fully taxable equivalent basis are as follows:

<TABLE>
       <S>                                                   <C>                        <C>                         <C>
       Investment securities, non-taxable ...                6.84%                      8.76%                       6.72%
       Total interest-earning assets ........                9.00%                      8.53%                       7.34%
       Net interest margin ..................                5.75%                      5.45%                       4.90%
</TABLE>





                                      -20-
<PAGE>   22
  Changes in interest income and interest expense can result from changes in
both volume and rate. The Company has an asset and liability management policy
designed to provide a proper balance between rate sensitive assets and rate
sensitive liabilities in order to provide adequate liquidity for anticipated 
needs.

  The following table sets forth for the periods indicated a summary of the
changes in interest earned and interest paid resulting from changes in volume
and rate. The allocation of the rate/volume variance has been made pro rata
based on the percentage that volume and rate variances produce in each
category.

                  RATE/VOLUME ANALYSIS OF NET INTEREST INCOME
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                          Six Months Ended                   Year Ended                       Year Ended
                                           June 30, 1997                   December 31, 1996                December 31, 1995
                                           Compared With                     Compared With                    Compared With
                                           June 30, 1996                   December 31, 1995                December 31, 1994
                                     Increase (Decrease) due to       Increase (Decrease) due to       Increase (Decrease) due to
                                    -----------------------------    -----------------------------    -----------------------------
                                    Volume      Rate      Changes    Volume      Rate      Changes    Volume      Rate      Changes
                                    -------    -------    -------    -------    -------    -------    -------    -------   -------
<S>                                 <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>       <C>
INTEREST EARNED ON:
  Loans receivable, net .........   $    38    $    34    $    72    $   768    $   108    $   876    $   428    $   781   $ 1,209
    Investment securities,
     taxable.....................      (109)        69        (40)      (425)        52       (373)         2         87        89
    Investment securities,
     non-taxable.................        (2)        --         (2)       (36)       (11)       (47)        45          6        51
    Federal funds sold ..........        73         (2)        71         (5)         3         (2)       (62)        34       (28)
    Interest-earning deposits
     with banks..................       270          1        271        160         (4)       156         37          9        46
                                    -------    -------    -------    -------    -------    -------    -------    -------   -------
      Total interest income         $   270    $   102    $   372    $   462    $   148    $   610    $   450    $   917   $ 1,367
                                    -------    -------    -------    -------    -------    -------    -------    -------   -------
INTEREST PAID ON:
    Interest-bearing (NOW)
     deposits....................   $     7         --    $     7    $     7    $   (20)   $   (13)   $     6    $     4   $    10
    Savings deposits ............        --    $    (2)        (2)        (8)        (3)       (11)        (1)         2         1
    Money market deposits .......       (17)        37         20        (28)        34          6         10        150       160
    Time deposits ...............       162         (6)       156        136         (5)       131        119        228       347
    Short-term borrowings .......       105         24        129         82         19        101        113         34       147
    Note payable ................        --         --         --         --         --         --         (5)        --        (5)
                                    -------    -------    -------    -------    -------    -------    -------    -------   -------
      Total interest expense ....       257         53        310        189         25        214        242        418       660
                                    -------    -------    -------    -------    -------    -------    -------    -------   -------
Net interest income .............   $    13    $    49    $    62    $   273    $   123    $   396    $   208    $   499   $   707
                                    =======    =======    =======    =======    =======    =======    =======    =======   =======
</TABLE>





                                      -21-
<PAGE>   23
PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES

  Provisions for loan losses are charged to income to bring the total allowance
for loan losses to a level deemed appropriate by management of the Company
based on such factors as historical experience, the volume and type of lending
conducted by the Company, the amount of nonperforming assets, regulatory
policies, generally accepted accounting principles, general economic
conditions, and other factors related to the collectibility of loans in the
Company's portfolio.

  The provision for loan losses during the first six months of 1997 was
$72,000, compared to the first six months of 1996, in which no provision was
made. The increase reflects a higher level of losses in the Company's consumer
loan and credit card loan portfolios, consistent with national trends. In the
first six months of 1997, net charge offs were $188,000. In the first six
months of 1996, the Company recovered money on previously charged off loans, so
no provision expense was required.

  The provision for loan losses for 1996 was $160,000 compared with $26,000 for
1995. The increase is the result of an increase in charge offs from $26,000 in
1995 to $74,000 in 1996, the establishment of reserves for certain consumer
loans which were deemed uncollectible when the borrowers declared bankruptcy,
the establishment of a $38,000 loss reserve in the fourth quarter of 1996
resulting from a borrower's use of forged collateral as security for a loan, and
a $38,000 increase in reserves during the fourth quarter of 1996 for two
non-accrual loans secured by real estate. In addition, the Company's loan
portfolio continued to grow during 1996, with the majority of growth occurring
in the commercial portfolio.

  The provision for loan losses was $26,000 for 1995 compared with $19,000 for
1994, representing an increase of $7,000 or 36% from 1994. The provision
expense was modest in both years compared to industry averages and the
Company's own historical experience, and was attributable to significant 
recoveries of loans charged off prior to 1994, and an overall improvement in 
the local and national economy during that period.

  Management believes the allowance is adequate to absorb losses inherent in
the loan portfolio. In view of the Company's plans to continue its loan growth
with increased emphasis on commercial loans (which are generally considered to
be more risky than loans secured by real estate), it is likely that the Company
will continue to maintain an adequate allowance for loan losses through future
provisions charged to income. Management will continue to closely monitor the
performance of its portfolio and make additional provisions as considered
necessary. The Company does not presently anticipate that such provisions will
have a material adverse impact on the Company's results of operations in future
periods.





                                      -22-
<PAGE>   24
NONINTEREST INCOME

  The Company's primary source of noninterest income is service charges on
deposit accounts. The remaining noninterest income is derived from
MasterCard/Visa, wire transfer, collection and cashier's check fees, mortgage
loan referral fees, and safe deposit box rentals. Also included in this
category are gains and losses realized on the sale of securities and certain
other items of income, whether recurring or not, which are not elsewhere
classified.

  Noninterest income for the first six months of 1997 was $514,000, an increase
of $160,000, or 45% compared with noninterest income of $354,000 for the first
six months of 1996. This increase results primarily from fees generated in
connection with the Company's MasterCard/Visa credit card program.

  Noninterest income for 1996 was $720,000, an increase of $130,000 or 22%
compared with noninterest income of $590,000 for 1995. This increase resulted
primarily from fees generated in connection with the Company's credit card
program, which was initially established in March 1995. These fees, which are
reported along with other items as commission and fee income, increased
approximately $75,000 or 46% during 1996 as compared to 1995.

  Noninterest income was $590,000 for 1995, compared with $555,000 for 1994, an
increase of $35,000 or 6% resulting primarily from fees associated with the
credit card program. The $123,000 or 164% increase in commission and fee income
from 1994 to 1995 was offset by a $127,000 or 93% decrease in other income
during the same period. This decline in other income represented a return to
more normal levels from the unusually high levels in 1994 caused by the
recognition of miscellaneous non-recurring income items.

  The following table sets forth the various categories of noninterest income
for the six months ended June 30, 1997 and 1996, and for the years ended 1996,
1995 and 1994.

                               NONINTEREST INCOME
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         Six Months Ended
                                             June 30,                    Year Ended December 31,
                                      -----------------------   ----------------------------------------
                                      1997    % Change  1996    1996    % Change  1995   % Change  1994
                                      -----     -----   -----   -----     -----   -----    -----   -----
<S>                                    <C>      <C>     <C>     <C>       <C>     <C>      <C>     <C>
Service charges on deposit accounts   $ 241      13.1%  $ 213   $ 416       9.8%  $ 379     11.5%  $ 340
Commission and fee income .........     261     100.0%    130     286      44.4%    198    164.0%     75
Safe deposit box rentals ..........      10      (9.1)%    11      12     100.0%      6    (60.0)%    15
Gain (loss) on sale of securities .      --        --      --      --    (100.0)%    (3)   (75.0)%   (12)
Other income ......................       2       N/A      --       6     (40.0)%    10    (92.7)%   137
                                      -----     -----   -----   -----     -----   -----    -----   -----
Total noninterest income ..........   $ 514      45.2%  $ 354   $ 720      22.0%  $ 590      6.3%  $ 555
                                      =====     =====   =====   =====     =====   =====    =====   =====
</TABLE>





                                      -23-
<PAGE>   25
NONINTEREST EXPENSE

  The Company's noninterest expense has been consistently higher in relation to
its asset size than the average for small community banks. The Company's
strategy is to increase its asset size significantly so that its level of
noninterest expense in relation to its assets is more in line with those of
comparable institutions. To support an increased rate of asset growth, branch
expansion and increased product and service offerings, the Company invested
approximately $1 million to upgrade its telecommunications and computer systems
during 1995 and 1996. In addition to these capital expenditures, the Company
incurred consulting expenses associated with the installation, specialized
programming and security aspects of the computer system. As a result, the
Company's noninterest expenses during such periods have increased in
anticipation of a subsequent increase in total assets.

  Noninterest expense was $2,463,000 for the first six months of 1997, an
increase of $156,000, or 7% compared with noninterest expense of $2,307,000 for
the first six months of 1996. This increase resulted principally from
depreciation expenses associated with the Company's new computer and
telecommunications systems and remote ATM, as well as data processing costs in
support of the credit card program.

  Noninterest expense was $4,920,000 for 1996, an increase of $763,000 or 18%
compared with noninterest expense of $4,157,000 for 1995. The installation of
the new computer system resulted in the incurrence of substantial nonrecurring
expenses, including the writeoff of certain custom software development costs,
special consulting, audit and legal expenses. Additionally, during the same
period in 1996, management realigned the Company's operations and financial
reporting functions related to the utilization of the computer system. This
realignment resulted in additional nonrecurring expenses including negotiated
payments for personnel severance, accrued leave, and related expenses. In the
aggregate, these items represented approximately $304,000 in nonrecurring
expenses. In addition, a total of $112,000 in nonrecurring expenses were
incurred in connection with the registration with the SEC of the shares of 
Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Company's outstanding warrants to
purchase Common Stock. See "Description of Capital Stock -- The Warrants." The
remainder of the increase in noninterest expense resulted principally from
depreciation expenses associated with the Company's new computer and
telecommunications systems and remote ATM, as well as data processing costs in
support of the credit card program. Excluding nonrecurring expenses, noninterest
expenses increased 8% from $4,157,000 in 1995 to $4,504,000 in 1996.

  Noninterest expense was $4,157,000 for 1995, compared with $3,381,000 for
1994, representing an increase of $776,000 or 23%. The increase from 1994 to
1995 was primarily attributable to increased personnel and occupancy expenses
associated with the Pennsylvania Avenue branch office, which was acquired on
September 16, 1994, together with increased expenses incurred in connection
with marketing programs.





                                      -24-
<PAGE>   26
  The following table sets forth the various categories of noninterest expense
for the six months ended June 30, 1997 and 1996, and for the years ended 1996,
1995 and 1994.

                              NONINTEREST EXPENSE
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         Six Months Ended
                                              June 30,                      Year Ended December 31,
                                     ------------------------   -------------------------------------------
                                      1997   % Change   1996     1996    % Change   1995    % Change  1994
                                     ------     ----   ------   ------     -----   ------     ----   ------
<S>                                  <C>        <C>    <C>      <C>        <C>     <C>        <C>    <C>
Salaries and employee benefits ...   $1,016      6.8%  $  951   $1,988      (5.1)% $2,094     26.0%  $1,662
Occupancy and equipment expense ..      295     21.9%     242      531       2.7%     517     18.0%     438
Depreciation and amortization ....      236     24.9%     189      453     104.1%     222     63.2%     136
Professional fees ................      244    (16.2)%    291      628     130.9%     272      5.8%     257
Data processing ..................      253     90.2%     133      469      41.3%     332     83.4%     181
Federal deposit insurance premiums        5    (81.5)%     27       30     (65.9)%     88    (47.9)%    169
Communications ...................       99      5.3%      94      206      28.0%     161     41.2%     114
Marketing and public relations ...      134     (8.8)%    147      174      15.2%     151     26.9%     119
Branch expenses paid to RTC ......       --      N/A       --       --    (100.0)%     21    (27.6)%     29
Office and operations expenses ...      100    (18.7)%    123      317     104.5%     155     (9.9)%    172
Insurance and lobby security .....       45     (8.2)%     49      104      20.9%      86     48.3%      58
Provision for losses on OREO .....       --      N/A       13        7     (85.4)%     48      N/A       --
Other expenses ...................       36    (25.0)%     48       13      30.0%      10    (78.3)%     46
                                     ------     ----   ------   ------     -----   ------     ----   ------
Total noninterest expense ........   $2,463      6.8%  $2,307   $4,920      18.4%  $4,157     23.0%  $3,381
                                     ======     ====   ======   ======     =====   ======     ====   ======
</TABLE>


INCOME TAX EXPENSE

  Income tax expense decreased approximately $1,000 to $181,000 for the first
six months of 1997 as compared to $182,000 for the same period of 1996. The
effective rate did not change significantly for the first six months of 1997
compared to the first six months of 1996.

  The Company's effective tax rate increased from 33.7% in 1995 to 49.6% in
1996 due to the nondeductible nature of the $112,000 expense incurred in
connection with the registration with the SEC of the shares of Common Stock
issuable upon exercise of the Company's outstanding warrants to purchase Common
Stock. The Company's effective tax rate declined from 38.7% in 1994 to 33.7% in
1995 as a result of adjustments made to the amounts of deferred tax assets and
deferred tax liabilities. These adjustments were recorded based upon the
Company's analysis of the carrying value of its deferred tax items.

INTEREST RATE SENSITIVITY MANAGEMENT

  Net interest income, which constitutes the principal source of income for the
Company, represents the difference between interest income on earning assets 
and interest expense on





                                      -25-
<PAGE>   27
interest-bearing liabilities. The difference between the Company's
interest-rate sensitive assets and interest-rate sensitive liabilities for a
specified time-frame is referred to as "gap." Interest rate sensitivity
reflects the potential effect on net interest income of a movement in interest
rates. A financial institution is considered to be asset sensitive, or having a
positive gap, when the amount of its earning assets maturing or repricing within
a given period exceeds the amount of its interest-bearing liabilities also
maturing or repricing within that time period.  Conversely, a financial
institution is considered to be liability sensitive, or having a negative gap,
when the amount of its interest-bearing liabilities maturing or repricing within
a given period exceeds the amount of its earning assets also maturing or
repricing within that time period. During a period of rising interest rates, a
positive gap would tend to increase net interest income, while a negative gap
would tend to have an adverse effect on net interest income. During a period of
falling interest rates, a positive gap would tend to have an adverse effect on
net interest income, while a negative gap would tend to increase net interest
income.

  Management of the Company seeks to maintain a balanced interest rate risk
position to protect its net interest margin from market fluctuations. Toward
this end, the Company maintains an Asset/Liability Committee (the "ALCO
Committee") which reviews, on a regular basis, the maturity and repricing of
the assets and liabilities of the Company. The ALCO Committee has adopted the
objective of achieving and maintaining three-month and one-year cumulative gaps
of less than plus or minus 10% of total assets. On a consolidated basis, the
Company's three-month and one year cumulative gaps were 3.33% and 12.09% of
total assets, respectively, as of June 30, 1997. The one-year cumulative gap
exceeds the ALCO policy objective because the Company has experienced recent
deposit growth, which has been invested primarily in short term investments
pending redeployment into loans and longer term assets. The Company anticipates
that the rate sensitivity gap will conform to the ALCO policy objective within
the next 12 months.





                                      -26-
<PAGE>   28
  The following table sets forth the interest-rate sensitive assets and
liabilities of the Company at June 30, 1997, which are expected to mature or
are subject to repricing in each of the time periods indicated.

                 INTEREST RATE SENSITIVE ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
                                 JUNE 30, 1997
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 TERM TO REPRICING
                                            ---------------------------------------------------------
                                            90 Days      91-180      181 Days     Over
                                            or Less       Days       to 1 Year    1 Year      Total
                                            --------    --------     --------    --------    --------
<S>                                         <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>
EARNING ASSETS:
 Interest-bearing deposits ..............   $ 11,213          --           --          --    $ 11,213
 Investment securities, taxable .........     10,148    $    207     $  1,427    $  5,879      17,661
 Investment securities, non-taxable .....         --         100           --          65         165
 Loans ..................................     42,101       6,685       13,302      12,349      74,437
                                            --------    --------     --------    --------    --------
  Total interest-earning assets .........     63,462       6,992       14,729      18,293     103,476
                                            --------    --------     --------    --------    --------

INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES:
 Interest-bearing demand and
  NOW accounts ..........................     12,499          --           --          --      12,499
 Savings deposits .......................      2,195          --           --          --       2,195
 Money market deposits ..................     20,698          --           --          --      20,698
 Time deposits ..........................     23,457       8,485        2,817       3,285      38,044
 Borrowed funds .........................        922         250          450       6,400       8,022
                                            --------    --------     --------    --------    --------
  Total interest-bearing liabilities ....     59,771       8,735        3,267       9,685      81,458
                                            --------    --------     --------    --------    --------

Interest sensitivity gap per period .....   $  3,691    $ (1,743)    $ 11,462    $  8,608    $ 22,018
                                            ========    ========     ========    ========    ========
Cumulative gap ..........................   $  3,691    $  1,948     $ 13,410    $ 22,018    $ 22,018
                                            ========    ========     ========    ========    ========
Cumulative gap as percent of total assets       3.33%       1.76%       12.09%      19.85%      19.85%
                                            ========    ========     ========    ========    ========
Cumulative interest-earning
 assets as percent of cumulative
 interest- bearing liabilities ..........        106%        103%         119%        127%        127%
                                            ========    ========     ========    ========    ========
</TABLE>


                        ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

LOANS AND ASSET QUALITY

  The loan portfolio is the largest category of the Company's earning assets.
Most of the Company's lending is in the Washington, D.C. metropolitan area, and
a substantial portion of its loan portfolio is collateralized by first
mortgages and home equity lines of credit on residences. This concentration has
been declining, however, due to the Company's recent emphasis on the
development of new commercial loan business. As of June 30, 1997 and December
31, 1996, approximately $43,246,000 (58%) and $44,109,000 (62%) of the
Company's total loan portfolio,





                                      -27-
<PAGE>   29
respectively, consisted of loans secured by real estate, of which
one-to-four-family residential mortgage loans and home equity lines of credit
represented $26,116,000 (35%) and $27,043,000 (38%), respectively, of the
Company's total loan portfolio.

  Loan concentrations are defined as aggregate credits extended to a number of
borrowers engaged in similar activities or resident in the same geographic
region, which would cause them to be similarly affected by economic or other
conditions. The Company, on a routine basis, evaluates these concentrations for
purposes of making necessary adjustments in its lending practices to reflect
current economic conditions, loan to deposit ratios and industry trends. As a
result of the Company's existing branch locations, the Company has significant
concentrations of customers and assets in the metropolitan Washington, D.C.
area. As of June 30, 1997, the industry concentrations in excess of 10% of
total loans, where the borrowers as a group might be affected similarly by
economic changes, consists of loans to members of the legal profession
($17,918,000 or 24% of total loans), business services ($12,260,000 or 16% of
total loans), and health care services ($9,524,000 or 13% of total loans). The
Company offers commercial loans, lines of credit, credit cards, home equity
lines, and residential and commercial mortgage loans to these groups. The
amount of such loans which are past due or considered by management to be
potential problem loans is not material.

  The primary types of loans in the Company's portfolio are residential
mortgages and home equity loans, commercial real estate loans, commercial
loans, and consumer installment and credit card loans. Generally the Company
underwrites loans based upon the borrower's debt service capacity or cash flow,
a consideration of past performance on loans from other creditors as well as an
evaluation of the collateral securing the loan. With some exceptions, the
Company's general policy is to require a debt service coverage ratio of 120%
for commercial and commercial real estate loans, a maximum gross debt ratio of
38% for consumer loans (including residential mortgage and home equity loans),
and a maximum loan-to-value ratio of 80% for all types of real estate loans.
Most of the Company's commercial real estate loans consist of owner-occupied
properties financed for the Company's regular commercial customers, rather than
speculative or investor-owned properties. Most of the Company's commercial and
commercial real estate loans are personally guaranteed by the owners of the
business, the primary exceptions to this requirement being loans to non-profit
and membership organizations. Given the localized nature of the Company's
lending activities, the primary risk factor affecting the portfolio as a whole
is the health of the local economy in the Washington metropolitan area and its
effects on the value of local real estate and the incomes of local
professionals and business firms. To mitigate this risk, the Company's
underwriting policy provides that each loan should be supported by an
economically independent secondary source of repayment. Any exceptions to the
general loan policy must be approved by the Executive Loan Committee.

  Loans to directors, executive officers and principal stockholders of the
Company and to directors and officers of the Bank are subject to limitations
contained in the Federal Reserve Act, the principal effect of which is to
require that extensions of credit by the Bank to executive officers,





                                      -28-
<PAGE>   30
directors, and ten percent stockholders satisfy certain standards. The Bank
routinely makes loans in the ordinary course of business to certain directors
and executive officers of the Company and the Bank, their associates, and
members of their immediate families. In accordance with Federal Reserve Act
guidelines, these loans are made on substantially the same terms, including
interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing for comparable transactions
with others and do not involve more than normal risk of collectibility or
present other unfavorable features. As of June 30, 1997, loans and commitments
outstanding to directors and executive officers of the Company and the Bank,
their associates and members of their immediate families totaled $2,420,000
(net of participations sold to other banks on a non-recourse basis), which
represented approximately 3% of total loans and commitments outstanding as of
that date. As of June 30, 1997, none of these loans outstanding from the Bank
to related parties was on non-accrual, past due, restructured or considered by
management to be a potential problem loan.





                                      -29-
<PAGE>   31
  The following table sets forth the composition of the Company's loan
portfolio by type of loan on the dates indicated.

                            LOAN PORTFOLIO ANALYSIS
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      June 30,                 December 31,
                                                      --------     ----------------------------------
                                                        1997         1996         1995         1994
                                                      --------     --------     --------     --------
<S>                                                   <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT
Type of loan:
- - -------------
 1-4 family residential mortgage ..................   $ 19,064     $ 20,612     $ 24,921     $ 25,610
 Home equity loans ................................      7,052        6,431        5,640        6,004
 Multifamily residential ..........................      1,947        1,963        2,087        2,163
 Construction .....................................        490          382        1,545          788
 Commercial real estate ...........................     14,693       14,721       11,910        9,358
 Commercial loans .................................     19,684       17,403        9,229       10,376
 Installment and credit card loans ................     11,125        9,226        9,023        4,989
 Other loans ......................................        382           --          963        1,486
                                                      --------     --------     --------     --------
Gross loans .......................................     74,437       70,738       69,302       60,774
 Less: Unearned income ............................        (91)         (62)         (98)        (111)
                                                      --------     --------     --------     --------
Total loans, net of unearned income ...............   $ 74,346     $ 70,676     $ 69,204     $ 60,663
                                                      ========     ========     ========     ========

PERCENTAGE OF LOAN PORTFOLIO
Type of loan:
- - -------------
 1-4 family residential mortgage ..................      25.61%      29.14%     35.96%         42.14%
 Home equity loans ................................       9.47        9.09       8.14           9.87
 Multifamily residential ..........................       2.62        2.78       3.01           3.56
 Construction .....................................       0.66        0.54       2.23           1.30
 Commercial real estate ...........................      19.74       20.81      17.18          15.40
 Commercial loans .................................      26.44       24.60      19.07          17.07
 Installment and credit card loans ................      14.95       13.04      13.02           8.21
 Other loans ......................................       0.51          --       1.39           2.45
                                                      --------       ------     -----        -------
Gross loans .......................................     100.00%      100.00%    100.0%         100.0%
                                                      ========       ======     =====        =======
</TABLE>


  The following table sets forth the contractual maturities of loans
outstanding as of June 30, 1997, and an analysis of sensitivities of loans due
to changes in interest rates. The Company's portfolio of adjustable rate home
mortgages consists of loans to regular customers in the local market area. Such
loans generally have balloon maturities within ten years or less, with 2%
annual and 6% lifetime "caps" on interest rate changes. Borrowers have the
right to prepay such loans without penalty.





                                      -30-
<PAGE>   32
                    MATURITIES AND RATE SENSITIVITY OF LOANS
                                 JUNE 30, 1997
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              OVER 1 YEAR
                                            THROUGH 5 YEARS       OVER 5 YEARS
                                           ------------------  ------------------
                                 ONE YEAR   FIXED    FLOATING   FIXED    FLOATING
                                 OR LESS    RATE      RATE      RATE      RATE      TOTAL
                                 -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------
<S>                              <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Commercial ...................   $ 7,500   $ 3,521   $ 5,368   $   175   $ 3,120   $19,684
Commercial real estate .......     2,100       573     1,600     3,260     7,160    14,693
Residential mortgage/
 home equity .................       800     2,091     4,400       829    19,943    28,063
Construction .................       304       186        --        --        --       490
Installment/credit card ......     2,900     1,042       300        67     6,816    11,125
Other ........................       197        60       125        --        --       382
                                 -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------
   Total .....................   $13,801   $ 7,473   $11,793   $ 4,331   $37,039   $74,437
                                 =======   =======   =======   =======   =======   =======
</TABLE>


NONPERFORMING ASSETS

  Generally, interest on loans is accrued and credited to income based upon the
principal balance outstanding. It is the Company's policy to discontinue the
accrual of interest income and classify a loan as non-accrual when principal or
interest is past due 90 days or more and the loan is not well secured and in
the process of collection, or when, in the opinion of management, principal or
interest is not likely to be paid in accordance with the terms of the
obligation.  The Company will generally charge-off loans after 180 days of
delinquency unless adequately collateralized and in the process of collection.
A loan is considered in the process of collection if, based on a probable
specific event, management believes that the loan will be repaid or brought
current within a reasonable period of time. Loans will not be returned to
accrual status until future payments of principal and interest appear certain.
Interest accrued and unpaid at the time a loan is placed on non-accrual status
is charged against interest income. Subsequent payments received are applied to
the outstanding principal balance.

  Real estate acquired by the Company as a result of foreclosure or
in-substance foreclosure is classified as other real estate owned ("OREO").
Such loans are reclassified to OREO and recorded at the lower of cost or fair
market value less estimated selling costs, and the estimated loss, if any, is
charged to the allowance for loan losses at that time.  Further allowances for
losses are recorded as charges to other expenses at the time management
believes additional deterioration in value has occurred.

  The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the
Company's non-accrual loans, OREO, and accruing loans which are contractually
past due 90 days or more as to principal or interest, for the periods
indicated.





                                      -31-
<PAGE>   33
                              NONPERFORMING ASSETS
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         June         Year Ended
                                          30,        December 31,
                                         ----    --------------------
                                         1997    1996    1995    1994
                                         ----    ----    ----    ----
<S>                                      <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>
Non-accrual loans ....................   $168    $272    $  8    $628
Accruing past due 90+ days ...........     --      50     300      --
                                         ----    ----    ----    ----
  Total nonperforming loans ..........    168     322     308     628
Other real estate owned ..............     --      --     193      --
                                         ----    ----    ----    ----
  Total nonperforming assets .........   $168    $322    $501    $628
                                         ====    ====    ====    ====

Nonperforming assets to total
  assets .............................    .15%    .30%    .49%    .70%
                                         ====    ====    ====    ====
</TABLE>

  The amount of interest on non-accrual loans which would have been recorded as
income under the original terms of such loans was approximately $7,100 for the
first six months of 1997, and approximately $17,000, $1,000 and $32,000 for the
years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively. The amount of
interest income recognized on non-accrual loans that was included in net income
was zero for the six months ended June 30, 1997 and $19,600, $13,500 and
$13,500 for 1996, 1995 and 1994 respectively.

  Loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing as of December 31, 1996
totaled $50,000, of which $44,000 was composed of unsecured commercial loans,
installment loans and credit card debt, and the remainder was secured by real
estate. As of June 30, 1997, the real estate loan had been paid off and the
other loans had been charged off, so that there were no loans past due 90 days
or more and still accruing as of that date.

  Non-accrual loans as of December 31, 1996 included three loans secured by
real estate totaling $211,000, one commercial loan in the amount of $38,000 and
several smaller credits totaling $23,000. One of the real estate loans in the
amount of $100,000 (an installment loan secured by a junior lien) and other
smaller loans were charged off during the first six months of 1997. The $38,000
commercial loan was also charged off, and an insurance claim has been filed
because the borrower used forged collateral as security for the loan. As of
June 30, 1997, non-accrual loans consisted of two loans secured by real estate
totaling $109,000 and several smaller installment and credit card loans
totaling $59,000.

ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

  In originating loans, the Company recognizes that credit losses will be
experienced and the risk of loss will vary with, among other things, general
economic conditions, the type of loan being made, the creditworthiness of the
borrower over the term of the loan and, in the case of a





                                      -32-
<PAGE>   34
collateralized loan, the quality of the collateral for such loan. The Company
maintains an allowance for loan losses based upon, among other things, such
factors as historical experience, the volume and type of lending conducted by
the Company, the amount of nonperforming assets, regulatory policies, generally
accepted accounting principles, general economic conditions, and other factors
related to the collectibility of loans in the Company's portfolios. In addition
to unallocated allowances, specific allowances are provided for individual
loans when ultimate collection is considered questionable by management after
reviewing the current status of loans which are contractually past due and
after considering the net realizable value of the collateral for the loan.

  Management actively monitors the Company's asset quality in a continuing
effort to charge-off loans against the allowance for loan losses when
appropriate and to provide specific loss allowances when necessary. Although
management believes it uses the best information available to make
determinations with respect to the allowance for loan losses, future
adjustments may be necessary if economic conditions differ from the assumptions
used in making the initial determinations. Based upon criteria consistently
applied during the periods, as of June 30, 1997 the allowance for loan losses
amounted to $710,000 (or .95% of total loans). The Company's allowance for loan
losses was $826,000 (1.17% of total loans) as of December 31, 1996, $740,000
(1.07% of total loans) as of December 31, 1995, and $740,000 (or 1.22% of total
loans) as of December 31, 1994. The allowance for loan losses as a percentage
of nonperforming loans was 423% and 257% at June 30, 1997 and December 31,
1996, respectively.





                                      -33-
<PAGE>   35
  The following table sets forth an analysis of the Company's allowance for
loan losses for the periods indicated.

                           ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     Six Months
                                                        Ended       Year Ended December 31,
                                                       June 30,   -----------------------------
                                                        1997       1996       1995       1994
                                                       -------    -------    -------    -------
<S>                                                    <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Average loans outstanding ..........................   $71,387    $70,523    $63,354    $58,636
                                                       =======    =======    =======    =======
Loans outstanding at period end ....................    74,346     70,676     69,204     60,663
                                                       =======    =======    =======    =======
  Total nonperforming loans ........................       168        322        308        628
                                                       =======    =======    =======    =======

Beginning balance of allowance .....................   $   826    $   740    $   740    $   730
Loans charged-off:
 1-4 family residential mortgage loans .............        --         --        137         33
 Home equity loans .................................        --         --         --         61
 Commercial loans ..................................        97        126         10          1
 Installment & credit card loans ...................       154        129         51         11
                                                       -------    -------    -------    -------
Total loans charged-off ............................       251        255        198        106
                                                       -------    -------    -------    -------

Recoveries of previous charge-offs:
 1-4 family residential mortgage loans .............        --         37         77          7
 Home equity loans .................................        --         --         --         14
 Commercial loans ..................................        62        125         93         71
 Installment & credit card loans ...................         1         19          2          5
                                                       -------    -------    -------    -------
Total recoveries ...................................        63        181        172         97
                                                       -------    -------    -------    -------
Net loans charged-off ..............................       188         74         26          9
                                                       -------    -------    -------    -------
Provision for loan losses ..........................        72        160         26         19
                                                       -------    -------    -------    -------
Balance at period end ..............................   $   710    $   826    $   740    $   740
                                                       =======    =======    =======    =======

Net charge-offs to average loans ...................       .53%       .10%       .04%       .02%

Allowance as percent of total loans ................       .95%      1.17%      1.07%      1.22%

Nonperforming loans as % of total loans ............       .23%       .46%       .45%      1.04%

Allowance as % of nonperforming loans ..............       423%       257%       240%       118%
</TABLE>


  Although the Company considers the composition of its loan portfolio, and the
loss potential associated with different types of loans, in determining the
level of the allowance, the Company does not formally allocate its allowance
for loan losses by loan category. In considering the loss potential associated
with different types of loans, the Company considers its own historical loss
experience





                                      -34-
<PAGE>   36
with each type of loan, together with any internal or external changes which
might suggest that future losses will be higher or lower than the historical
loss experience. Such additional factors include changes in national or local
economic conditions which affect the repayment capacity of borrowers and/or the
market value of collateral, trends in past due payments, changes in
underwriting standards, changes in loan originating and servicing personnel,
changes in the types of credit offered, and other factors.

INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES

  The Company generally classifies as "available-for-sale" those securities
which are held for primary or secondary liquidity purposes, and as
"held-to-maturity" those securities which are less readily marketable and/or
held primarily for interest income and/or rate sensitivity management purposes.
Beginning in 1997, the Company has elected to invest in mortgage-backed
securities only for yield and not for liquidity, so new investments in those
securities have been classified as "held-to-maturity," which represents a
change from prior years when such investments were classified as
"available-for-sale." Additionally, as of June 30, 1997, the Company owned
approximately $7 million of short-term U.S.  Treasury Bills purchased for
secondary liquidity purposes, which were classified as "held-to-maturity"
because of the short term remaining until their maturity. These two factors
explain the increase in the Company's portfolio of securities
"held-to-maturity" from $958,000 as of December 31, 1996, to $9,992,000 as of
June 30, 1997.

  The Company's investment portfolio of $17,826,000 as of June 30, 1997,
consisted primarily of U. S. Treasury and Government agency obligations and
mortgage-backed securities. This represented an increase of $10,454,000 or 142%
compared to the investment portfolio as of December 31, 1996, resulting from an
increase in deposits which exceeded the Company's loan demand during the first
six months of 1997.

  The Company's investment portfolio of $7,372,000 as of December 31, 1996,
represented a decrease of $6,307,000 or 46% compared to the investment
portfolio as of December 31, 1995, as investment maturities were used to fund
loan growth and enhance liquidity. The investment portfolio declined 39% from
$22,461,000 as of December 31, 1994 to $13,679,000 as of December 31, 1995,
which was anticipated because the branch deposits acquired by the Company in
1994 from the RTC were initially invested in U.S. Treasury and agency
securities, pending redeployment into loans.

  Investment securities held to maturity are stated at cost, adjusted for
amortization of premium and accretion of discount. Investment securities
available for sale are stated at fair value in accordance with SFAS No. 115,
"Accounting For Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities," which was
adopted by the Company in 1994. The following table sets forth the book value
of the Company's investment portfolio as of the dates indicated:





                                      -35-
<PAGE>   37
                        INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO COMPOSITION
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         June 30,         December 31,
                                         --------  ---------------------------
                                           1997     1996      1995       1994
                                         -------   -------   -------   -------
<S>                                      <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
AVAILABLE FOR SALE:
  U.S. Treasuries and agencies .......   $ 5,160   $ 3,136   $ 9,968   $18,323
  Mortgage-backed securities .........     2,674     3,278     2,994     3,356
                                         -------   -------   -------   -------
   Total available for sale ..........     7,834     6,414    12,962    21,679

HELD TO MATURITY:
  U.S. Treasuries and agencies .......     7,938        --        --        --
  Mortgage-backed securities .........       960        --        --        --
  State, county and municipal ........       165       165       250       250
  Other ..............................       929       793       467       532
                                         -------   -------   -------   -------
   Total held to maturity ............     9,992       958       717       782
                                         -------   -------   -------   -------
Total investment securities ..........   $17,826   $ 7,372   $13,679   $22,461
                                         =======   =======   =======   =======

</TABLE>




                                      -36-
<PAGE>   38
  The following table sets forth the maturity distribution and weighted average
yield of the investment portfolio of the Company as of June 30, 1997. The
calculation of the weighted average yields is based on yield, weighted by the
respective book value of the securities, using cost basis in the case of
securities available for sale.


                   INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO--MATURITY AND YIELDS
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          June 30, 1997
                                            ----------------------------------------
                                            1 Year    1 Year to   5 Years to  After
                                            or Less    5 Years     10 Years  10 Years
                                            -------   ---------    -------   -------
<S>                                         <C>       <C>          <C>       <C>
MATURITY DISTRIBUTION:
  U.S. Treasuries and agencies ..........   $ 8,147   $   4,951         --        --
  Mortgage-backed securities(1) .........       485          --         --   $ 3,150
  State, county and municipal ...........       100          65         --        --
  Other .................................        --          --         --       928
                                            -------   ---------    -------   -------
   Total ................................   $ 8,732   $   5,016         --   $ 4,078
                                            =======   =========    =======   =======

WEIGHTED AVERAGE YIELD(2):
  U.S. Treasuries and agencies ..........      4.89%       6.17%       N/A       N/A
  Mortgage-backed securities(1) .........      5.72%        N/A        N/A      5.98%
  State, county and municipal ...........      4.55%       4.75%       N/A       N/A
  Fully taxable equivalent ..............      7.01%       7.32%       N/A       N/A
  Other .................................       N/A         N/A        N/A      6.21%
</TABLE>

- - ----------

(1)  Mortgage-backed securities consist of floating rate debt securities that
     reprice quarterly or more frequently.
(2)  The calculation of weighted average yields is based on yield, weighted by
     the respective book value of the securities, using cost basis in the case
     of securities available for sale.





                                      -37-
<PAGE>   39
DEPOSIT ACTIVITIES

  The Company's average balance of total deposits was $87,074,000 for the six
months ended June 30, 1997, an increase of $6,142,000 or 8% compared with the
average balance of total deposits of $80,932,000 for the year ended December
31, 1996. The average total deposits for the year ended December 31, 1996
increased $1,054,000 or 1% compared with average deposits of $79,878,000 for
the year ended December 31, 1995, which in turn represented an increase of
$3,707,000 or 5% compared with average deposits of $76,171,000 for the year
ended December 31, 1994.

  The Company views deposit growth as a significant challenge in its effort to
increase its asset size, a challenge which the Company is addressing through
its branching program in Virginia and Maryland, increased emphasis on
commercial accounts, and offering more attractive interest rates to stimulate
deposit growth. See "Business -- Strategic Plan" and "The Eastern American
Transaction."

  Deposits are attracted through the offering of a broad variety of deposit
instruments, including checking accounts, money market accounts, NOW accounts,
savings accounts, certificates of deposit (including "jumbo" certificates in
denominations of $100,000 or more), and retirement savings plans. In 1995, the
Company introduced higher-rate deposit instruments, in the form of Investor
Certificates of Deposits and the Premier Investment Account, designed to
attract local institutional deposits in amounts of $100,000 or more. To
stimulate deposit growth in 1997, the Company introduced a One-Year No Penalty
certificate of deposit, designed to attract local commercial and consumer
deposits in amounts of $5,000 or more.

  The following table sets forth the average balances and weighted average
rates for the Company's categories of deposits for the periods indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          AVERAGE DEPOSITS
                                                       (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)


                                                                             Year Ended December 31,
                           Six Months Ended       -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             June 30, 1997                  1996                      1995                         1994
                        ----------------------    -----------------------    ------------------------    ------------------------
                                         % of                       % of                         % of                      % of
                        Average Average  Total    Average  Average  Total    Average  Average   Total    Average  Average  Total
                        Balance  Rate   Deposits  Balance   Rate   Deposits  Balance   Rate    Deposits  Balance   Rate   Deposits
                        -------  ----   ------    -------   ----    -----    -------   ----    ------    -------   ----    ------
<S>                     <C>      <C>    <C>       <C>       <C>     <C>      <C>       <C>     <C>       <C>       <C>     <C>
Noninterest-bearing
  deposits ............ $18,979    --    21.80%   $17,525     --    21.65%   $16,841     --     21.80%   $16,159     --     21.21%
Interest-bearing demand
  (NOW) deposits ......  13,778  1.96%   15.82     12,522   1.96%   15.47     12,230   2.11%    15.31     11,926   2.08%    15.66
Savings deposits ......   2,301  2.44     2.64      2,217   2.53     2.74      2,526   2.65      3.16      2,564   2.59      3.37
Money market deposits .  21,546  3.58    24.74     23,072   3.40    28.51     25,153   3.09     31.49     24,784   2.49     32.54
Time deposits .........  30,470  5.45    35.00     25,596   5.47    31.63     23,128   5.49     28.96     20,738   4.44     27.22
                        -------  ----   ------    -------   ----    -----    -------   ----    ------    -------   ----    ------
   Total .............. $87,074         100.00%   $80,932          100.00%   $79,878           100.00%    76,171           100.00%
                        =======         ======    =======          ======    =======           ======     ======           ======
Weighted average rate .          3.17%                      3.07%                      2.97%                       2.43%
                                 ====                       ====                       ====                        ====

</TABLE>




                                      -38-
<PAGE>   40
  The Company seeks to rely primarily on core deposits from regular customers
to provide a stable and cost-effective source of funding to support asset
growth. The Company's Asset/Liability Management Policy limits total brokered
deposits (as such term is defined for regulatory purposes) to ten percent of
the Bank's total liabilities. As of June 30, 1997, brokered deposits
represented $993,000, or less than one percent, of the Company's total
liabilities.

  As of June 30, 1997, total time deposits over $100,000 represented 17% of
total deposits. Of this amount, $4,395,000 had a term of six months or less.
The following table sets forth the amount of the Company's certificates of
deposit of $100,000 or more by time remaining until maturity as of June 30,
1997 and December 31, 1996. Most of the Company's certificates of deposit
consist of local, in market deposits.


                       TIME DEPOSITS OF $100,000 OR MORE
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 June 30,    December 31,
                      Maturity Period                              1997         1996
                      ---------------                            -------      ---------
<S>                                                              <C>           <C>
Three months or less .........................................   $ 3,152       $ 6,179
Over three months through six months .........................     1,243         4,180
Over six months through twelve months ........................    11,033         3,905
Over twelve months ...........................................       919           905
                                                                 -------       -------
   Totals ....................................................   $16,347       $15,169
                                                                 =======       =======
</TABLE>




BORROWINGS

  Borrowings consist of advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta
("FHLBA") and deposits received in the Bank's U.S. Treasury Tax and Loan
Account. Balances outstanding and effective rates of interest are shown in the
tables below for the six months ended June 30, 1997 and 1996, and for the years
ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994:





                                      -39-
<PAGE>   41
                             SHORT TERM BORROWINGS
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>                                      Six Months Ended            Year Ended
                                                    June 30,              December 31,
                                               ----------------    --------------------------
                                                1997      1996      1996      1995      1994
                                               ------    ------    ------    ------    ------
 <S>                                           <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
   Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta
 Ending Balance ............................   $  900    $2,100    $  900    $2,000    $2,200
 Daily average balance for the period ......      900       598       900     2,924       707
 Maximum outstanding balance at a month-
   end during the period ...................      900     2,100       900     4,000     3,500
 Daily average interest rate for the period      6.65%     6.14%     6.65%     5.46%     4.24%
 Average interest rate on period end balance     6.65%     6.14%     6.65%     6.10%     6.88%

   Treasury Tax and Loan Account
 Ending balance ............................   $  722    $  581    $  716    $1,808    $  684
 Daily average balance for the period ......      409       416       393       473       394
 Maximum outstanding balance at a month-
   end during the period ...................      769       647       829       711       684
 Daily average interest rate for the period      4.38%     4.59%     4.64%     4.60%     3.48%
 Average interest rate on period end balance     3.78%     5.22%     5.16%     2.00%     2.75%
</TABLE>





                                      -40-
<PAGE>   42
  The following table shows the details of the Bank's fixed rate advances from
the FHLBA, with original maturities in excess of one year, as of June 30, 1997:

                              LONG TERM BORROWINGS
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                              June 30, 1997
               --------------------------------------------
Advance      Amount     Outstanding    Current   Long Term   Interest  Maturity        Repayment
Date        Borrowed      Balance      Portion    Portion      Rate      Date            Terms
- - -------     --------      -------      -------    -------      ----    --------  ------------------------
<S>         <C>          <C>         <C>        <C>            <C>     <C>       <C>
10/10/96    $    300     $     300         --   $     300      6.60%   10/10/99  Due at maturity
10/10/96         300           300         --         300      6.85%   10/10/01  Due at maturity
10/10/96       2,000         1,800   $    400       1,400      6.57%   10/10/01  Equal installments
                                                                                    quarterly
                                                                                    commencing 1/10/97
10/10/96       2,400         2,200        400       1,800      6.66%   10/10/02  Equal installments
                                                                                    quarterly
                                                                                    commencing 1/10/97
 2/8/96          800           800         --         800      6.30%     2/8/06  Due at maturity
 5/16/96       1,000         1,000         --       1,000      7.34%    5/16/06  Due at maturity
 6/24/96       1,000           900        100         800      6.94%    6/24/06  Equal installments semi-
               -----           ---        ---         ---                           annually commencing
                                                                                    12/24/96
              $7,800        $7,300       $900      $6,400
             =======        ======       ====      ======
</TABLE>

RETURN ON EQUITY AND ASSETS

        The following table sets forth the Company's performance ratios for the 
periods indicated.

                          RETURN ON EQUITY AND ASSETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   December 31,
                                     June 30,  ---------------------
                                      1997     1996    1995     1994
                                      ----     ----    -----    ----
<S>                                   <C>      <C>     <C>      <C>
Return on average assets(1)            .53%     .27%     .68%     .71%
Return on average equity(1)           8.32     4.20    11.49    12.38
Average equity to average assets      6.86     6.97     6.07     6.12
- - -----
</TABLE>
(1)  Annualized for the six month period ended June 30, 1997.

LIQUIDITY

  The Company's Asset/Liability Management Policy is intended to maintain
adequate liquidity for the Bank and thereby enhance its ability to raise funds
to support asset growth and meet deposit withdrawals, maintain reserve
requirements and otherwise sustain operations. The Company accomplishes this
primarily through management of the maturities of its earning assets and
interest-





                                      -41-
<PAGE>   43
bearing liabilities. The Company believes that the Bank's present liquidity
position is adequate to meet its current and future needs.

  Asset liquidity is provided by cash and assets which are readily marketable,
or which can be pledged, or which will mature in the near future. Asset
liquidity is maintained in the form of vault cash, demand deposits with
commercial banks, federal funds sold, interest bearing deposits with other
financial institutions, short-term investment securities, other investment
securities available-for-sale, and short-term loans. The Company has defined
"cash and cash equivalents" as those amounts included in cash and due from
banks and federal funds sold. As of June 30, 1997, cash and cash equivalents
amounted to $4,841,000, a decrease of $14,959,000 compared to December 31,
1996, which decrease was primarily attributable to the purchase of investment
securities.

  As of June 30, 1997, $21,732,000 or 75% of the Company's total investment
portfolio, including federal funds sold and interest bearing deposits held with
other financial institutions, was scheduled to mature within one year. The
remainder of the portfolio consists of $4,071,000 (14% of total portfolio) in
U.S. Government, agency, and municipal securities that will mature within three
years, and $2,308,000 (8% of total portfolio) in federal agency mortgage
pass-through securities and collateralized mortgage obligations with an
estimated weighted average duration of approximately three years, and the
Bank's required stock investment in the FHLBA and the Federal Reserve Bank of
Richmond totaling $928,000.  The unrealized gain contained in the
held-to-maturity portion of the investment portfolio as of June 30, 1997 was
$6,000.

  Liability liquidity is provided by access to core funding sources,
principally various customers' deposit accounts in the Company's market area.
As a member of the FHLBA, the Bank is authorized to borrow up to $13,300,000
secured by a blanket pledge of its portfolio of 1-to-4-family residential
mortgage loans. The Bank also has approved lines of credit from larger
correspondent banks to borrow excess reserves on an overnight basis (known as
"federal funds purchased") in the amount of $1,000,000 and to borrow on a
secured basis ("repurchase agreements") in the amount of $5,000,000. As of June
30, 1997, the Bank had no federal funds purchased or repurchase agreements, and
was utilizing $7,300,000 of its available FHLBA borrowings in the form of
fixed-rate term credit advances with an average cost of 6.73%. The Company
utilizes fixed rate term credit advances from the FHLBA to fund fixed rate real
estate loans of comparable terms and maturities.

  The Company's cash flows are composed of three classifications: cash flows
from operating activities, cash flows from investing activities, and cash flows
from financing activities. Net cash flow provided by operating activities was
$641,000 and $271,000 for the six months ended June 30, 1997 and 1996,
respectively, and $903,000, $448,000, and $303,000 for the years ended December
31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively.

  Net cash used in investing activities was $18.9 million for the six months
ended June 30, 1997. Net cash provided by investing activities was $1.0 million
for the six months ended June 30, 1996, and $3.7 million, $6.8 million and $5.5
million for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively.





                                      -42-
<PAGE>   44
     Net cash provided by financing activities was $3.3 million for the six
months ended June 30, 1997. Net cash used in financing activities was $5.6
million for the six months ended June 30, 1996. Net cash provided by financing
activities was $5.2 million, $10.4 million and $3.8 million for the years ended
December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively.

     In the ordinary course of business, the Bank enters into commitments to
make loans and fund letters of credit, and the Company is also a party to two
operating leases with respect to its banking quarters. Details of these
commitments may be found in the accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements.

     The Company had cash on hand in the amount of $78,000 as of June 30, 1997
at the holding company level. The Company anticipates using these funds,
together with dividends received from the Bank, as working capital to pay
normal operating expenses. As of June 30, 1997, the Company had no indebtedness
outstanding at the holding company level.

CAPITAL RESOURCES

     Total stockholders' equity as of June 30, 1997 was $7,078,000, an increase
of $328,000 or approximately 5% compared with stockholders' equity of
$6,750,000 as of December 31, 1996. This increase was attributable to net
income for the six months ended June 30, 1997 of $288,000, a $2,000 increase in
the market value of investment securities available-for-sale, net of tax effect
and $39,000 in net proceeds from issuances of Common Stock pursuant to the
exercise of outstanding stock options and warrants.

     Total stockholders' equity was $6,750,000 as of December 31, 1996, an
increase of $385,000 or 6% compared with stockholders' equity of $6,365,000 as
of December 31, 1995. The increase in total stockholders' equity as of December
31, 1996 was attributable to $279,000 of net income for 1996, a $22,000
increase in the market value of investment securities available for sale, net
of tax effect, and $84,000 received from issuances of Common Stock pursuant to
the exercise of outstanding stock options.

     Total stockholders' equity was $6,365,000 as of December 31, 1995, an
increase of $1,555,000 or 32% compared with stockholders' equity of $4,810,000
as of December 31, 1994. The increase in total stockholders' equity as of
December 31, 1995 was attributable to $613,000 of net income for 1995, $480,000
in net proceeds from the issuance of Common Stock, and a $502,000 increase in
the market value of investment securities available-for-sale, net of tax
effect, all partially offset by a $40,000 preferred stock dividend.

     There currently are no regulatory capital requirements applicable to the
Company, because it has total consolidated assets of less than $150 million.
The Bank, however, is required to comply with capital standards promulgated by
the OCC. The OCC has established certain minimum 





                                      -43-
<PAGE>   45
capital standards that apply to national banks. The following table sets 
forth the capital standards required by the OCC, as well as the capital ratios 
of the Bank as of the dates indicated:

                              BANK CAPITAL RATIOS
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         REGULATORY CAPITAL RATIOS 
                                                                                         ------------------------- 
                                                                                         ADEQUATELY        WELL    
                                                             DECEMBER 31,                CAPITALIZED    CAPITALIZED
                                       JUNE 30,    --------------------------------      -----------    -----------
                                         1997        1996        1995        1994                                  
                                       --------    --------    --------    --------                                
<S>                                    <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>             <C>          <C>        
Tier 1 capital......................   $  6,939    $  6,628    $  6,177    $  5,085                                
Tier 2 capital......................        710         826         740         629                                
                                       --------    --------    --------    --------                                
Total capital.......................   $  7,649    $  7,454    $  6,917    $  5,714                                
                                       ========    ========    ========    ========                                
                                                                                                                   
Risk-weighted assets................   $ 75,229    $ 72,411    $ 66,050    $ 50,259                                
                                       ========    ========    ========    ========                                
                                                                                                                   
Adjusted total assets...............   $105,355    $102,852    $ 89,789    $ 88,594                                
                                       ========    ========    ========    ========                                
                                                                                                                   
Capital Ratios                                                                                                     
  Tier 1 risk-based capital.........       9.22%       9.15%       9.35%      10.12%       4.00%       6.00%       
  Total risk-based capital..........      10.17%      10.29%      10.47%      11.37%       8.00%      10.00%       
  Leverage ratio (Tier 1 capital 
    to adjusted total assets).......       6.59%       6.44%       6.88%       5.74%       4.00%       5.00%       
</TABLE>


     The Company anticipates that, after consummation of the transaction with
Eastern American, it will have total consolidated assets of more than $150
million, and that as a result the regulatory capital standards will apply to
the Company on a consolidated basis. Because the Company has minimal assets and
liabilities at the parent company level, its consolidated capital ratios are
approximately the same as the Bank's capital ratios. See "The Eastern American
Transaction" and Note 16 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

ACCOUNTING MATTERS

     In February 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 128, Earnings Per Share ("SFAS
128") which is effective for financial statements issued for periods ending
after December 15, 1997, including interim periods. SFAS 128 establishes
standards for computing and presenting earnings per share ("EPS") and applies
to entities with publicly held common stock or potential common stock.
Management does not expect that the adoption of SFAS 128 will have a material
impact on the Company's financial condition or reported earnings per share.

     In February 1997, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 129, Disclosure of Information about Capital Structure ("SFAS
129") which is effective for financial





                                      -44-
<PAGE>   46
statements issued for periods ending after December 15, 1997. SFAS 129
establishes standards for disclosing information about an entity's capital
structure and applies to all entities. Management does not expect that the
adoption of SFAS 129 will have a material impact on the Company's financial
condition or reported capital structure.

     During June of 1997, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 130, Reporting Comprehensive Income ("SFAS 130"). SFAS 130
establishes standards for reporting and display of comprehensive income and its
components (revenue, expenses, gains and losses) in a full set of general
purpose financial statements. SFAS 130 is effective for financial statements
for periods beginning after December 15, 1997.

     During June of 1997, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 131 Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related
Information ("SFAS 131"). SFAS 131 establishes standards for the way that
public business enterprises report information about operating segments in
annual financial statements and requires that those enterprises report selected
information about operating segments in interim financial reports issued to
shareholders. It also establishes standards for related disclosures about
products and services, geographic areas, and major customers. SFAS 131 is
effective for financial statements for periods beginning after December 15,
1997.

IMPACT OF INFLATION, CHANGING PRICES AND MONETARY POLICIES

     The financial statements and related financial data concerning the Company
presented herein have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles, which require the measurement of financial position and
operating results in terms of historical dollars without considering changes in
the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. The primary
effect of inflation on the operations of the Company is reflected in increased
operating costs. Unlike industrial companies, virtually all of the assets and
liabilities of a financial institution are monetary in nature. As a result,
changes in interest rates have a more significant effect on the performance of
a financial institution than do the effects of changes in the general rate of
inflation and changes in prices. Interest rates do not necessarily move in the
same direction or in the same magnitude as the prices of goods and services.
Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors which are beyond the
control of the Company, including the influence of domestic and foreign
economic conditions and the monetary and fiscal policies of the United States
government and federal agencies, particularly the Federal Reserve Board. The
Federal Reserve Board implements national monetary policy such as seeking to
curb inflation and combat recession by its open market operations in United
States government securities, control of the discount rate applicable to
borrowing by banks, and establishment of reserve requirements against bank
deposits. The actions of the Federal Reserve Board in these areas influence the
growth of bank loans, investments and deposits, and affect the interest rates
charged on loans and paid on deposits. The nature, timing and impact of any
future changes in federal monetary and fiscal policies on the Bank and its
results of operations are not predictable.





                                      -45-
<PAGE>   47
                                    BUSINESS

GENERAL

     The Company is a registered bank holding company under the Bank Holding
Company Act of 1956 ("BHCA"), and conducts its operations through the Bank,
which it acquired in 1986. The Company was incorporated and organized in 1985
for the purpose of acquiring the Bank. The Bank opened in 1982 and is engaged in
a general commercial banking business with a particular emphasis on the needs of
professionals, entrepreneurs, small to medium-sized businesses and
not-for-profit membership organizations located in the Washington, D. C.
metropolitan area.

     The Company's primary source of revenue is the interest income and fees
which its earns by lending and investing the funds which are held on deposit.
Because loans generally earn higher rates of interest than investments, the
Company seeks to employ as much of its deposit funds as possible in the form of
loans to individuals, businesses and other organizations. In the interest of
liquidity, however, a portion of the Company's deposits are maintained in cash,
government securities, deposits with other financial institutions, and
overnight loans of excess reserves (known as "federal funds sold") to large
correspondent banks. The revenue which the Company earns (prior to deducting
its overhead expenses) is essentially a function of the amount of the Company's
loans and deposits, as well as the profit margin ("interest spread") and fee
income which can be generated thereon.

     The Company's strategic plan is directed toward the enhancement of its
franchise value and operating profitability through a significant increase in
its asset size, further expansion into nearby Virginia and Maryland markets,
and the development of new commercial accounts. After opening its first branch
in the District in 1994, the Bank opened a loan production office in Tysons
Corner, Virginia in 1996, which it replaced with a full service branch in April
1997. In June 1997 the Bank opened a loan production office in Bethesda,
Maryland, which it plans to replace with a full service branch in early 1998
for which it has already received regulatory approval. On July 24, 1997, the
Company entered into an agreement to assume the deposit and certain other
liabilities of the McLean Branch of Eastern American. See "The Eastern American
Transaction."

PRIMARY MARKET AREA

     The Company's market area includes the District of Columbia, Fairfax and
Arlington Counties, Virginia, the Cities of Alexandria, Falls Church and
Fairfax, Virginia, Montgomery and Prince Georges Counties, Maryland. With the
nation's capital as its center, the Washington, D.C. metropolitan area is the
eighth largest in the nation. The area population is currently 4.2 million and
has been growing at approximately 2% per year. Recent population growth has
been particularly strong in Fairfax County, Virginia and Montgomery County,
Maryland, where the Company's expansion efforts have been concentrated.
Employment is diversified among high technology firms,





                                      -46-
<PAGE>   48
trade and professional organizations , small business and financial services
firms and the Federal and local governments.

     The Washington metropolitan area has over 260 million square feet of
office space, of which 37% is in the District, 40% is in northern
Virginia, and 23% is in suburban Maryland. The largest markets in the District
are the central business district (the location of the Company's main office)
and the "East end" (the location of the Company's Pennsylvania Avenue branch),
where more than 180,000 people are employed. The businesses employing the
highest number of people are professional firms and not-for-profit membership
organizations. The largest office market in northern Virginia is Tysons Corner
(where the Bank has an existing branch), and the largest office market in
suburban Maryland is Bethesda (where the Bank has an existing loan production
office and plans to open its next branch). Both of these suburban office markets
are densely populated by small- to medium-size businesses, professional firms
and not-for-profit organizations, the main types of customers served by the
Bank.

BANKING SERVICES

     The Company provides a broad range of banking-related services through its
main office located at 1875 Eye Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. and its branch
offices located at 1275 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W., Washington, D.C., and 8251
Greensboro Drive, McLean (Tysons Corner), Virginia. In March 1997 the OCC
approved the Company's application for a full service branch in Bethesda,
Maryland, and in June 1997 the Company established a loan production office
there.

     The Company strives to provide its customers with the breadth of products
comparable to a regional bank, while maintaining the quick response and
personal service of a locally headquartered bank. The Company holds deposits
for individuals, businesses, and other organizations, and provides services
related thereto for the convenience of its depositors, including credit card
programs and electronic banking. In most cases, the Company pays interest on
funds which it holds on deposit for customers, and it also charges fees for
certain services which it provides. The interest expense paid on deposits, and
the noninterest income earned from service charges, are primarily related to
the volume of deposits handled by the Company. Lending services are
concentrated in professional, service, and commercial business sectors located
in the metropolitan Washington, D.C. area, with the Company emphasizing the
development of its commercial loan business.

STRATEGIC PLAN

     As the economy of the Washington, D.C. area has improved since the early
1990s, the Company has maintained the conservative approach to loan
underwriting that it developed in response to the earlier challenging economic
conditions, and has devoted increasing effort and resources toward the
stimulation of business growth and the expansion of its customer base. The
Company's current strategic plan is directed toward the enhancement of its
franchise value and





                                      -47-
<PAGE>   49
operating profitability through a significant increase in its asset size, the
development of new commercial accounts and loans, and expansion into the nearby
Maryland and Virginia markets. The following are the key action plans being
pursued by the Company in the implementation of its growth and expansion
strategy:

     Expanding the branch network. One of the methods by which the Company
plans to grow is to conduct business in multiple locations, including expansion
into the nearby Maryland and Virginia markets. The proposed transaction with
Eastern American is an example of the type of transaction the Company may
consider. For the foreseeable future, the Company expects to acquire or
establish branch offices in high-density commercial districts, to further its
objective of increasing the volume of commercial accounts and loans. The Company
established its first branch office in September 1994 by acquiring from the
Resolution Trust Corporation ("RTC") a branch of a failed savings and loan
association. The branch is located at 1275 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W., in an area
of downtown Washington which is experiencing significant development. Effective
January 1, 1996, the Company established a loan production office in Tysons
Corner, Virginia, which was replaced by a full service branch at 8251 Greensboro
Drive in Tysons Corner in April 1997. In March 1997 the OCC approved the
Company's application to establish a full service branch in Bethesda, Maryland,
and in June 1997 the Company established a loan production office there. The
Company expects to open a full service branch in downtown Bethesda in early
1998.

     Expanding products and services. The Company recently commenced, and
expects to continue, a program to expand its products and services. The
objectives of this program are to provide "value-added" services to existing
clients, to compete more effectively for the development of new commercial
business, to stimulate deposit growth and to increase fee income. In
furtherance of this strategy, the Company established a MasterCard/Visa credit
card program for its customers, introduced two new types of accounts (Basic
Checking, designed for customers with low and moderate incomes, and Century
Pro, designed for higher-income professionals), introduced two new electronic
banking services (TeleBank for personal accounts and ExecuBank for business
accounts), established overdraft lines of credit for small businesses (Century
Reserve), developed a comprehensive no-charge banking package for related
accounts (Century Link), installed a remote ATM in the International Square
food court, developed a high-interest money market account to compete with
brokerage funds (Premier Investment Account), and introduced check-image
statements for all accounts in June of 1996. In 1997, the Bank introduced a
One-Year No Penalty certificate of deposit. To serve commercial firms and
not-for-profit organizations, the Company has also introduced a variety of cash
management services, including lock box services, merchant credit card
processing, courier reimbursement and depositary transfer services, repurchase
agreements, sweep accounts and commercial account analysis. The Company's
current plan contemplates a continued emphasis on the development of commercial
loan and deposit business, including expansion of its commercial product line
as well as increased business development in the Maryland and Virginia markets.

     Exploring acquisition and merger opportunities. The Company believes that
its franchise value and operating profitability would be enhanced by a
significant increase in its asset size. For





                                      -48-
<PAGE>   50
this reason, the Company in the past has explored, and expects to continue to
explore in the future, merger and acquisition opportunities which would
accelerate the Company's progress toward the achievement of its strategic plan.
The proposed transaction with Eastern American is an example of the type of
transaction that the Company may consider.  See "The Eastern American
Transaction."

     There can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in
implementing any of the future plans described above or that, even if
implemented, such actions will produce the desired financial results. The
foregoing matters should be taken into account when considering the more
specific discussion of the Company's financial performance set forth elsewhere
in this Prospectus.

COMPETITION

     The Company is subject to vigorous competition in all aspects and areas of
its business from banks and other financial institutions, including savings and
loan associations, savings banks, finance companies, credit unions and other
providers of financial services, such as money market mutual funds, brokerage
firms, consumer finance companies and insurance companies. The Company also
competes with non-financial institutions that maintain their own credit
programs and governmental agencies that make available low cost or guaranteed
loans to certain borrowers. The principal methods of competition include
interest rates paid on deposits and charged on loans and the availability of
other banking products and services. The Company competes in its market area
with a number of much larger financial institutions that have substantially
greater resources, including larger lending limits, larger branch systems and a
wider array of commercial banking services. The Company has been able to
compete effectively with other financial institutions by emphasizing customer
services, establishing long-term customer relationships and building customer
loyalty, and by providing products and services designed to address the
specific needs of its customers.

PERSONNEL

     At June 30, 1997, the Company had 43 employees, including 29 employees 
at the Eye Street location, seven employees at the Pennsylvania Avenue location,
one employee at the Bethesda, Maryland location and six employees at the Tysons
Corner, Virginia location.

PROPERTIES

     The Company's principal executive offices and all of its banking offices
are leased under agreements expiring at various dates, including renewal
options, through 2012. The Company's principal executive offices, which are
located in the District at 1275 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W., also serve as a
branch location of the Bank. The premises at 1275 Pennsylvania Avenue consist
of 2,750 square feet which are under lease through 2004, with one additional
five-year renewal option. The lease for the Company's main office, located in
the District at 1875 Eye Street, N.W., extends





                                      -49-
<PAGE>   51
through 2002, with two additional five-year renewal options. The lease for the
main office includes 3,895 square feet of lobby space, 5,286 square feet of
Metro-level basement space and space for an ATM in the adjacent International
Square food court. The Company's branch office in Tysons Corner is located at
8251 Greensboro Drive, McLean, Virginia and consists of 1,801 square feet of
space held under lease through March 31, 1999. The Company is currently
negotiating with the landlord to extend the lease term for an additional seven
years on the terms and conditions similar to the existing lease arrangement.
See Note 14 to the Company's Audited Consolidated Financial Statements for
additional information concerning the Company's commitments under its lease
agreements.

     In connection with the transaction with Eastern American, the Bank plans
to assume Eastern American's lease for the branch location at 6832 Old Dominion
Drive, McLean, Virginia. The branch premises consist of 2,077 square feet which
are under lease through September 30, 2003, with one additional five-year
renewal option.

     The Bethesda office is located in a shared office facility at Three
Bethesda Metro Center. On August 6, 1997, the Bank executed a non-binding
letter of intent to establish a branch location at 7625 Wisconsin Avenue,
Bethesda, Maryland. The location is in the vicinity of Wisconsin Avenue and Old
Georgetown Road, where the Bank has authority to establish a branch pursuant to
regulatory approval received from the OCC on March 12, 1997. The proposed
branch premises consist of 2,022 square feet to be leased through October 31,
2007, with one additional five-year renewal option. The letter of intent is
subject to a number of conditions, including the execution of a mutually
acceptable final lease document. Assuming successful conclusion of lease
negotiations, management anticipates that the Bethesda branch will open for
business in early 1998.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

     The nature of the business of the Company causes it (and the Bank) to be
involved in routine legal proceedings from time to time. Management of the
Company believes that there are no pending or threatened legal proceedings that
upon resolution would have a material adverse impact on the Company.





                                      -50-
<PAGE>   52
                                   MANAGEMENT


DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY

     The directors and executive officers of the Company, all of whom are
elected annually, are as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
      Name                 Age   Position(s) with the Company
      ----                 ---   ----------------------------
<S>                         <C>  <C>                                
Mr. Joseph S. Bracewell     50   Chairman of the Board, President
                                    and Chief Executive Officer
Dr. George Contis           64   Director
Mr. John R. Cope            55   Director, Vice President and General Counsel
Mr. Bernard J. Cravath      65   Director and Assistant Secretary
Mr. Neal R. Gross           54   Director
Mr. Joseph H. Koonz, Jr     62   Director
Mr. William McKee           53   Director
Mr. William C. Oldaker      56   Director and Secretary
</TABLE>


     Mr. Joseph S. Bracewell has been Chairman of the Board, President and
Chief Executive Officer of the Company and Chairman of the Board of the Bank
since 1985. Mr. Bracewell has also served as Chief Executive Officer of the
Bank since 1982 and as President of the Bank from 1982-1988 and since August
15, 1996. Mr. Bracewell serves on the Executive Loan Committee, the
Asset/Liability Committee, the Personnel Committee and the Marketing Committee.
Mr. Bracewell also serves on the Boards of Directors of the Federal Home Loan
Bank of Atlanta and the Independent Bankers Association of America.

     Dr. George Contis was elected as a director of the Company in November
1995. Dr. Contis has served as a member of the Board of Directors of the Bank
since 1988 and is currently Chairman of the Bank's Executive Loan Committee and
a member of its Legal Matters Review Committee. Dr. Contis is a physician and
the President of Medical Services Corporation International, an international
contract provider of medical services.

     Mr. John R. Cope has served as a director and Vice President of the
Company since 1985. Since 1982, Mr. Cope has served on the Board of Directors
of the Bank, and he has served as Vice Chairman of the Board of the Bank since
1985. In addition, Mr. Cope serves as General Counsel to the Company and the
Bank. Mr. Cope is a partner with the law firm of Bracewell & Patterson, L.L.P.,
which from time to time provides legal services to the Company and the Bank. Mr.
Cope is Chairman of the Marketing Committee and a member of the Executive
Compensation, Stock Option and Personnel Committees.





                                      -51-
<PAGE>   53
     Mr. Bernard J. Cravath has served as a director of the Company since 1987
and as Assistant Secretary since 1991. In addition, Mr. Cravath is Chairman of
the Audit Committee and serves as a member of the Executive Compensation and
Asset/Liability Committees. Mr. Cravath is President of Reality Properties,
Inc., a real estate investment firm.

     Mr. Neal R. Gross was elected as a Director of the Company in October
1995. Mr. Gross has served as a member of the Board of Directors of the Bank
since 1992 and is a member of the Audit Committee. Mr. Gross serves as Chairman
of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of Neal R. Gross and Co., Inc., a
corporation providing court reporting services to attorneys, law firms, the
federal government, and other private organizations and individuals.

     Mr. Joseph H. Koonz, Jr. has served as a director of the Company since
1985. Mr. Koonz, a senior partner of the law firm of Koonz, McKenney, Johnson,
DePaolis & Lightfoot, serves as a member of the Stock Option Committee.

     Mr. William McKee has served as a director of the Company since 1992. Mr.
McKee is a partner with the law firm of King & Spalding in Washington, D.C. Mr.
McKee is Chairman of the Asset/Liability Committee and a member of the
Marketing Committee.

     Mr. William C. Oldaker has served the Company as a director since 1986. In
1992, Mr. Oldaker was elected as Secretary. Since 1984, Mr. Oldaker has served
on the Board of Directors of the Bank. Mr. Oldaker also serves as Chairman of
the Personnel, Executive Compensation and Stock Option Committees. Mr. Oldaker
is a partner with the Washington, D.C. law firm of Oldaker, Ryan, Phillips &
Utrecht.





                                      -52-
<PAGE>   54
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     Executive Officer Compensation

     The following table sets forth information regarding the compensation for
the Company's Chief Executive Officer, the only executive officer who received
compensation in excess of $100,000 for the year ended December 31, 1996:

                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            Long Term
                                                        Annual Compensation               Compensation
                                           --------------------------------------------   ------------
                                                                                           Securities
Name and Principal                                                       Other Annual      Underlying       All Other
    Position                      Year      Salary        Bonus(1)      Compensation(2)      Options     Compensation(3)
- - ------------------                ----     ----------     ----------    ---------------   ------------   ---------------


<S>                              <C>      <C>              <C>          <C>                <C>         <C>         
Mr. Joseph S. Bracewell           1996     $  182,300           --       $   10,750           2,735     $    1,592
  President and Chief
  Executive Officer of            1995        182,300     $    7,000          9,420           1,500          1,800
  the Company; Chief
  Executive Officer of            1994        182,300         11,841          9,420          14,048          1,705
  the Bank
</TABLE>

- - ---------------

(1)  These payments are listed in the year accrued and earned, but each was
     paid in the following year.

(2)  Amounts in this column represent (a) contributions to the executive's
     401(k) plan account and (b) director fees deferred by the executive
     pursuant to the deferred compensation program for directors. Contributions
     to the 401(k) plan on behalf of Mr. Bracewell were $4,750, $4,620, and
     $4,620 during 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively. During 1996, 1995 and
     1994, Mr. Bracewell deferred $6,000, $4,800 and $4,800, respectively,
     pursuant to the deferred compensation program for directors.

(3)  Includes the dollar value of insurance premiums paid by the Company with
     respect to the term life insurance portion of split dollar policies in
     which the Company has the full interest in the cash surrender value.
     During 1996, 1995 and 1994, the Company held three split dollar policies
     covering Mr. Bracewell.

     Except as set forth herein, the named executive officer did not receive
any other annual compensation, stock options, restricted stock awards, stock
appreciation rights, long term incentive plan payouts or any perquisites or
other personal benefits, securities or property that exceeded the lesser of
$50,000 or 10% of the total annual salary and bonus for such named executive
officer during the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996. See "-- Employment
Agreement."





                                      -53-
<PAGE>   55
     Director Compensation

     Each member of the Board of Directors of the Company and/or the Bank
receives a retainer of $4,200 annually ($6,000 for those directors serving on
the Boards of both the Company and the Bank) provided the director attends at
least two-thirds of the meetings of the Board of Directors. In addition,
directors serving on the Executive Loan Committee receive cash fees of $50 per
meeting attended. No additional compensation is paid for service on other
standing committees. Directors are permitted to defer annual retainers in lieu
of a deferred compensation plan to provide retirement income, as described
below.

     The Company has entered into Director Compensation Agreements (the
"Compensation Agreements"), with all of the directors of the Company and with
all but one of the directors of the Bank. Each director of the Company and the
Bank may elect to enter into a Compensation Agreement in lieu of receiving
director's fees in cash. The Compensation Agreements generally provide for the
purchase of life insurance for each director with the deferred director's fees
and the payment of a retirement benefit for up to 180 months following
retirement, or in the case of an individual's death prior to retirement, the
payment of an amount for a period of up to 180 months following a director's
death. The retirement benefit granted under the Compensation Agreement vests
pursuant to a schedule, with 20% of the retirement benefit vesting each year
over a five year period.

     Prior Stock Option Plans

     In 1986, the Board of Directors of the Company approved an Incentive Stock
Option Plan for Key Employees, a Nonqualified Stock Option Plan for Key
Employees and a Nonqualified Stock Option Plan for Directors (collectively
referred to herein as the "1986 Plans"). The purpose of each of the 1986 Plans
was to encourage ownership of the Company's Common Stock by key employees and
directors of the Company and its subsidiaries. A total of 130,000 shares of
Common Stock initially was reserved for issuance under the 1986 Plans. Under
the 1986 Plans, the exercise price of any option granted could not be less than
the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date the option was granted.
All of the 1986 Plans were administered by various committees of the Board of
Directors of the Company. The 1986 Plans expired during 1992 and 1993; however,
options with respect to an aggregate of 33,374 shares granted under the 1986
Plans were outstanding and exercisable by the optionees at June 30, 1997, at
exercise prices ranging from $1.54 to $5.12 per share, of which 23,530 were
exercisable by directors of the Company. In April 1994, the 1986 Plans were
replaced by the Company's 1994 Stock Option Plan described below.

     1994 Stock Option Plan

     The Board of Directors approved the 1994 Stock Option Plan (the "1994
Plan") in April 1994 and it was approved by the Company's stockholders in May
1994. The Company initially reserved 150,000 shares of its Common Stock,
subject to antidilutive adjustments, for the issuance of





                                      -54-
<PAGE>   56
incentive stock options and nonqualified stock options to directors and key
employees under the 1994 Plan. As a result of stock dividends declared by the
Company in 1995, 1996 and 1997, the number of shares reserved for issuances
under the 1994 Plan has been increased to 176,362. The 1994 Plan is
administered by the Company's Stock Option Committee and provides that the
options granted under the 1994 Plan may be either incentive stock options
pursuant to Section 422A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or
nonqualified options. Directors and certain key employees are entitled to
participate under the 1994 Plan.

     Options granted under the 1994 Plan will terminate (i) ten years after the
date the option was granted, unless the option was granted for a shorter
period, (ii) five years from the date of grant in the case of an incentive
stock option granted to a 10% or more stockholder of the Company, (iii) three
months after the date on which employment with the Company was terminated, or
(iv) one year after the death or disability of an optionee. Options granted
under the 1994 Plan are not transferable by the optionee, other than by
will or the laws of descent and distribution.

     As of June 30, 1997, options to purchase 150,426 shares of Common Stock at
exercise prices ranging from $1.92 to $6.88 were outstanding (of which 70,787
were held by directors of the Company) and 16,433 shares of Common Stock
remained available for future grants under the 1994 Plan.

     Options Granted to Certain Executives in Last Fiscal Year

     During the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996, the Company granted the
following options to purchase the Company's Common Stock to the executive
officer of the Company listed in the Summary Compensation Table.


                     OPTION/SAR GRANTS IN FISCAL YEAR 1996

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                      Potential Realizable
                                                                                                        Value at Assumed   
                                                                                                         Annual Rates of   
                               Number of        Percent of Total                                          Stock Price     
                               Securities         Options/SARs                                          Appreciation for   
                               Underlying          Granted to         Per Share                            Option Term     
                                Options/          Employees in        Exercise       Expiration       --------------------
        Name                  SARs Granted            1996              Price           Date             5%          10%
- - -------------------           ------------      ----------------      ---------      ----------       -------      -------
<S>                            <C>                  <C>               <C>            <C>             <C>          <C>    
Joseph S. Bracewell             2,735                18.88%            $6.00          5/21/06         $10,320      $26,153
</TABLE>

Options Exercised During Last Fiscal Year

     During the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996, the following options were
exercised by the executive officer of the Company listed in the Summary
Compensation Table:





                                      -55-
<PAGE>   57
                     OPTIONS EXERCISED IN FISCAL YEAR 1996
                           AND YEAR-END OPTION VALUES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     Number of Securities           Value of Unexercised
                          Shares                    Underlying Unexercised          In-the-Money Options
                         Acquired                    Options at Year End                 at Year End      
                            on          Value    ---------------------------     ---------------------------
        Name             Exercise     Realized   Exercisable   Unexercisable     Exercisable   Unexercisable
- - -------------------      --------     --------   -----------   -------------     -----------   -------------
<S>                     <C>          <C>          <C>              <C>           <C>            <C>
Joseph S. Bracewell       3,092       $5,159       26,456           3,275         $108,399       $  5,829
</TABLE>


EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

     The Company and Mr. Bracewell are parties to an Employment Agreement which
became effective on September 1, 1996 and will terminate on August 31, 1998
unless renewed by the parties on written notice. Under the Employment
Agreement, Mr. Bracewell receives an annual salary of $182,300, the use of a
Company car, the payment by the Company of life insurance premiums, and certain
country club dues. Upon termination of Mr. Bracewell's employment during the
term of the Employment Agreement (except by reason of his death or upon
termination by the Company for cause), Mr. Bracewell would be entitled to
receive a payment in an amount equal to twice his annual salary, and all of his
stock options will automatically vest. If Mr. Bracewell elects not to renew the
Employment Agreement upon its expiration, the Employment Agreement provides for
a severance payment in the amount of his annual salary.

     In the event of a change of control, the Employment Agreement provides
that all of Mr. Bracewell's stock options automatically vest. Under the
Employment Agreement, a "change of control" means (i) the acquisition by any
person or group of persons of beneficial ownership of securities representing
more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the then
outstanding voting securities of the Company or the Bank, (ii) a reorganization
with respect to which those persons who had been beneficial owners of the
voting securities of either the Bank or the Company immediately prior to such
reorganization do not, following such reorganization, beneficially own shares
representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting
securities of the resulting corporation, (iii) a sale of substantially all the
assets of the Bank or Company, (iv) the cessation for any reason of the
individuals who constituted the Board of Directors of the Company on the date
of the agreement (the "Incumbent Board") to constitute at least a majority of
the Incumbent Board, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to
the date of the agreement whose election or whose nominations for election by
the Company's stockholders was approved by a majority vote of the directors
comprising the Incumbent Board are, for purposes of the agreement, considered
as though he or she were a member of the Incumbent Board, or (v) a change in
the Company's status requiring prior notice to the Board of Governors of the
Federal Reserve System and/or the OCC pursuant to the Change in Bank Control
Act of 1978 and regulations, 12 C.F.R. Sections 5.50 and 225.41, promulgated
thereunder. Mr. Bracewell has agreed





                                      -56-
<PAGE>   58
not to compete with the Company for the term of the Employment Agreement and
for 12 months thereafter.

CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

     The Bank has and expects to have various loan transactions with directors,
officers and employees of the Company and the Bank. All loans that have been
made and any loans in the future will be made in the ordinary course of
business and on the same terms and conditions, including interest rates and
collateral, as those of comparable transactions prevailing at the time with
non-affiliated parties and, in the opinion of management do not and will not
involve more than the normal risk of collectability or otherwise present other
terms less favorable to the Bank than would otherwise be obtained with
unrelated persons.

                SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS
                                 AND MANAGEMENT

     The following table sets forth, as of June 30, 1997, the shares of Common
Stock beneficially owned by (i) any person who, to the knowledge of the
Company, beneficially owns more than five percent of such stock, (ii) each
director and each executive officer of the Company named in the executive
compensation table and (iii) all directors and executive officers of the
Company as a group. Unless otherwise indicated, the Company believes that all
persons named in the following table have sole investment and voting power over
the shares of the Common Stock.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Name and Address of
 Beneficial Owner                        Number of Shares       Percent of Class     
- - ------------------                       ----------------       ----------------     
<S>                                          <C>                    <C>              
Joseph S. Bracewell                           150,346(1)              11.87%         
1875 Eye Street, N.W.                                                  
Washington, D.C. 20006                                                 
                                                                       
George Contis                                 90,013(2)                7.61%         
1716 Wilson Boulevard                                                  
Arlington, Virginia 22209                                              
                                                                       
John R. Cope                                  32,180(3)                2.62%         
2000 K Street, N.W., Suite 500                                         
Washington, D.C. 20006                                     
</TABLE>

                                            (Table Continued on Following Page)




                                      -57-
<PAGE>   59
<TABLE>
<S>                                               <C>                   <C>
Bernard J. Cravath                                67,376(4)             5.45%
9812 Falls Road, Suite 201
Potomac, Maryland 20854

Neal R. Gross                                     130,271(5)            10.48%
1323 Rhode Island Ave., N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20005

Joseph H. Koonz, Jr.                              72,647(6)             5.92%
2020 K. Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20006

William S. McKee                                  65,162(7)             5.29%
1730 Pennsylvania Ave., N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20006

William C. Oldaker                                73,416(8)             5.91%
818 Connecticut Ave., N.W.
Suite 1100
Washington, D.C. 20006

All directors and executive officers of the       687,411               48.74%
Company and as a group (8 persons)
</TABLE>

- - -------------

(1)  Includes 3,450 shares held by minor children, 22,504 shares held as
     Trustee, 36,095 shares held for the benefit of Mr. Bracewell in the 401(k)
     plan maintained by the Bank and 6,760 shares of Common Stock held by Mr.
     Bracewell in individual retirement accounts. Also includes 24,503 shares
     of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options which are exercisable
     within the next sixty days, 2,358 shares of Common Stock issuable upon the
     exercise of currently exercisable Warrants held by minor children and
     22,004 shares issuable on the exercise of currently exercisable Warrants
     held by Mr. Bracewell as Trustee.

(2)  Includes 37,569 shares held by Medical Sciences Corporation International
     Profit Sharing Plan and Trust of which Dr. Contis is Trustee, 8,553 shares
     of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of currently exercisable options,
     and 35,960 shares issuable on the exercise of currently exercisable
     Warrants.

(3)  Includes 13,979 shares held by the John R. Cope Rollover IRA, 9,054 shares
     of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of currently exercisable options
     and 292 shares issuable on the exercise of currently exercisable Warrants.
     Also includes 879 shares of Common Stock held by Mr. Cope's spouse; 4,219
     shares of Common Stock held by a family trust of which Mr. Cope is
     Trustee, and 2,600 shares held in trust for a minor child.

(4)  Includes 1,298 shares of Common Stock held by Mr. Cravath's spouse. Also
     includes 9,054 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of currently
     exercisable options and 9,128 shares issuable on the exercise of currently
     exercisable Warrants.

(5)  Includes 8,553 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of currently
     exercisable options and 16,839 shares issuable on the exercise of
     currently exercisable Warrants.

(6)  Includes 9,054 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of currently
     exercisable options and 63,593 shares of Common Stock held jointly with
     Mr. Koonz's spouse.

(7)  Includes 9,054 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of currently
     exercisable options and 4,403 shares issuable on the exercise of currently
     exercisable Warrants.

                                         (Footnotes Continued on Following Page)





                                      -58-
<PAGE>   60

(8)  Includes 9,054 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of currently
     exercisable options and 15,192 shares issuable on the exercise of
     currently exercisable Warrants. Also includes 11,114 shares of Common
     Stock held in individual retirement accounts and 1,799 shares held in the
     retirement account of Mr. Oldaker's spouse.





                                      -59-
<PAGE>   61
                           SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

     The supervision and regulation of bank holding companies and their
subsidiaries is intended primarily for the protection of depositors, the
deposit insurance funds of the FDIC and the banking system as a whole, and not
for the protection of bank holding company shareholders or creditors. The
banking agencies have broad enforcement power over bank holding companies and
banks including the power to impose substantial fines and other penalties for
violations of laws and regulations.

     The following discussion sets forth the material statutory and regulatory
provisions governing the Company and the Bank. To the extent such discussion
describes statutory or regulatory provisions, it is qualified in its entirety
by reference to the particular statute or regulation.

REGULATION OF THE COMPANY

     The Company is a bank holding company within the meaning of the BHCA, and
therefore is subject to regulation, supervision and examination by the Federal
Reserve Board. As such, the Company is required to file reports with and to
furnish such other information as the Federal Reserve Board may require
pursuant to the BHCA. The Federal Reserve Board has the authority to issue
orders to bank holding companies to cease and desist from unsound banking
practices and violations of conditions imposed by, or violations of agreements
with, the Federal Reserve Board. The Federal Reserve Board is also empowered to
assess civil money penalties against companies or individuals who violate the
BHCA or orders or regulations thereunder, to order termination of non-banking
activities of non-banking subsidiaries of bank holding companies, and to order
termination of ownership and control of a non-banking subsidiary by a bank
holding company. Certain violations may also result in criminal penalties. The
OCC is authorized to exercise comparable authority with respect to the Bank.

     The Federal Reserve Board takes the position that a bank holding company
is required to serve as a source of financial and managerial strength to its
subsidiary banks and may not conduct its operations in an unsafe or unsound
manner. In addition, it is the Federal Reserve Board's position that, in
serving as a source of strength to its subsidiary banks, a bank holding company
should stand ready to use available resources to provide adequate capital funds
to its subsidiary banks during periods of financial stress or adversity and
should maintain the financial flexibility and capital-raising capacity to
obtain additional resources for assisting its subsidiary banks. A bank holding
company's failure to meet its obligations to serve as a source of strength to
its subsidiary banks will generally be considered by the Federal Reserve Board
to be an unsafe and unsound banking practice or a violation of the Federal
Reserve Board regulations or both. This doctrine has become known as the
"source of strength" doctrine. In addition, statutory changes in the Federal
Deposit Insurance Act (the "FDIA") made by the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 ("FDICIA"), now require the holding company
parent of an undercapitalized bank to guarantee, up





                                      -60-
<PAGE>   62
to certain limits, the bank's compliance with a capital restoration plan
approved by the bank's primary federal supervisory agency.

     The BHCA and the Change in Bank Control Act, together with regulations
promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board, require that, depending on the
particular circumstances, either Federal Reserve Board approval must be
obtained or notice must be furnished to the Federal Reserve Board and not
disapproved prior to any person or company acquiring "control" of a bank
holding company, such as the Company, subject to certain exemptions for certain
transactions. Control is conclusively presumed to exist if an individual or
company acquires 25% or more of any class of voting securities of the bank
holding company. Control is rebuttably presumed to exist if a person acquires
10% or more but less than 25% of any class of voting securities and either the
company has securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or no other person will own a greater
percentage of that class of voting securities immediately after the
transaction. The regulations provide a procedure for challenge of the
rebuttable control presumption.

     As a bank holding company, the Company is required to obtain prior
approval to merge or consolidate with any other bank holding company, acquire
all or substantially all of the assets of any bank or acquire ownership or
control of shares of a bank or bank holding company if, after the acquisition,
the Company would directly or indirectly own or control five percent or more 
of the voting shares of such bank or bank holding company.

     The Company is also prohibited from acquiring a direct or indirect
interest in or control of more than five percent of the voting shares of any
company that is not a bank or bank holding company and from engaging directly or
indirectly in activities other than those of banking, managing or controlling
banks or furnishing services to its subsidiary banks, except that it may engage
in and may own shares of companies engaged in certain activities found by the
Federal Reserve Board to be so closely related to banking or managing and
controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto. These activities include,
among others, operating a mortgage, finance, credit card, or factoring company;
performing certain data processing operations; providing investment and
financial advice; acting as an insurance agent for certain types of
credit-related insurance; leasing personal or real property on a full-payout,
non-operating basis; and providing certain stock brokerage and investment
advisory services. In approving acquisitions or the addition of activities, the
Federal Reserve Board considers whether the acquisition or the additional
activities can reasonably be expected to produce benefits to the public, such as
greater convenience, increased competition, or gains in efficiency, that
outweigh such possible adverse effects as undue concentration of resources,
decreased or unfair competition, conflicts of interest or unsound banking
practices. In considering any application for approval of an acquisition or
merger, the Federal Reserve Board is also required to consider the financial and
managerial resources of the companies and the banks concerned, as well as the
applicant's record of compliance with the Community Reinvestment Act (the
"CRA").

     The BHCA generally imposes certain limitations on transactions by and
between banks and non-bank companies in the same holding company structure,
including limitations on extensions of





                                      -61-
<PAGE>   63
credit (including guarantees of loans) by the Bank to affiliates, investments
in the stock or other securities of the Company by the Bank, and the nature and
amount of Company securities that the Bank may accept from any affiliate to
secure loans extended to the affiliate. The Company, as an affiliate of the
Bank, is also subject to these restrictions.  Under the BHCA and the Federal
Reserve Board's regulations, a bank holding company and its subsidiaries are
prohibited from engaging in certain tie-in arrangements in connection with any
extension of credit, lease or sale of property or furnishing of services.

REGULATION OF THE BANK

     The Bank is a national banking association and is therefore subject to
regulation, supervision, and examination by the OCC. The Bank is also a member
of the Federal Reserve System and the FDIC. Requirements and restrictions under
the laws of the United States include the requirement that reserves be
maintained against deposits, restrictions on the nature and the amount of loans
which can be made, restrictions on the business activities in which a bank may
engage, restrictions on the payment of dividends to stockholders, and minimum
capital requirements. See "Risk Factors--Restrictions on Dividends by the Bank"
and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations." The OCC has enforcement authority over the Bank that is similar to
that of the Federal Reserve Board with respect to the Company. In addition,
upon making certain determinations with respect to the condition of any insured
national bank, such as the Bank, the FDIC may begin to terminate a bank's
federal deposit insurance.

     There are certain statutory limitations on the payment of dividends by
national banks. Without approval of the OCC, dividends may not be paid in
excess of a bank's total net profits for that year, plus its retained profits
for the preceding two years, less any required transfers to capital surplus.
However, a national bank may not pay dividends in excess of total retained
profits, including current year's income. In some cases, the OCC may find a
dividend payment that meets these statutory requirements to be an unsafe or
unsound practice.

     Banks are affected by the credit policies of other monetary authorities,
including the Federal Reserve Board, which affect the national supply of bank
credit. Such policies influence overall growth of bank loans, investments, and
deposits and may also affect interest rates charged on loans and paid on
deposits. The monetary policies of the Federal Reserve Board have had a
significant effect on the operating results of commercial banks in the past and
are expected to continue to do so in the future.

     FDICIA requires the OCC to take "prompt corrective action" with respect to
any national bank which does not meet specified minimum capital requirements.
The applicable regulations establish five capital levels, ranging from "well
capitalized" to "critically undercapitalized," and require or permit the OCC to
take supervisory action in certain circumstances. Under these regulations, a
national bank is considered well capitalized if it has a total risk-based
capital ratio of 10.0% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.0% or
greater, and a leverage ratio of 5.0% or greater, and it is not subject



                                      -62-
<PAGE>   64
to an order, written agreement, capital directive, or prompt corrective action
directive to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital
measure. A national bank is considered adequately capitalized if it has a total
risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio
and leverage capital ratio of 4.0% or greater (or a leverage ratio of 3.0% or
greater if the institution is rated composite 1 in its most recent report of
examination, subject to appropriate federal banking agency guidelines), and the
institution does not meet the definition of an undercapitalized institution. A
national bank is considered undercapitalized if it has a total risk-based
capital ratio that is less than 8.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio that is
less than 4.0%, or a leverage ratio that is less than 4.0%. A significantly
undercapitalized institution is one which has a total risk-based capital ratio
that is less than 6.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio that is less than
3.0%, or a leverage ratio that is less than 3.0%. A critically undercapitalized
institution is one which has a ratio of tangible equity to total assets that is
equal to or less than 2.0%. As of June 30, 1997, the Bank was classified as
"well-capitalized."

     The OCC is authorized by the legislation and regulations to take various
enforcement actions against any undercapitalized national bank and any national
bank that fails to submit an acceptable capital restoration plan or fails to
implement a plan accepted by the OCC. These powers include, among other things,
requiring the institution to be recapitalized, prohibiting asset growth,
restricting interest rates paid, requiring prior approval of capital
distributions by any bank holding company which controls the institution,
requiring divestiture by the institution of its subsidiaries or by the holding
company of the institution itself, requiring new election of directors, and
requiring the dismissal of directors and officers.

     With certain exceptions, national banks will be prohibited from making
capital distributions or paying management fees if the payment of such
distributions or fees will cause them to become undercapitalized. Furthermore,
undercapitalized national banks will be required to file capital restoration
plans with the OCC. Undercapitalized national banks also will be subject to
restrictions on growth, acquisitions, branching and engaging in new lines of
business unless they have an approved capital plan that permits otherwise. The
OCC also may, among other things, require an undercapitalized national bank to
issue shares or obligations, which could be voting stock, to recapitalize the
institution or, under certain circumstances, to divest itself of any
subsidiary.

     Significantly and critically undercapitalized national banks may be
subject to more extensive control and supervision. The OCC may prohibit any
such institutions from, among other things, entering into any material
transaction not in the ordinary course of business, amending their charter or
bylaws, or engaging in certain transactions with affiliates. In addition,
critically undercapitalized institutions generally will be prohibited from
making payments of principal or interest on outstanding subordinated debt.
Within 90 days of a national bank becoming critically undercapitalized, the OCC
must appoint a receiver or conservator unless certain findings are made with
respect to the prospect for the institution's continued viability.





                                      -63-
<PAGE>   65
CURRENT REGULATORY ISSUES

     The Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994
("Interstate Banking Act") authorizes the Federal Reserve Board to permit
adequately capitalized and adequately managed bank holding companies to acquire
all or substantially all of the assets of an out-of-state bank after September
29, 1995, subject to deposit concentration limits, state law limits on the time
period a target bank must be in existence and consideration of the acquiring
bank's compliance with Federal and state community reinvestment laws. Thus,
nationwide interstate banking became effective on September 29, 1995. The
Interstate Banking Act also authorizes banking subsidiaries of bank holding
companies to act as agent for depository institution affiliates in other states
when receiving deposits, renewing time deposits, closing loans, servicing
loans, or receiving payments on loans and other obligations; and the Interstate
Banking Act expressly states that banks acting in an agency capacity are not
branches. With respect to interstate branching by multi-state bank holding
companies, states have two options -- for the period from September 29, 1994
through June 1, 1997, states may enact legislation that either prohibits
interstate merger transactions involving out-of-state banks ("opt-out") or
permits interstate merger transactions prior to June 1, 1997 ("opt-in"), so
long as the law applies equally to all out-of-state banks. The Interstate
Banking Act also contained provisions addressing branch retention in interstate
merger transactions and de novo branching by out-of-state banks. Maryland,
Virginia, and the District of Columbia have each adopted "opt-in" provisions
permitting de novo branching prior to June 1, 1997.

     In addition, there are several pieces of legislation relevant to the
banking industry that were recently enacted into law. On August 20, 1996,
President Clinton signed the Small Business Job Protection Act (the "Jobs Act").
The Jobs Act contained several provisions that affect the banking industry.
First, the most significant part of the Jobs Act removed the prohibition against
banks, savings and loan associations and bank holding companies electing to be
treated as "S" corporations. This change is effective for tax years beginning
after December 31, 1996. Second, the Jobs Act gave qualifying savings
associations a tax break when they change their method of accounting for bad
debt reserves. This change will save the thrift industry approximately
$3,000,000,000 in tax liability and will facilitate the conversion of savings
associations into banks. Finally, the Jobs Act increased the IRA deduction from
$250 to $2,000 per year for a spouse that does not work outside the home,
subject to income eligibility limits.

     On September 30, 1996, President Clinton signed the Economic Growth and
Regulatory Paperwork Reduction Act of 1996 (the "Growth Act"), which contained
a comprehensive approach to recapitalize the FDIC's Savings Association
Insurance Fund ("SAIF") and to assure payment of the Financing Corporation
("FICO") obligations. Most of the Bank's deposits are insured by the FDIC's
Bank Insurance Fund ("BIF"). In 1994, the Bank acquired the deposits of a
savings and loan branch, which are insured under the SAIF. Under the Growth
Act, banks with deposits that are insured under the BIF are required to pay a
portion of the interest due on bonds that were issued by FICO to help shore up
the ailing Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation in 1987. The Growth
Act stipulates that the BIF assessment rate to contribute toward the FICO
obligations must





                                      -64-
<PAGE>   66
be equal to one-fifth the SAIF assessment rate through year-end 1999, or until
the insurance funds are merged, whichever occurs first. The amount of FICO debt
service to be paid by all BIF-insured institutions is approximately $0.0126 per
$100 of BIF-insured deposits for each year from 1997 through 1999 when the
obligation of BIF-insured institutions increases to approximately $0.0240 per
$100 of BIF-insured deposits per year through the year 2019, subject in all
cases to adjustments by the FDIC on a quarterly basis. The Growth Act also
contained provisions protecting banks from liability for environmental clean-up
costs; prohibiting credit unions sponsored by Farm Credit System banks; easing
application requirements for most bank holding companies when they acquire a
thrift or a permissible nonbank operation; easing Fair Credit Reporting Act
restrictions between bank holding company affiliates; and reducing regulatory
burden under the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, the Truth-in-Savings
Act, the Truth-in-Lending Act, and the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act.

     Because the SAIF was recapitalized through a special assessment imposed
under the Growth Act in 1996, BIF-insured and SAIF-insured deposits will be
subject to risk-based FDIC deposit insurance assessment rates anywhere from
zero for the most safe and sound institutions to $0.27 per $100 of deposits for
the least safe and sound institutions. See Condensed Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements.

     Various bills, including financial modernization legislation, which would
affect the operations of bank holding companies, commercial banks, and other
financial institutions, have been introduced in Congress. However, the
likelihood of passage of such legislation, its final form, manner of
implementation or impact on the Company and the Bank is unknown.

EFFECT OF ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

     The policies of regulatory authorities, including the monetary policy of
the Federal Reserve Board, have a significant effect on the operating results
of bank holding companies and their subsidiaries. Among the means available to
the Federal Reserve Board to affect the money supply are open market operations
in U.S. Government securities, changes in the discount rate on member bank
borrowings, and changes in reserve requirements against member bank deposits.
These means are used in varying combinations to influence overall growth and
distribution of bank loans, investment and deposits, and their use may affect
interest rates charged on loans or paid for deposits.

     Federal Reserve Board monetary policies have materially affected the
operating results of commercial banks in the past and are expected to continue
to do so in the future. The nature of future monetary policies and the effect
of such policies on the business and income of the Company and the Bank cannot
be predicted.





                                      -65-
<PAGE>   67
OTHER MATTERS

     In addition to the generally applicable state and federal laws governing
business and employers, the Company and Bank are further regulated by special
federal and state laws and regulations applicable only to financial
institutions and their parent companies. Virtually all aspects of the
operations of the Company and the Bank are subject to specific requirements or
restrictions and general regulatory oversight, from laws regulating consumer
finance transactions, such as the Truth in Lending Act, the Home Mortgage
Disclosure Act and the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, to laws regulating
collections and confidentiality, such as the Fair Debt Collections Practices
Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act and the Right to Financial Privacy Act.





                                      -66-
<PAGE>   68
                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

     The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 5,000,000 shares
of Common Stock, par value $1.00 per share, and 1,000,000 shares of preferred
stock, par value $1.00 per share, issuable in series. The terms of each series
of preferred stock may be fixed by the Board of Directors of the Company,
within certain limits set by the Company's Certificate of Incorporation, as
amended. As of June 30, 1997, there were 1,217,429 shares of Common Stock
outstanding, warrants to purchase 194,106 shares of Common Stock outstanding,
and no shares of preferred stock outstanding.

COMMON STOCK

     Each holder of Common Stock is entitled to one vote for each share held on
all matters with respect to which the holders of Common Stock are entitled to
vote. The Common Stock has no preemptive or conversion rights and is not
subject to redemption. Holders of Common Stock are not entitled to cumulative
voting in the election of directors. In the event of dissolution or
liquidation, after payment of all creditors the holders of the Common Stock
(subject to the prior rights of the holders of any outstanding preferred stock)
will be entitled to receive pro rata any assets distributable to stockholders
in respect of the number of shares held by them.

     The holders of shares of Common Stock are entitled to such dividends as
the Board of Directors, in its discretion, may declare out of funds legally
available therefor. Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, dividends may
not be paid if, after the payment, the Company's total assets would be less
than the sum of its total liabilities and stated capital, or if the Company
would be unable to pay its debts as they become due in the usual course of its
business. The Company has not paid dividends on shares of its Common Stock to
date. The Company does not anticipate paying dividends on the Common Stock in
the near future, although the Company's long-term plan calls for the payment of
cash dividends when circumstances permit. The payment of dividends on Common
Stock would be subject to the prior rights of the holders of any preferred
stock. Payment of future dividends on both the Common Stock and any preferred
stock, will be dependent upon, among other things, the earnings and financial
condition of the Company and the Bank, the Company's other cash flow
requirements and the general economic and regulatory climate. See "Dividend
Policy," "Risk Factors -- Restrictions on Payment of Dividends" and
"Supervision and Regulation."

     The Transfer Agent and Registrar for the Common Stock is Chase Mellon
Shareholder Services, Inc.

THE WARRANTS

     On November 14, 1995, the Company issued 173,912 units in an offering to
its existing stockholders. Each unit consisted of one share of Common Stock and
one warrant to purchase one share of Common Stock (the "Warrants"). The
following discussion of the principal terms of the





                                      -67-
<PAGE>   69
Warrants is qualified in its entirety by reference to the form of Warrant which
has been filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement of which this
Prospectus is a part.

     The Warrants were issued in registered form, with each such Warrant
initially entitling the registered owner thereof to purchase one share of
Common Stock at an exercise price of $5.75 per share, subject to antidilutive
adjustments. The Warrants will automatically expire at 5:00 p.m., Washington
D.C. time, on November 16, 1998 (the "Expiration Date"). The Warrants are
exercisable after November 14, 1996 at any time by surrendering the Warrants,
with the subscription form properly completed and duly executed, to the Company
together with the payment of the applicable exercise price in lawful money of
the United States of America, in cash or by certified check or bank draft
payable to the order of the Company.

     Provision is made in the Warrants for adjustment of the price and number
of shares of Common Stock purchasable upon exercise of the Warrant in the event
of a stock dividend, stock split, or reclassification of shares, and certain
reorganizations, consolidations and mergers. As a result of the stock dividends
declared by the Company since the issuance of the Warrants, each Warrant now
entitles the holder to purchase 1.1235 shares of Common Stock at $5.118 per
share.

     The Company has the option, on and after November 14, 1997 and prior to
5:00 p.m. Washington, D.C. time on the Expiration Date, to repurchase the
Warrants at a price equal to $.26 per Warrant.

     Holders of the Warrants as such do not have voting, dividend or other
rights as stockholders of the Company unless and until their Warrants have been
duly exercised.

PREFERRED STOCK

     The preferred stock is available for issuance from time to time for
various purposes as determined by the Company's Board of Directors, including
without limitation, making future acquisitions and raising additional equity
capital. Subject to certain limitations set forth in the Company's Certificate
of Incorporation, as amended, the preferred stock may be issued on such terms
and conditions, and at such times and in such situations, as the Board of
Directors in its sole discretion determines to be appropriate, without any
further approval or action by the stockholders, unless otherwise required by
laws, rules, regulations or agreements applicable to the Company.

     Because the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company does not prescribe
rights and preferences, the Board of Directors of the Company has virtually
unlimited authority to set rights and preferences of any series established,
including voting rights. The effects of the issuance of preferred stock on the
stockholders could include, among other things, (i) reduction of the amount
otherwise available for payments of dividends on Common Stock if dividends are
payable on a series of preferred stock; (ii) restrictions on dividends on
Common Stock if dividends on the series of preferred stock are in arrears,
(iii) dilution of the equity interest of holders of Common Stock if the





                                      -68-
<PAGE>   70
series of preferred stock is convertible, and is converted, into Common Stock;
and (iv) restrictions on the rights of holders of Common Stock to share in the
Company's assets upon liquidation until satisfaction of any liquidation
preference granted to the holders of the series of preferred stock.

ANTI-TAKEOVER PROTECTIONS

     As described above, the Company's Certificate of Incorporation permits the
issuance of preferred stock in series by action of the Board of Directors.
Although the Company has no plans to utilize the issuance of shares of
preferred stock as a deterrent to possible takeover attempts, the power to
issue shares of preferred stock in series and to determine certain rights and
preferences with respect to each such series may have dilutive effect on the
value of shares of Common Stock and other ownership rights of the holders of
Common Stock, and may have the effect of discouraging attempts to acquire
control of the Company.

     The Company's Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws contain certain
provisions, in addition to the authority to issue preferred stock in series,
which may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control of the
Company. The Company's Certificate of Incorporation contains provisions which
prohibit stockholder action by written consent and which require certain
extraordinary corporate transactions, including amendment to the Certificate of
Incorporation, to be approved by the vote of the holders of two-thirds of the
outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote thereon, rather than a
majority. The effect of these provisions, when coupled with existing statutory
restrictions on the purchase of voting securities of a registered bank holding
company, may be to delay or prevent a change in control of the Company.

     The Company is subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation
Act which, with certain exceptions, prohibits a Delaware corporation from
engaging in any of a broad range of business combinations with any "interested
stockholder" for a period of three years following the date that such
stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless: (a) prior to such date,
the Board of Directors of the corporation approved either the business
combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an
interested stockholder, (b) upon consummation of the transaction which resulted
in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested
stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation
outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of
determining the number of shares outstanding those shares owned (i) by persons
who are directors and officers and (ii) by employee stock plans in which
employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether
shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer,
or (c) on and after such date, the business combination is approved by the
Board of Directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of
stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least 66_% of the outstanding voting
stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder. An "interested
stockholder" is defined as any person that is (a) the owner of 15% or more of
the outstanding





                                      -69-
<PAGE>   71
voting stock of the corporation or (b) an affiliate or associate of the
corporation and was the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of
the corporation at any time within the three-year period immediately prior to
the date on which it is sought to be determined whether such person is an
interested stockholder.

     The Bylaws of the Company also impose certain procedural requirements on
stockholders who wish (a) to make nominations in the election of directors and
(b) to present any other proposal to the stockholders for action, including any
repeal or change in the Bylaws of the Company. The requirements include, among
other things, the timely delivery to the Company's Secretary of notice of the
nomination or proposal and evidence of (i) the stockholder's status as such,
(ii) the number of shares the stockholder beneficially owns, (iii) a list of
the persons with whom the stockholder is acting in concert and (iv) the number
of shares such persons beneficially own. The Bylaws further provide that when
nominating directors, the stockholder must also submit such information with
respect to the nominee as would be required by a proxy statement and certain
other information. The Bylaws provide that failure to follow the required
procedures renders the nominee or proposal ineligible to be voted upon by the
stockholders.

     The Company believes that the provisions noted above are prudent and will
reduce the Company's vulnerability to takeover attempts and certain other
transactions that are not negotiated with or approved by the Board of
Directors. In the judgment of the Company, its Board of Directors will be in
the best position to determine the true value of the Company and negotiate
effectively for what might be in the best interests of its stockholders.
Accordingly, the Company believes that it is in the best interests of the
Company and its stockholders to encourage potential acquirors to negotiate
directly with the Board of Directors, and that these provisions will both
encourage this negotiation and discourage hostile takeover attempts. It is also
the Company's view that these provisions should not discourage persons from
proposing mergers or other transactions at prices that reflect the true value
of the Company and are in the best interest of all of the stockholders.

                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     Upon completion of this Offering, the Company will have outstanding
1,942,429 shares of Common Stock (assuming 725,000 shares are issued and no
exercise of existing employee stock options to purchase Common Stock, and
further assuming that none of the outstanding Warrants are converted into
Common Stock). Of these shares, the Company estimates that 1,448,053 shares
(75% of the shares to be issued and outstanding) will be freely tradeable
without restriction or registration under the Securities Act. The Company
estimates that the remaining 494,376 shares (25% of the shares to be issued and
outstanding) will be held by "affiliates" of the Company, as defined in Rule
144 under the Securities Act, and may be sold only pursuant to Rule 144 or
another exemption from registration under the Securities Act.

     In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, a person (or persons
whose shares are aggregated) who has beneficially owned shares for at least one
year, including persons who may be deemed "affiliates" of the Company, would be
entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not
exceed the greater of the average weekly trading volume during the





                                      -70-
<PAGE>   72
four calendar weeks preceding such sale or 1% of the then outstanding shares of
Common Stock. A person who is deemed not to have been an affiliate of the
Company at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale, and who has
beneficially owned such shares for at least two years, would be entitled to
sell such shares under Rule 144 without regard to the volume limitations
described above. Sales pursuant to Rule 144 are also subject to certain
requirements relating to the manner of sale, notice and availability of public
information about the Company.

     In addition, at June 30, 1997, the Company had 183,800 stock options
outstanding, of which options with respect to 149,681 shares of Common Stock
were currently exercisable. Shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of these
options would be "restricted securities," as defined in Rule 144, and may be
sold in accordance with the provisions of such rule. Also, at June 30, 1997,
194,106 shares of Common Stock were issuable upon the exercise of the Company's
outstanding Warrants. The shares issuable upon exercise of the outstanding
Warrants will be freely tradeable under the Securities Act, unless held by an
affiliate.

     No prediction can be made regarding the effect, if any, that eventual
market sales of restricted securities or shares held by affiliates will have on
the market price of the Common Stock prevailing from time to time. There is a
possibility that substantial amounts of restricted securities may be resold in
the public market and that such shares may adversely affect the prevailing
market price of the Common Stock.

                                  UNDERWRITING

     Subject to the terms and conditions of the Underwriting Agreement between
the Company and Scott and Stringfellow, Inc. (the "Underwriter"), the
Underwriter has agreed to purchase from the Company, and the Company has agreed
to sell to the Underwriter, 725,000 shares of Common Stock.

     The Underwriting Agreement provides that the obligations of the
Underwriter thereunder are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by
counsel and to various other conditions. The Underwriter is committed to
purchase and pay for all 725,000 shares of Common Stock if any are purchased.
The Company has been advised that the Underwriter proposes to offer the shares
of Common Stock directly to the public at the public offering price set forth
on the cover page of this Prospectus, and to certain securities dealers at such
price less a concession not in excess of $______ per share. The Underwriter may
allow, and such selected dealers may reallow, a concession not in excess of
$_____ per share. After the shares of Common Stock are released for sale to the
public, the offering price and such concessions may be changed by the
Underwriter.

     The Underwriter has informed the Company that it does not intend to
confirm sales to any account over which it exercises discretionary authority.





                                      -71-
<PAGE>   73
     The Company has granted a 30-day option to the Underwriter to purchase up
to 108,750 additional shares of Common Stock at the public offering price, less
the underwriting discount, as set forth on the cover page of the Prospectus.
The Underwriter may exercise such option solely for the purpose of covering
over-allotments. To the extent the Underwriter exercises this option, the
Underwriter will be committed, subject to certain conditions, to purchase such
additional shares of Common Stock.

     The Company and its executive officers and directors have agreed not to
offer, sell, contract or otherwise dispose of any Common Stock for at least 120
days after this Offering, without the written consent of the Underwriter.

     The Company has agreed to indemnify the Underwriter against, and to
contribute to certain losses arising out of, certain civil liabilities,
including certain civil liabilities under the Securities Act.

     Prior to this Offering, there has been no established public trading
market for the Common Stock. The Common Stock is quoted on the NNOTC Bulletin
Board, a NASD sponsored and operated inter-dealer quotation system for equity
securities not listed on the NASDAQ Stock Market, under the symbol "CTRY" and
is traded on a limited basis. See "Market for Common Stock." The public
offering price was determined by negotiations between the Company and the
Underwriter. Among the factors considered in determining the price were the
trading history of the Common Stock on the NNOTC Bulletin Board, the history of
and prospects for the Company and the industry in which it competes, an
assessment of the Company's management, the past earnings of the Company and
the trend and future prospects for future earnings, the general condition of
the securities markets at the time of the Offering, and the market prices of
public-traded common stock of comparable companies in recent periods.

     The foregoing is a summary of the principal terms of the Underwriting
Agreement and does not propose to be complete. Reference is made to a copy of
the Underwriting Agreement which has been filed as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement.

                                    EXPERTS

     The consolidated statements of financial condition as of December 31, 1996
and 1995, and the consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity
and cash flows for each of the years in the three year period ended December
31, 1996, have been included herein and in the Registration Statement in
reliance upon the report of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, independent certified public
accountants, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as
experts in accounting and auditing.





                                      -72-
<PAGE>   74
                                 LEGAL MATTERS

     The validity of the Common Stock offered hereby will be passed upon for
the Company by Bracewell & Patterson, L.L.P., Houston, Texas. Mr. John R. Cope,
a director and officer of the Company as well as the Bank, is a partner in the
law firm of Bracewell & Patterson, L.L.P. Mr. Cope and other partners of
Bracewell & Patterson, L.L.P. own in the aggregate approximately four percent 
of the shares of Common Stock outstanding. Certain legal matters relating to the
offering made hereby will be passed upon for the Underwriter by LeClair Ryan, a
Professional Corporation, Richmond, Virginia.

                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION

     This Prospectus, which constitutes a part of a Registration Statement
filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"Commission") under the Securities Act, omits certain of the information set
forth in the Registration Statement in accordance with the rules and regulations
of the Commission. Reference is hereby made to the Registration Statement and to
the exhibits thereto for further information with respect to the Company and the
securities offered hereby. Copies of the Registration Statement and the exhibits
thereto are on file at the offices of the Commission and may be obtained upon
payment of the prescribed fee or may be examined without charge at the public
reference facilities of the Commission described below. The Commission also
maintains a Web site (http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and
information statements and other information regarding registrants such as the
Company which file electronically with the Commission.

     The Company is subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange
Act and in accordance therewith files reports, proxy statements and other
information with the Commission. Such reports, proxy statements and other
information filed by the Company with the Commission may be inspected and
copied at the public reference facility maintained by the Commission at
Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Room 1024, Washington, D.C. 20549, and
the following regional offices of the Commission: New York Regional Office,
Seven World Trade Center, 13th Floor, New York, New York 10048; and Chicago
Regional Office, Citicorp Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago,
Illinois 60661. Copies of such material also may be obtained from the Public
Reference Section of the Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C.
20549, at prescribed rates.





                                      -73-
<PAGE>   75
                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                       OF
                    CENTURY BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               Page
                                                                               ----
<S>                                                                             <C>
INTERIM PERIODS (UNAUDITED)

  Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition as of June 30, 1997 ..........   F-2

  Consolidated Statements of Operations for the six months ended
    June 30, 1997 and 1996 ...................................................   F-3

  Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Equity for the six months ended
    June 30, 1997 ............................................................   F-4

  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the six months ended June 30,
    1997 and 1996 ............................................................   F-5

  Condensed Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements .......................   F-6

FULL FISCAL YEARS (AUDITED)

  Independent Auditors' Report ...............................................   F-9

  Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition as of December 31, 1996
    and 1995 .................................................................   F-10

  Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31,
    1996, 1995 and 1994 ......................................................   F-11

  Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the years ended
    December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994 .........................................   F-12

  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31,
    1996, 1995 and 1994 ......................................................   F-13

    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements ...............................   F-14
</TABLE>





                                      F-1
<PAGE>   76
                    CENTURY BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
                                 JUNE 30, 1997
                                  (UNAUDITED)

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                  <C>             
                                    Assets                                                           
                                    ------                                                           
Cash and due from banks                                                              $    4,841,217  
Interest-bearing deposits in other banks                                                 11,213,428  
Investment securities available-for-sale, at fair value (Note 1)                          7,834,041  
Investment securities held to maturity, at cost; fair value of $9,997,957 (Note 1)        9,991,911  
Loans, net of unearned income                                                            74,346,296  
  Less - allowance for loan losses                                                         (709,595) 
                                                                                     --------------  
       Loans, net                                                                        73,636,701  
                                                                                     --------------  
                                                                                                     
Leasehold improvements, furniture, and equipment, net                                     1,555,320  
Accrued interest receivable                                                                 612,863  
Deposit premium                                                                             256,763  
Prepaid expenses                                                                            135,256  
Other assets                                                                                824,243  
                                                                                     --------------  
       Total assets                                                                  $  110,901,743  
                                                                                     ==============  
                                                                                                     
                     Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity                                            
                     ------------------------------------                                            
                                                                                                     
Liabilities:                                                                                         
   Deposits:                                                                                         
       Noninterest-bearing                                                           $   21,270,994  
       Interest-bearing                                                                  73,436,455  
                                                                                     --------------  
            Total deposits                                                               94,707,449  
                                                                                     --------------  
                                                                                                     
   Other borrowings                                                                       8,022,460  
   Other liabilities                                                                      1,094,330  
                                                                                     --------------  
      Total liabilities                                                                 103,824,239  
                                                                                     --------------  
                                                                                                     
Stockholders' equity (Note 2):                                                                       
                                                                                                     
   Common Stock, $1 par value; 5,000,000 shares authorized;                                          
    1,217,429 shares issued and outstanding                                               1,217,429  
    Additional paid-in capital                                                            5,300,802  
   Retained earnings                                                                        603,608  
   Unrealized loss on investment securities available-for-sale, net of                               
    tax effect                                                                              (44,335) 
                                                                                     --------------  
      Total stockholders' equity                                                          7,077,504  
                                                                                     --------------  
                                                                                                     
Commitments and contingencies                                                                        
     Total liabilities and stockholders' equity                                      $  110,901,743  
                                                                                     ==============  
</TABLE>

     See accompanying Condensed Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.





                                      F-2
<PAGE>   77
                    CENTURY BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

                    SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997 AND 1996
                                  (UNAUDITED)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 1997         1996
                                              ----------   ----------
<S>                                           <C>          <C>       
Interest income:
    Interest and fees on loans                $3,456,912   $3,385,113
    Interest on federal funds sold                83,488       13,057
    Interest on deposits in other banks          315,225       44,227
    Interest on investment securities            274,928      316,858
                                              ----------   ----------
             Total interest income             4,130,553    3,759,255
                                              ----------   ----------
Interest expense:
    Interest on deposits:
             Certificates $100,000 and over      353,136      355,381
             Certificates under $100,000         478,202      320,240
             NOW accounts                        134,589      128,107
             Savings accounts                     28,396       29,585
             Money market accounts               384,646      365,346
    Interest on other borrowings                 261,958      132,731
                                              ----------   ----------
             Total interest expense            1,640,927    1,331,390
                                              ----------   ----------

Net interest income                            2,489,626    2,427,865

Provision for loan losses                         72,400         --
                                              ----------   ----------
    Net interest income after
       provision for loan losses               2,417,226    2,427,865
                                              ----------   ----------
Noninterest income:
    Service charges on deposits accounts         240,820      213,157
    Other operating income                       273,065      140,662
                                              ----------   ----------
             Total noninterest income            513,885      353,819
                                              ----------   ----------
Noninterest expenses:
    Salaries and employee benefits             1,016,229      950,814
    Occupancy and equipment expense              294,958      242,083
    Depreciation and amortization                236,190      188,667
    Professional fees                            243,989      291,313
    Data processing                              253,119      132,901
    Federal deposit insurance premiums             4,753       27,039
    Communications                                99,151       93,992
    Other operating expenses                     314,218      379,756
                                              ----------   ----------
             Total noninterest expenses        2,462,607    2,306,565
                                              ----------   ----------
    Income before income tax expense             468,504      475,119

Income tax expense                               180,384      181,971
                                              ----------   ----------
    Net income                                $  288,120   $  293,148
                                              ==========   ==========
Income per common share
         (Note 3)                             $      .21   $      .23
                                              ==========   ==========
Weighted average common and common
 equivalent shares outstanding (Note 3)        1,341,156    1,294,594
                                              ==========   ==========
</TABLE>




     See accompanying Condensed Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements



                                      F-3


<PAGE>   78




                    CENTURY BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

                         SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997
                                  (UNAUDITED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   UNREALIZED LOSS
                                                 COMMON STOCK                                       ON INVESTMENT
                                        ---------------------------    ADDITIONAL      RETAINED      SECURITIES
                                            SHARES        AMOUNT     PAID-IN-CAPITAL   EARNINGS   AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE     TOTAL
                                        ------------   ------------  --------------- ------------ ------------------ -----------
<S>                                       <C>         <C>            <C>            <C>             <C>             <C>         
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1996                 1,146,028   $  1,146,028   $  4,870,856   $    779,057    $    (45,900)   $  6,750,041

     STOCK DIVIDEND (5% OF
       SHARES OUTSTANDING)                    57,793         57,793        404,551       (463,569)           --            (1,225)

     ISSUANCE OF COMMON STOCK ON
       EXERCISE OF STOCK OPTIONS              12,385         12,385         20,043           --              --            32,428

     ISSUANCE OF COMMON STOCK ON
     EXERCISE OF STOCK WARRANTS                1,223          1,223          5,352           --              --             6,575

     NET INCOME                                 --             --             --          288,120            --           288,120

     UNREALIZED GAIN ON INVESTMENT
       SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE,
       NET OF TAX EFFECT                        --             --             --             --             1,565           1,565
                                        ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------    ------------    ------------
BALANCE, JUNE 30, 1997                     1,217,429   $  1,217,429   $  5,300,802   $    603,608    $    (44,335)   $  7,077,504
                                        ============   ============   ============   ============    ============    ============
</TABLE>



    See accompanying Condensed Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.


                                      F-4
<PAGE>   79




                    CENTURY BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                    SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997 AND 1996
                                  (UNAUDITED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           1997            1996
                                                                       ------------    ------------
<S>                                                                    <C>             <C>         
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

         Net Income                                                    $    288,120    $    293,148
         Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
            provided by operating activities:
                  Depreciation and amortization                             236,190         188,667
                  Provision for loan losses                                  72,400            --

         (INCREASE) DECREASE IN:

                  Accrued interest receivable                              (103,296)        (22,204)
                  Other assets                                               37,900        (539,290)

         INCREASE IN:
                  Other liabilities                                         109,449         351,157
                                                                       ------------    ------------
         NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES                          640,763         271,478
                                                                       ------------    ------------

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

         Loan repayments (originations) and recoveries, net              (3,858,621)     (2,161,652)
         (Increase) decrease in interest bearing deposits
            in other banks                                               (4,390,351)        280,207
         Purchases of securities available for sale                      (2,059,125)           --
         Purchases of securities held to maturity                        (9,021,377)           --
         Maturities of securities available for sale                        628,371       2,714,804
         Maturities of securities held to maturity                             --           466,879
         Purchase of leasehold improvements, furniture and equipment       (214,954)       (280,456)
         Proceeds from sale of other real estate                               --             8,001
                                                                       ------------    ------------
         NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED IN) INVESTING ACTIVITIES            (18,916,057)      1,027,783

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

         Net increase (decrease) in certificates of deposit              11,293,984        (633,194)
         Net (decrease) in demand, savings and
            money market deposits                                        (7,571,745)     (6,575,909)
         Proceeds from issuance of common stock                              37,778          15,567
         Increase (decrease) in short-term borrowings                         6,583      (1,127,104)
         (Decrease) increase in long-term borrowings                       (450,000)      2,700,000
                                                                       ------------    ------------
         NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED IN) FINANCING ACTIVITIES              3,316,600      (5,620,640)
                                                                       ------------    ------------
         NET (DECREASE) IN CASH AND EQUIVALENTS                         (14,958,694)     (4,321,379)

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF YEAR                             19,799,911      10,025,561
                                                                       ------------    ------------

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, JUNE 30TH                                   $  4,841,217    $  5,704,182
                                                                       ============    ============

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES:

INTEREST PAID ON DEPOSITS AND BORROWINGS                               $  1,573,122    $  1,349,389
                                                                       ------------    ------------
INCOME TAXES PAID                                                      $     39,000    $    408,000
                                                                       ------------    ------------
TRANSFER OF LOANS TO OTHER REAL ESTATE OWNED                                   --              --
                                                                       ------------    ------------
</TABLE>

    See accompanying Condensed Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.





                                      F-5
<PAGE>   80




                    CENTURY BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

        CONDENSED NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
                             JUNE 30, 1997 AND 1996


     The unaudited consolidated financial statements as of and for the six
months ended June 30, 1997 and June 30, 1996 have not been audited but, in the
opinion of management, contain all adjustments (consisting of only normal
recurring adjustments) necessary to present fairly the financial position and
results of operations of the Company as of such date and for such periods. The
unaudited consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with
the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company and the Notes thereto
appearing elsewhere herein. The results of operations for the six months ended
June 30, 1997 are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations that
may be expected for the year ending December 31, 1997 or for any future
periods.

(1)  Investment Securities

     Investment securities available-for-sale, and their contractual
maturities, at June 30, 1997, are summarized as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                Gross        Gross
                                                Amortized    Unrealized   Unrealized     Fair
                                                   Cost        Gains        Losses       Value
                                                ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
<S>                                             <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>       
Obligations of U.S. Treasury,
  government agencies and
  corporations:
         Within one year                        $1,635,632         --     $    1,442   $1,634,190
         After one, but within five years        4,007,676         --            666    4,007,010
         After ten years                           848,366         --         19,101      829,265
                                                ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
                  Total                          6,491,674         --         21,209    6,470,465

Collateralized mortgage obligations:
         After ten years                         1,410,391         --         46,815    1,363,576
                                                ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------

                  Total investment securities
                    available-for-sale          $7,902,065         --     $   68,024   $7,834,041
                                                ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========
</TABLE>




                                      F-6
<PAGE>   81




                    CENTURY BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

        CONDENSED NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--CONTINUED
                                  (UNAUDITED)

Investment securities held-to-maturity at June 30, 1997, are summarized as
follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              Gross         Gross
                                              Amortized    Unrealized      Unrealized        Fair
                                                Cost          Gains         Losses           Value
                                            ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
<S>                                         <C>           <C>            <C>            <C>         
Obligations of the U.S. Treasury,
 government agencies and
 corporations

         Within one year                    $  6,995,701           --     $        701   $  6,995,000
         After one, but within five years        943,480           --              164        943,316
         After ten years                         960,051   $      6,333           --          966,384
                                            ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
                  Total                        8,899,232          6,333            865      8,904,700

Municipal securities:
         Within one year                          99,975            170           --          100,145
         After one, but within five years         64,954            408           --           65,362
                                            ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
                  Total                          164,929            578           --          165,507

Federal Reserve Bank stock                       119,350           --             --          119,350
Federal Home Loan Bank stock                     808,400           --             --          808,400
                                            ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------

         Total investment securities
           held-to-maturity                 $  9,991,911   $      6,911   $        865   $  9,997,957
                                            ============   ============   ============   ============
</TABLE>


(2)  Stock Option Plans

     Stock option transactions for the six months ended June 30, 1997 and 1996,
are summarized as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                     1997                                          1996
                                     --------------------------------------        --------------------------------------
                                                           Weighted Average                              Weighted Average
                                         Shares             Exercise Price             Shares             Exercise Price
                                     -------------         ----------------        -------------         ----------------
<S>                                     <C>                <C>                        <C>                <C>
Outstanding, at beginning of year        155,733            $       3.81               159,863            $       3.32

         Granted                          43,712            $       6.88                34,109            $       5.71
         Forfeited                        (2,676)           $       5.40                    --                      --
         Exercised                       (12,969)           $       2.50                (3,981)           $       3.69
                                     ------------                                  ------------

Outstanding, June 30                     183,800            $       4.60               189,981            $       3.72
                                     ===========                                   ===========

Exercisable, June 30                     149,681            $       4.21               154,638            $       3.49
                                     ============                                  ============
</TABLE>



                                      F-7
<PAGE>   82



                    CENTURY BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

        CONDENSED NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--CONTINUED
                                  (UNAUDITED)

     In connection with the five percent stock dividend payable to stockholders
of record as of May 7, 1997, the number of shares subject to any outstanding
options, as well as the exercise price per share, have been appropriately and
equitably adjusted, pursuant to the stock option plans, so as to maintain the
proportionate number of shares without changing the aggregate option price. In
the table above, the shares and prices per share have been adjusted to reflect
the stock dividend.

(3)  Income Per Common Share

     On April 15, 1997, the Company declared a five percent stock dividend
payable on May 23, 1997 to Common Stockholders of record as of May 7, 1997
which resulted in the issuance of 57,793 shares of Common Stock. Weighted
average shares outstanding and income per common share have been restated for
the effect of the stock dividend.





                                      F-8
<PAGE>   83
 
 
                       [KPMG PEAT MARWICK LLP LETTERHEAD]
 
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
 
The Board of Directors
Century Bancshares, Inc.:
 
     We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial
condition of Century Bancshares, Inc. and subsidiary as of December 31, 1996 and
1995, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders'
equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended
December 31, 1996. These financial statements are the responsibility of the
Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits.
 
     We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
     In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Century
Bancshares, Inc. and subsidiary as of December 31, 1996 and 1995, and the
results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the
three-year period ended December 31, 1996, in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles.
 
                                                /s/ KPMG PEAT MARWICK LLP
 
Washington, D.C.
February 21, 1997




 
                                     F-9
<PAGE>   84
 
                    CENTURY BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 
                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
                           DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1995
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  1996          1995
                                                              ------------   -----------
<S>                                                           <C>            <C>
ASSETS
Cash and due from banks.....................................  $  8,363,911     8,045,561
Federal funds sold..........................................    11,436,000     1,980,000
Interest bearing deposits in other banks....................     6,823,077     6,031,700
Investment securities available-for-sale, at fair value.....     6,414,011    12,961,735
Investment securities, at cost, fair value of $959,389 and
  $718,851 in 1996 and 1995, respectively...................       958,245       716,879
Loans, net of unearned income...............................    70,676,356    69,203,965
Less -- allowance for loan losses...........................      (825,876)     (740,000)
                                                              ------------   -----------
Loans, net..................................................    69,850,480    68,463,965
                                                              ------------   -----------
Leasehold improvements, furniture, and equipment, net.......     1,558,247     1,454,056
Accrued interest receivable.................................       509,567       589,130
Other real estate owned.....................................            --       192,658
Deposit premium.............................................       275,072       320,847
Prepaid expenses............................................       157,228       141,844
Other assets................................................       840,171       831,681
                                                              ------------   -----------
                                                              $107,186,009   101,730,056
                                                              ============   ===========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Liabilities:
     Deposits:
          Noninterest-bearing...............................  $ 24,064,454    24,712,204
          Interest-bearing..................................    66,920,756    65,827,158
                                                              ------------   -----------
     Total deposits.........................................    90,985,210    90,539,362
     Other borrowings.......................................     8,465,877     3,807,910
     Other liabilities......................................       984,881     1,017,764
                                                              ------------   -----------
Total liabilities...........................................   100,435,968    95,365,036
                                                              ------------   -----------
Stockholders' equity:
     Common stock, $1 par value; 2,000,000 shares
      authorized; 1,146,028 and 1,046,047 shares issued and
      outstanding at December 31, 1996 and 1995,
      respectively..........................................     1,146,028     1,046,047
     Additional paid in capital.............................     4,870,856     4,410,876
     Retained earnings......................................       779,057       976,161
     Unrealized loss on investment securities
      available-for-sale, net of tax effect.................       (45,900)      (68,064)
                                                              ------------   -----------
Total stockholders' equity..................................     6,750,041     6,365,020
                                                              ------------   -----------
Commitments and contingencies                                 
                                                              $107,186,009   101,730,056
                                                              ============   ===========
</TABLE>
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.




 
                                     F-10
<PAGE>   85
 
                    CENTURY BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1995, AND 1994
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1996        1995        1994
                                                             ----------   ---------   ---------
<S>                                                          <C>          <C>         <C>
Interest income:
     Interest and fees on loans............................  $6,887,424   6,010,907   4,801,905
     Interest on federal funds sold........................      34,732      37,145      64,967
     Interest on deposits in other banks...................     211,563      56,258       9,622
     Interest on securities available-for-sale.............     545,481     917,605     790,967
     Interest on securities held to maturity...............      10,296      57,272      43,665
                                                             ----------   ---------   ---------
Total interest income......................................   7,689,496   7,079,187   5,711,126
                                                             ----------   ---------   ---------
Interest expense:
     Interest on deposits:
          Certificates $100,000 and over...................     768,603     636,236     441,693
          Certificates under $100,000......................     630,875     631,662     480,060
          NOW accounts.....................................     245,473     258,428     248,148
          Savings accounts.................................      56,075      67,189      66,341
          Money market accounts............................     783,466     777,954     617,731
     Interest on loan payable..............................          --          --       4,246
     Interest on other borrowings..........................     291,494     190,295      43,323
                                                             ----------   ---------   ---------
Total interest expense.....................................   2,775,986   2,561,764   1,901,542
                                                             ----------   ---------   ---------
Net interest income........................................   4,913,510   4,517,423   3,809,584
Provision for loan losses..................................     160,000      26,347      19,431
                                                             ----------   ---------   ---------
Net interest income after provision for loan losses........   4,753,510   4,491,076   3,790,153
                                                             ----------   ---------   ---------
Noninterest income:
     Service charges on deposit accounts...................     416,357     378,739     340,291
     Other operating income................................     303,902     214,797     226,505
     Loss on sale of securities............................          --      (3,197)    (11,748)
                                                             ----------   ---------   ---------
Total noninterest income...................................     720,259     590,339     555,048
                                                             ----------   ---------   ---------
Noninterest expenses:
     Salaries and employee benefits........................  $1,987,989   2,093,816   1,661,821
     Occupancy and equipment expense.......................     531,336     516,617     438,355
     Depreciation and amortization.........................     452,949     221,557     136,180
     Professional fees.....................................     628,244     272,960     257,235
     Data processing.......................................     468,743     332,363     180,900
     Federal deposit insurance premiums....................      30,238      88,146     169,185
     Communications........................................     206,404     161,090     113,802
     Other real estate owned...............................       6,775      48,445          --
     Other operating expenses..............................     607,813     422,322     423,273
                                                             ----------   ---------   ---------
Total noninterest expenses.................................   4,920,491   4,157,316   3,380,751
                                                             ----------   ---------   ---------
Income before income tax expense...........................     553,278     924,099     964,450
Income tax expense.........................................     274,699     311,445     373,546
                                                             ----------   ---------   ---------
Net income.................................................  $  278,579     612,654     590,904
                                                             ==========   =========   =========
Income per common share....................................  $      .23         .57         .58
                                                             ==========   =========   =========
Weighted average common and common equivalent shares
  outstanding..............................................   1,196,607     998,512     959,278
                                                             ==========   =========   =========
</TABLE>
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.




 
                                     F-11
<PAGE>   86
 
                    CENTURY BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1995, AND 1994
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            PREFERRED STOCK          COMMON STOCK        ADDITIONAL
                                           ------------------   ----------------------    PAID-IN     RETAINED
                                           SHARES     AMOUNT     SHARES       AMOUNT      CAPITAL     EARNINGS
                                           -------   --------   ---------   ----------   ----------   --------
<S>                                        <C>       <C>        <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>
Balance, December 31, 1993, as previously
  reported...............................   62,335   $ 62,335     782,316   $  782,316   3,898,006     152,728
Adjustment related to deferred
  compensation...........................       --         --          --           --          --     (66,981)
                                           -------   --------   ---------   ----------   ---------    --------
Balance, December 31, 1993, as
  restated...............................   62,335     62,335     782,316      782,316   3,898,006      85,747
Stock dividend (5% of shares
  outstanding)...........................       --         --      39,061       39,061     (39,061)         --
Repurchase of preferred stock............   (1,008)    (1,008)         --           --      (6,552)         --
Exercise of stock options................       --         --       1,855        1,855       3,258          --
Preferred stock dividend.................       --         --          --           --          --     (36,796)
Net income...............................       --         --          --           --          --     590,904
Unrealized loss on investment securities
  available-for-sale, net of tax
  effect.................................       --         --          --           --          --          --
                                           -------   --------   ---------   ----------   ---------    --------
Balance, December 31, 1994...............   61,327     61,327     823,232      823,232   3,855,651     639,855
Exercise of stock options................       --         --       7,831        7,831      15,616          --
Stock dividend (5% of shares
  outstanding)...........................       --         --      41,072       41,072     195,092    (236,164)
Redemption of preferred stock............  (33,878)   (33,878)         --           --    (220,207)         --
Exchange of preferred stock..............  (27,449)   (27,449)     35,814       35,814      (8,365)         --
Issuance of common stock.................       --         --     138,098      138,098     573,089          --
Preferred stock dividend.................       --         --          --           --          --     (40,184)
Net income...............................       --         --          --           --          --     612,654
Unrealized gain on investment securities
  available-for-sale, net of tax
  effect.................................       --         --          --           --          --          --
                                           -------   --------   ---------   ----------   ---------    --------
Balance, December 31, 1995...............       --         --   1,046,047    1,046,047   4,410,876     976,161
Stock dividend (7% of shares
  outstanding)...........................       --         --      73,047       73,047     401,758    (475,683)
Exercise of stock options................       --         --      26,934       26,934      58,222          --
Net income...............................       --         --          --           --          --     278,579
Unrealized loss on investment securities
  available-for-sale, net of tax
  effect.................................       --         --          --           --          --          --
                                           -------   --------   ---------   ----------   ---------    --------
Balance, December 31, 1996...............       --   $     --   1,146,028   $1,146,028   4,870,856     779,057
                                           =======   ========   =========   ==========   =========    ========
 
<CAPTION>
                                            UNREALIZED LOSS ON
                                           INVESTMENT SECURITIES
                                            AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE       TOTAL
                                           ---------------------   ---------
<S>                                        <C>                     <C>
Balance, December 31, 1993, as previously
  reported...............................         (24,844)         4,870,541
Adjustment related to deferred
  compensation...........................              --            (66,981)
                                                 --------          ---------
Balance, December 31, 1993, as
  restated...............................         (24,844)         4,803,560
Stock dividend (5% of shares
  outstanding)...........................              --                 --
Repurchase of preferred stock............              --             (7,560)
Exercise of stock options................              --              5,113
Preferred stock dividend.................              --            (36,796)
Net income...............................              --            590,904
Unrealized loss on investment securities
  available-for-sale, net of tax
  effect.................................        (545,301)          (545,301)
                                                 --------          ---------
Balance, December 31, 1994...............        (570,145)         4,809,920
Exercise of stock options................              --             23,447
Stock dividend (5% of shares
  outstanding)...........................              --                 --
Redemption of preferred stock............              --           (254,085)
Exchange of preferred stock..............              --                 --
Issuance of common stock.................              --            711,187
Preferred stock dividend.................              --            (40,184)
Net income...............................              --            612,654
Unrealized gain on investment securities
  available-for-sale, net of tax
  effect.................................         502,081            502,081
                                                 --------          ---------
Balance, December 31, 1995...............         (68,064)         6,365,020
Stock dividend (7% of shares
  outstanding)...........................              --               (878)
Exercise of stock options................              --             85,156
Net income...............................              --            278,579
Unrealized loss on investment securities
  available-for-sale, net of tax
  effect.................................          22,164             22,164
                                                 --------          ---------
Balance, December 31, 1996...............         (45,900)         6,750,041
                                                 ========          =========
</TABLE>
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 




                                     F-12
<PAGE>   87
 
                    CENTURY BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1995, AND 1994
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            1996          1995         1994
                                                         -----------   ----------   -----------
<S>                                                      <C>           <C>          <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
     Net income........................................  $   278,579      612,654       590,904
     Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
       provided by operating activities:
          Depreciation and amortization................      452,959      221,557       136,180
          Provision for loan losses....................      160,000       26,347        19,431
          Provision for losses on other real estate
            owned......................................       10,000       48,445            --
          Loss on sale of
            securities -- available-for-sale...........           --        3,197        11,748
          Loss (gain) on sale of other real estate
            owned......................................      (21,328)      11,883            --
          (Increase) decrease in accrued interest
            receivable.................................       79,563       (7,509)      (82,396)
          Decrease in prepaid expenses and other
            assets.....................................      (23,874)    (402,960)     (117,490)
          Increase in other liabilities................      (32,883)     (65,943)     (255,459)
                                                         -----------   ----------   -----------
Net cash provided by operating activities..............      903,016      447,671       302,918
                                                         -----------   ----------   -----------
Cash flows from investing activities:
     Loan repayments and recoveries (originations),
       net.............................................   (1,547,403)  (8,951,855)   (4,077,823)
     Net increase in interest bearing deposits in other
       banks...........................................     (791,377)  (5,838,933)     (169,388)
     Purchases of securities available-for-sale........   (3,092,717)  (1,010,160)  (10,454,516)
     Purchases of securities held to maturity..........     (326,366)          --      (254,852)
     Payments and maturities of securities
       available-for-sale..............................    9,662,605    6,553,254     7,404,794
     Repayments and maturities of securities held to
       maturity........................................       85,000           --            --
     Proceeds from sale of investment securities
       available-for-sale..............................           --    3,738,431     2,164,757
     Purchase of leasehold improvements, furniture and
       equipment, net of disposals.....................     (511,366)  (1,366,073)      (95,203)
     Proceeds from sale of other real estate owned.....      203,986       96,890            --
                                                         -----------   ----------   -----------
Net cash provided (used) by investing activities.......    3,682,362   (6,778,446)   (5,482,231)
                                                         -----------   ----------   -----------
Cash flows from financing activities:
     Net issuances of certificates of deposit..........  $   262,533    3,868,183     2,072,464
     Net increase in demand, savings, and money market
       deposits........................................      183,315    4,589,920        26,296
     Deposit premium...................................           --      (62,845)     (303,000)
     Repayments of loan payable........................           --           --      (207,000)
     Repurchase of preferred stock.....................           --     (254,085)       (7,560)
     Issuance of common stock..........................       85,156      734,634         5,113
     Dividend paid on preferred stock..................           --      (40,184)      (36,796)
     Increase in other borrowings......................    4,657,968    1,607,910     2,200,000
                                                         -----------   ----------   -----------
Net cash provided by financing activities..............    5,188,972   10,443,533     3,749,517
                                                         -----------   ----------   -----------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents...    9,774,350    4,112,758    (1,429,796)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year...........   10,025,561    5,912,803     7,342,599
                                                         -----------   ----------   -----------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year.................  $19,799,911   10,025,561     5,912,803
                                                         ===========   ==========   ===========
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
     Interest paid on deposits and borrowings..........  $ 2,743,631    2,483,398     1,902,707
                                                         ===========   ==========   ===========
     Income taxes paid (refunded)......................  $   626,079       19,222       (88,190)
                                                         ===========   ==========   ===========
Transfer of loans to other real estate owned...........  $        --      946,366            --
                                                         ===========   ==========   ===========
</TABLE>
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.




 
                                     F-13
<PAGE>   88
 
                    CENTURY BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                           DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1995
 
(1) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
  Description of Business
 
     The primary business of Century Bancshares, Inc. (the Company) and its
subsidiary, Century National Bank (Century Bank) is to attract deposits from
individual and corporate customers and to originate loans secured by residential
and commercial real estate, business assets, and other personal property. The
Company operates primarily in the District of Columbia and targets individuals
and businesses in professional services as its clientele. The Company is subject
to competition from other financial institutions in attracting and retaining
deposits and in making loans. The Company and Century Bank are subject to the
regulations of certain agencies of the federal government and undergo periodic
examinations by those agencies.
 
  Basis of Financial Statement Presentation
 
     The financial statements have been prepared on the accrual basis and in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. In preparing the
financial statements, management is required to make estimates and assumptions
that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the
balance sheet and revenues and expenses for the period. Actual results could
differ significantly from those estimates.
 
     The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company
and Century Bank. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have
been eliminated in consolidation.
 
  Investment Securities
 
     The Company classifies its debt and marketable equity securities in one of
three categories: trading, available-for-sale, or held-to-maturity. Trading
securities are bought and held principally for the purpose of selling them in
the near term. Held-to-maturity securities are those securities that the Company
has the ability and intent to hold until maturity. All other securities not
classified as trading or held-to-maturity are classified as available-for-sale.
The Company does not engage in trading activities and, accordingly, has no
trading portfolio.
 
     Available-for-sale and trading securities are recorded at fair value.
Held-to-maturity securities are recorded at amortized cost, adjusted for the
amortization or accretion of premiums or discounts. Unrealized holding gains and
losses, net of the related tax effect, on available-for-sale securities are
excluded from earnings and are reported as a separate component of stockholders'
equity until realized.
 
     A decline in the market value of any available-for-sale or held-to-maturity
security below cost that is deemed other than temporary is charged to earnings,
resulting in the establishment of a new cost basis for the security.
 
     Premiums and discounts are amortized or accreted over the life of the
related security as an adjustment to yield using the effective interest method.
Dividend and interest income are recognized when earned. Realized gains and
losses for securities classified as available-for-sale and held-to-maturity are
included in earnings and are derived using the specific identification method
for determining the cost of securities sold.
 
     Prepayment of the mortgages securing the collateralized mortgage
obligations may affect the maturity date and yield to maturity. The Company uses
actual principal prepayment experience and estimates of future principal
prepayments in calculating the yield necessary to apply the effective interest
method.




 
                                     F-14
<PAGE>   89
 
                    CENTURY BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
(1) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES -- (CONTINUED)
  Income Recognition on Loans
 
     Interest on loans is credited to income as earned on the principal amount
outstanding. When, in management's judgment, the full collectibility of
principal or interest on a loan becomes uncertain, that loan is placed on a cash
basis (nonaccrual) for purposes of income recognition. Accrued but uncollected
interest on nonaccrual loans is charged against current income.
 
     Interest accruals are resumed on such loans only when they are brought
fully current with respect to principal and interest and when, in the judgment
of management, the loans have demonstrated a new period of performance and are
estimated to be fully collectible as to both principal and interest.
 
  Allowance for Loan Losses
 
     The allowance for loan losses is a valuation allowance available for losses
incurred on loans. It is established through charges to earnings in the form of
provisions for loan losses. Loan losses are charged to the allowance for loan
losses when a determination is made that collection is unlikely to occur.
Recoveries are credited to the allowance at the time of recovery.
 
     Prior to the beginning of each year, and quarterly during the year,
management estimates whether the allowance for loan losses is adequate to absorb
losses that can be anticipated in the existing portfolio. Based on these
estimates, an amount is charged to the provision for loan losses to adjust the
allowance to a level determined to be adequate to absorb currently anticipated
losses.
 
     Management's judgment as to the level of future losses on existing loans
involves management's internal review of the loan portfolio, including an
analysis of the borrowers' current financial position, the consideration of
current and anticipated economic conditions and their potential effects on
specific borrowers; an evaluation of the existing relationships among loans,
potential loan losses, and the present level of the loan loss allowance; and
results of examinations by independent consultants. In determining the
collectibility of certain loans, management also considers the fair value of any
underlying collateral. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral
part of their examination process, periodically review the Company's allowances
for losses on loans and other real estate owned. Such agencies may require the
Company to recognize additions to the allowances based on their judgments about
information available to them at the time of their examination.
 
     Effective January 1, 1995, the Company adopted Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 114, Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan,
as amended by Statement 118, Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan E
Income Recognition and Disclosures (collectively referred to as SFAS No. 114).
SFAS No. 114 addresses the accounting by creditors for the impairment of all
loans except for large groups of smaller-balance homogeneous loans that are
collectively evaluated for impairment, and certain other types of loans
specifically excluded by the Standard.
 
     SFAS No. 114 requires that impaired loans be measured at the present value
of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan's effective interest rate,
or at the loan's observable market price or the fair value of the collateral if
the loan is collateral dependent. A loan is considered impaired when, based on
current information and events, it is probable that a creditor will be unable to
collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the original loan
agreement. The adoption of SFAS No. 114 did not have a significant effect on the
Company's financial statements. All loans receivable have been evaluated for
collectibility under the provisions of these standards, except for the consumer
and home equity loan portfolios, which are evaluated collectively as large
groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans.
 
     Impaired loans are specifically reviewed loans for which it is probable
that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the
terms of the loan agreement. The specific factors that influence management's
judgment in determining when a loan is impaired include evaluation of financial
strength of the




 
                                     F-15
<PAGE>   90
 
                    CENTURY BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
(1) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES -- (CONTINUED)
borrower and the fair value of the collateral. The Company's impaired loans are
generally nonaccrual loans and restructured loans. Restructured loans are
impaired loans in the year of restructuring and thereafter, such loans are
subject to management's evaluation of impairment based on the restructured
terms. The Company's charge-off policy for impaired loans is consistent with its
policy for all loan charge-offs. Impaired loans are charged-off when all or a
portion thereof is considered uncollectible or transferred to foreclosed
properties. Consistent with the Company's method for nonaccrual loans, interest
receipts on impaired loans are applied to principal.
 
  Loan Fees
 
     Loan origination fees and direct loan origination costs are deferred and
recognized either upon the sale of a loan or amortized as an adjustment to yield
over the life of the loan.
 
  Leasehold Improvements, Furniture, and Equipment
 
     Leasehold improvements, furniture, and equipment are stated at cost, less
accumulated depreciation and amortization. Amortization of leasehold
improvements is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated
useful lives of the improvements or the lease term, whichever is shorter.
Depreciation of furniture and equipment is computed using the straight-line
method over their estimated useful lives.
 
  Other Real Estate Owned
 
     Real estate acquired through foreclosure is recorded at the lower of cost
or fair value less estimated selling costs. Management periodically evaluates
the recoverability of the carrying value of other real estate owned. Costs
relating to property improvements are capitalized, and costs relating to holding
properties are charged to expense. Gains or losses on the sale of other real
estate owned are recognized upon disposition of the property.
 
  Income Taxes
 
     The Company accounts for income taxes based upon the asset and liability
method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax
consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement
carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax
bases and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and
liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable
income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be
recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a
change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the
enactment date.
 
  Income Per Common Share
 
     Income per common share is computed by dividing net income less preferred
stock dividends by the weighted average number of common and common equivalent
shares (when dilutive and significant) outstanding during the year. Common
equivalent shares result from stock options and warrants outstanding and are
computed using the treasury stock method.
 
     On March 14, 1995, the Company declared a 5 percent stock dividend to
common stock shareholders of record as of March 31, 1995, resulting in the
issuance of 41,072 shares. On March 19, 1996, the Company declared a 7 percent
stock dividend to common stock shareholders of record as of March 31, 1996,
resulting in the issuance of 73,047 shares.




 
                                     F-16
<PAGE>   91
 
                    CENTURY BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
(1) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES -- (CONTINUED)
     Weighted average shares outstanding and income per common share have been
restated for the effect of the stock dividends.
 
  Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
     For purposes of reporting cash flows, the Company has defined cash and cash
equivalents as those amounts included in cash and due from banks and federal
funds sold.
 
  New Accounting Standards Not Yet Implemented
 
     During February of 1997, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 128, Earnings Per Share (SFAS 128). SFAS 128 establishes standards
for computing and presenting earnings per share (EPS) and applies to entities
with publicly held common stock or potential common stock. SFAS 128 is effective
for financial statements issued for periods ending after December 15, 1997,
including interim periods. Management does not expect that the adoption of SFAS
128 will have a material impact on the Company's financial condition or reported
earnings per share.
 
     During February 1997, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 129, Disclosure of Information about Capital Structure (SFAS 129).
SFAS 129 establishes standards for disclosing information about an entity's
capital structure and applies to all entities. SFAS 129 is effective for
financial statements issued for periods ending after December 15, 1997.
 
  Stock Options
 
     On January 1, 1996, the Company adopted SFAS No. 123, Accounting for
Stock-Based Compensation, which permits entities to recognize as expense over
the vesting period the fair value of all stock-based awards on the date of
grant. Alternatively, SFAS No. 123 also allows entities to continue to apply the
provisions of APB Opinion No. 25 and provide pro forma net income and pro forma
earnings per share disclosures for employee stock option grants made in 1995 and
future years as if the fair value-based method defined in SFAS No. 123 had been
applied. The Company has elected to continue to apply the provisions of APB
Opinion No. 25 and provide the pro forma disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 123.
 
  Reclassifications
 
     Certain amounts for 1995 and 1994 have been reclassified to conform to the
presentation for 1996.
 
(2) DEFERRED COMPENSATION
 
     The deferred compensation liability for the deferred compensation contracts
was understated at December 31, 1996 by approximately $225,000. The after tax
effect of this understatement has been reflected in the appropriate periods
through restatement of previously reported results. The impact on prior periods
resulted in a decrease to previously reported net income of approximately
$67,000 in 1995 and a cumulative impact on retained earnings at December 31,
1993 of approximately $67,000. There was no impact on 1994 net income.
 
(3) RESTRICTED CASH
 
     Under Federal Reserve Board regulations, banks are required to maintain
cash reserves against certain categories of deposit liabilities. Cash balances
qualified to meet these reserve requirements consist of vault cash and balances
on deposit with the Federal Reserve Bank. Such restricted cash balances are
included in




 
                                     F-17
<PAGE>   92
 
                    CENTURY BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
(3) RESTRICTED CASH -- (CONTINUED)
"Cash and due from banks" in the consolidated statements of financial condition
and amount to approximately $226,000 and $235,000 as of December 31, 1996 and
1995, respectively.
 
(4) INVESTMENT SECURITIES
 
     Investment securities available-for-sale, and their contractual maturities,
at December 31, 1996 and 1995 are summarized as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          1996
                                                   --------------------------------------------------
                                                                   GROSS        GROSS
                                                    AMORTIZED    UNREALIZED   UNREALIZED
                                                      COST         GAINS        LOSSES     FAIR VALUE
                                                   -----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
<S>                                                <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>
Obligations of U.S. Treasury, government agencies
  and corporations:
     Within one year.............................  $   542,476     5,377           188        547,665
     After one, but within five years............    3,448,135     1,099        13,543      3,435,691
     After ten years.............................      931,138     2,040        17,189        915,989
                                                   -----------     -----       -------     ----------
Total............................................    4,921,749     8,516        30,920      4,899,345
Collateralized mortgage obligations:
     After ten years.............................    1,562,872        --        48,206      1,514,666
                                                   -----------     -----       -------     ----------
Total investment securities available-for-sale...  $ 6,484,621     8,516        79,126      6,414,011
                                                   ===========     =====       =======     ==========
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          1995
                                                   --------------------------------------------------
                                                                   GROSS        GROSS
                                                    AMORTIZED    UNREALIZED   UNREALIZED
                                                      COST         GAINS        LOSSES     FAIR VALUE
                                                   -----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
<S>                                                <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>
Obligations of U.S. Treasury, government agencies
  and corporations:
     Within one year.............................  $ 9,001,131        --        26,133      8,974,998
     After one, but within five years............    1,000,000        --         7,400        992,600
     After ten years.............................    1,116,701        --        15,669      1,101,032
                                                   -----------     -----       -------     ----------
Total............................................   11,117,832        --        49,202     11,068,630
Collateralized mortgage obligations:
     After ten years.............................    1,948,619        --        55,514      1,893,105
                                                   -----------     -----       -------     ----------
Total investment securities available-for-sale...  $13,066,451        --       104,716     12,961,735
                                                   ===========     =====       =======     ==========
</TABLE>
 
     Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities of mortgage
backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations because borrowers have
the right to prepay their obligations at any time.




 
                                     F-18
<PAGE>   93
 
                    CENTURY BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
(4) INVESTMENT SECURITIES -- (CONTINUED)
     Investment securities held-to-maturity at December 31, 1996 and 1995 are
summarized as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      1996
                                                ------------------------------------------------
                                                              GROSS        GROSS
                                                AMORTIZED   UNREALIZED   UNREALIZED
                                                  COST        GAINS        LOSSES     FAIR VALUE
                                                ---------   ----------   ----------   ----------
<S>                                             <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>
Municipal securities -- maturing
     Within one year..........................  $ 99,956        527           --       100,483
     After one, but within five years.........    64,939        617           --        65,556
                                                --------      -----        -----       -------
Total.........................................   164,895      1,144           --       166,039
Federal Reserve Bank stock....................   119,350         --           --       119,350
Federal Home Loan Bank stock..................   674,000         --           --       674,000
                                                --------      -----        -----       -------
                                                $958,245      1,144           --       959,389
                                                ========      =====        =====       =======
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      1995
                                                ------------------------------------------------
                                                              GROSS        GROSS
                                                AMORTIZED   UNREALIZED   UNREALIZED
                                                  COST        GAINS        LOSSES     FAIR VALUE
                                                ---------   ----------   ----------   ----------
<S>                                             <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>
Municipal securities -- maturing
     Within one year..........................  $ 85,000        170           --        85,170
     After one, but within five years.........   164,829      1,802           --       166,631
                                                --------      -----        -----       -------
Total.........................................   249,829      1,972           --       251,801
Federal Reserve Bank stock....................   119,350         --           --       119,350
Federal Home Loan Bank stock..................   347,700         --           --       347,700
                                                --------      -----        -----       -------
                                                $716,879      1,972           --       718,851
                                                ========      =====        =====       =======
</TABLE>
 
     Investment securities available for sale carried at $2,144,283 and
$2,000,866 at December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively, were pledged to secure
public deposits and for other purposes as required.
 
     No investment securities were sold during 1996. Realized losses on sales of
securities available for sale during 1995 and 1994 were $3,197 and $11,748,
respectively.
 
     As a member of the Federal Reserve and Federal Home Loan Bank Systems,
Century Bank is required to hold stock in the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond
and the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta. These stocks, which have no stated
maturity, are carried at cost since no active trading markets exist.




 
                                     F-19
<PAGE>   94
 
                    CENTURY BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
(5) LOANS RECEIVABLE
 
     The loan portfolio consists of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    DECEMBER 31,
                                                              ------------------------
                                                                 1996          1995
                                                              -----------   ----------
<S>                                                           <C>           <C>
Commercial..................................................  $17,400,323   13,212,532
Real estate -- residential..................................   20,932,776   27,007,742
Real estate -- commercial...................................   14,001,133   11,910,244
Real estate -- construction.................................      462,685    1,545,143
Consumer....................................................   11,509,900    9,985,863
Home equity.................................................    6,431,425    5,640,012
                                                              -----------   ----------
                                                               70,738,242   69,301,536
Unearned income.............................................      (61,886)     (97,571)
                                                              -----------   ----------
                                                               70,676,356   69,203,965
Allowance for loan losses...................................     (825,876)    (740,000)
                                                              -----------   ----------
Loans, net..................................................  $69,850,480   68,463,965
                                                              ===========   ==========
</TABLE>
 
     Loans on which the accrual of interest has been discontinued amounted to
approximately $249,000, $8,000, and $628,000 at December 31, 1996, 1995, and
1994, respectively. Interest lost on these nonaccrual loans was approximately
$17,000, $1,000, and $32,000 for 1996, 1995, and 1994, respectively. Interest
paid on these nonaccrual loans was approximately $19,851, $3,500, and $13,500
for 1996, 1995, and 1994, respectively. At December 31, 1996, the Bank has one
investment in impaired loans of $24,136 for which there was no specific reserve
for impairment. Average impaired loans for 1996 were approximately $12,000.
 
     Analysis of the activity in the allowance for loan losses is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                       -------------------------------
                                                         1996        1995       1994
                                                       ---------   --------   --------
<S>                                                    <C>         <C>        <C>
Balance, beginning of year...........................  $ 740,000    740,000    730,000
     Provision for loan losses.......................    160,000     26,347     19,431
     Loans charged off...............................   (256,245)  (198,126)  (106,105)
     Recoveries......................................    182,121    171,779     96,674
                                                       ---------   --------   --------
Balance, end of year.................................  $ 825,876    740,000    740,000
                                                       =========   ========   ========
</TABLE>
 
     An analysis of the activity of loans to directors, officers, and their
affiliates during the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1995, is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          1996         1995
                                                       -----------   ---------
<S>                                                    <C>           <C>
Balance, beginning of year...........................  $ 3,320,113   2,566,970
     Additions.......................................       29,961   1,550,080
     Payments........................................   (1,073,366)   (796,937)
                                                       -----------   ---------
Balance, end of year.................................  $ 2,276,708   3,320,113
                                                       ===========   =========
</TABLE>
 
     In the opinion of management, all transactions entered into between the
Company and such related parties have been and are in the ordinary course of
business and made on the same terms and conditions as similar transactions with
unaffiliated persons.




 
                                     F-20
<PAGE>   95
 
                    CENTURY BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
(5) LOANS RECEIVABLE -- (CONTINUED)
     The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk
in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers.
These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and standby
letters of credit and financial guarantees. Commitments to extend credit are
agreements to lend to a customer so long as there is no violation of any
condition established in the contract. Commitments usually have fixed expiration
dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many
of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total
commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.
 
     Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company
to guarantee the performance of the contractual obligations by a customer to a
third party. The majority of these guarantees extend until satisfactory
completion of the customer's contractual obligations. All standby letters of
credit outstanding at December 31, 1996, are collateralized.
 
     Those instruments may involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and
interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated
statements of financial condition. Credit risk is defined as the possibility of
sustaining a loss because the other parties to a financial instrument failed to
perform in accordance with the terms of the contract. The Company's maximum
exposure to credit loss under standby letters of credit and commitments to
extend credit is represented by the contractual amounts of those instruments.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   CONTRACTUAL OR
                                                                  NOTIONAL AMOUNT
                                                                   FOR THE YEARS
                                                                      DECEMBER
                                                              ------------------------
                                                                 1996          1995
                                                              -----------   ----------
<S>                                                           <C>           <C>
Financial instruments whose contract amounts represent
  potential credit risk:
     Commitments to extend credit...........................  $19,361,000   13,910,000
     Standby letters of credit..............................      658,000      882,000
</TABLE>
 
     At December 31, 1996, the Company did not have any financial instruments
whose notional or contractual amounts exceed the amount of credit risk.
 
     The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and
conditional obligations as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments. The Company
evaluates each customer's creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis and requires
collateral to support financial instruments when deemed necessary. The amount of
collateral obtained upon extension of credit is based on management's evaluation
of the counterparty. Collateral held varies but may include deposits held by the
Company; marketable securities; accounts receivable; inventory; property, plant
and equipment; and income-producing commercial properties.
 
     Most of the Company's business activity is with customers located in the
District of Columbia, Maryland, and northern Virginia. Accordingly, the ultimate
collectibility of a substantial portion of the Company's loan portfolio is
susceptible to changes in conditions in these markets.
 
     Industry concentrations in excess of 10 percent of total loans where the
borrowers as a group might be affected similarly by economic changes consist of
loans to members of the legal profession, service companies, and the health care
profession. Century offers lines of credit, home equity lines, and mortgage
loans to these groups. The aggregate total of loans to such groups was
approximately $17.7 million, $10.8 million, and $9.4 million respectively, as of
December 31, 1996. The aggregate total of loans to such groups was approximately
$13.9 million, $9.0 million, and $9.1 million respectively, as of December 31,
1995. The amount of such loans which are past due or considered by management to
be potential problem loans is not material.




 
                                     F-21
<PAGE>   96
 
                    CENTURY BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
(6) LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS, FURNITURE, AND EQUIPMENT
 
     Leasehold improvements, furniture, and equipment consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            DECEMBER 31,
                                                      ------------------------
                                                         1996          1995
                                                      -----------   ----------
<S>                                                   <C>           <C>
Leasehold improvements..............................  $ 1,248,990    1,233,384
Furniture and equipment.............................    2,398,978    1,904,090
                                                      -----------   ----------
                                                        3,647,968    3,137,474
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization......   (2,089,721)  (1,683,418)
                                                      -----------   ----------
Balance, end of year................................  $ 1,558,247    1,454,056
                                                      ===========   ==========
</TABLE>
 
     Depreciation and amortization expense was $407,175, $151,471, and $77,377
for 1996, 1995, and 1994, respectively.
 
(7) DEPOSITS
 
     Major classifications of deposits consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            DECEMBER 31,
                                                      ------------------------
                                                         1996          1995
                                                      -----------   ----------
<S>                                                   <C>           <C>
Noninterest-bearing -- demand deposits..............  $24,064,454   24,712,204
                                                      -----------   ----------
Interest-bearing:
     NOW accounts...................................   13,852,112   15,132,526
     Savings accounts...............................    3,594,587    3,703,943
     Money market accounts..........................   24,231,842   22,144,836
     Certificates of deposit:
          Less than $100,000........................   10,072,924   10,930,074
          $100,000 and over.........................   15,169,291   13,915,779
                                                      -----------   ----------
                                                       66,920,756   65,827,158
                                                      -----------   ----------
Total deposits......................................  $90,985,210   90,539,362
                                                      ===========   ==========
</TABLE>
 
     Certificates of deposit of $22,204,859 have remaining maturities of one
year or less. Certificates of deposit with a remaining term of more than one
year are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31,
                ------------------------
<S>                                                       <C>
1998....................................................  $  672,238
1999....................................................   1,335,025
2000....................................................     792,887
2001....................................................     232,820
2002....................................................          --
Thereafter..............................................       4,386
                                                          ----------
                                                          $3,037,356
                                                          ==========
</TABLE>
 
     On September 16, 1994, Century Bank acquired deposit accounts of
approximately $9.1 million, for which it paid a premium of $366,000. The premium
is amortized over the estimated remaining lives of the deposit account
relationships on a straight-line basis. The amount of accumulated amortization
is $90,928 at December 31, 1996.




 
                                     F-22
<PAGE>   97
 
                    CENTURY BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
(8) OTHER BORROWINGS
 
     Other borrowings consists of advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of
Atlanta and deposits received in the Bank's U.S. Treasury Tax and Loan Account.
Balances outstanding are shown below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                             ----------------------------------
                                                                1996        1995        1994
                                                             ----------   ---------   ---------
<S>                                                          <C>          <C>         <C>
Federal Home Loan Bank
     Ending balance........................................  $7,750,000   2,000,000   2,200,000
     Daily average balance for the period..................   4,559,202   2,924,163     706,739
     Maximum outstanding balance at a month-end during the
       period..............................................   7,800,000   4,000,000   3,500,000
     Daily average interest rate for the period............        5.99%       5.46%       4.24%
     Average interest rate on period end balance...........        6.73%       6.10%       6.88%
Treasury Tax and Loan Account 
     Ending balance........................................     715,877   1,807,909     683,836
     Daily average balance for the period..................     392,740     473,062     394,396
     Maximum outstanding balance at a month-end during the
       period..............................................     829,352     710,501     683,836
     Daily average interest rate for the period............        4.64%       4.60%       3.48%
     Average interest rate on period and balance...........        5.16%       2.00%       2.75%
</TABLE>
 
     FHLB advances with original maturities in excess of one year are summarized
as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             DECEMBER 31,
                                                        ----------------------
                                                           1996        1995
                                                        ----------   ---------
<S>                                                     <C>          <C>
6.60% fixed rate, due 1999............................  $  300,000          --
6.85% fixed rate, due 2001............................     300,000          --
6.57% fixed rate, due 2001............................   1,600,000          --
6.66% fixed rate, due 2002............................   2,000,000          --
6.30% fixed rate, due 2006............................     800,000          --
7.34% fixed rate, due 2006............................   1,000,000          --
6.94% fixed rate, due 2006............................     850,000          --
                                                        ----------   ---------
                                                        $6,850,000          --
                                                        ==========   =========
</TABLE>
 
     The Bank has been advised by the FHLB that it has a total credit
availability of $13.3 million. The FHLB credit availability does not represent a
firm commitment by the FHLB. Rather, it is the FHLB's assessment of what the
Bank could borrow given the Bank's current financial condition. The credit
availability is subject to change at any time based upon the Bank's financial
condition and that of the FHLB, as well as changes in FHLB policies or
Congressional mandates. At December 31, 1996, the Bank's available credit from
the FHLB was $5.55 million.
 
     In connection with its borrowings from the FHLB, the Bank is required to
own FHLB stock. At December 31, 1996, the Bank's investment in FHLB stock had a
par and carrying value of $674,000 and was automatically pledged against FHLB
advances. Advances from the FHLB are secured by a blanket floating lien on the
Bank's residential, one-to-four family first mortgage loans.




 
                                     F-23
<PAGE>   98
 
                    CENTURY BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
(9) STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
     On November 14, 1995, the Company issued 173,912 Units pursuant to an
Offering made on September 15, 1995, to existing holders of the Company's Common
and Preferred Stock. Each Unit consisted of one share of Common Stock and one
Warrant. The offering price was $5.75 per Unit.
 
     Each Warrant entitles the holder thereof to purchase one share of Common
Stock at a price of $5.75 per share, subject to adjustment. The Warrants may be
exercised at any time from November 15, 1996 through November 16, 1998. The
Warrants may be repurchased by the Company at any time on and after November 14,
1997 at a price of $.26 per Warrant.
 
     Holders of the Company's Series A Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock
were given the opportunity to exchange their Preferred Stock for Units at an
exchange ratio of 1.305 Units per share of Preferred Stock. At the time of the
Offering, there were 61,327 shares of Preferred Stock outstanding. A total of
27,449 shares of Preferred Stock were exchanged, resulting in the issuance of
35,814 Units and the payment of $40 to redeem fractional shares.
 
     The remaining 138,098 Units were sold for cash, yielding net proceeds to
the Company of $711,187 after payment of costs associated with the Offering. The
Company used a portion of such proceeds to redeem the remaining 33,878 shares of
Preferred Stock, which was callable at $7.50 per share.
 
(10) STOCK OPTION PLANS
 
     Pursuant to the Century Bancshares, Inc. 1994 Stock Option Plan ("1994
Plan") the Company in 1994 reserved 150,000 shares of its common stock for the
issuance of incentive stock options and nonqualified stock options to directors
and key employees. As of December 31, 1996, after adjusting for stock dividends
and stock option activity, there are 159,685 shares of stock reserved for
issuance pursuant to the 1994 Plan, of which 104,954 shares are reserved for
outstanding options and 54,731 shares are reserved for future option grants.
These options are granted for a term of 7 years to directors with immediate
vesting, and 10 years to employees with 25 percent of the original grant vesting
after each six, eighteen, thirty and forty-two months of continued service. Both
the price per option and number of options available are adjusted for dividends.
 
     In addition, there remain outstanding certain options granted to directors
and key employees under two prior option plans ("Prior Plans") which expired in
1992 and 1993. As of December 31, 1996, after adjusting for stock dividends and
stock option activity, there are 43,363 shares of stock reserved for issuance
pursuant to options granted under the Prior Plans, which options are still valid
and were not affected by the Plans' expiration. As of December 31, 1996, all
options granted under the Prior Plans are fully exercisable.
 
     In connection with the 5 percent stock dividend effective July 31, 1993,
March 31, 1994, and March 31, 1995, and the 7 percent stock dividend effective
March 31, 1996, the number of shares subject to any outstanding options, the
exercise price per share, and the number of shares reserved for the issuance of
future options have been appropriately and equitably adjusted, pursuant to the
stock option plans, so as to maintain the proportionate number of shares without
changing the aggregate option price. In the tables below, the shares and prices
per share have been adjusted to reflect the stock dividends.




 
                                     F-24
<PAGE>   99
 
                    CENTURY BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
(10) STOCK OPTION PLANS -- (CONTINUED)
     Stock option transactions for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995, and
1994, are summarized as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   1996                  1995                  1994
                                            -------------------   -------------------   -------------------
                                                      WEIGHTED-             WEIGHTED-             WEIGHTED-
                                                       AVERAGE               AVERAGE               AVERAGE
                                                      EXERCISE              EXERCISE              EXERCISE
              FIXED OPTIONS                 SHARES      PRICE     SHARES      PRICE     SHARES      PRICE
              -------------                 -------   ---------   -------   ---------   -------   ---------
<S>                                         <C>       <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>       <C>
Outstanding at beginning of year..........  152,250     $3.49     139,926     $3.26      91,209     $3.31
Granted...................................   33,985      6.00      34,955      5.75      66,687      3.65
Exercised.................................  (26,934)     3.16     (14,252)     2.80     (15,572)     2.13
Forfeited.................................  (10,984)     5.18      (8,379)     7.18      (2,398)     5.40
                                            -------               -------               -------
Outstanding at end of year................  148,317      4.00     152,250      3.49     139,926      3.26
                                            =======               =======               =======
Options exercisable at year-end...........  134,840      3.85     131,285      3.37     115,719      3.18
                                            =======               =======               =======
Weighted-average fair value of options
  granted.................................  $ 2.191               $ 1.909                   N/A
                                            =======               =======               =======
</TABLE>
 
     The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding
at December 31, 1996:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            OPTIONS OUTSTANDING
                                                          -----------------------     OPTIONS EXERCISABLE
                                                           WEIGHTED-                -----------------------
                                                            AVERAGE     WEIGHTED-                 WEIGHTED-
                                              NUMBER       REMAINING     AVERAGE                   AVERAGE
                                            OF OPTIONS    CONTRACTUAL   EXERCISE      NUMBER      EXERCISE
         RANGE OF EXERCISE PRICES           OUTSTANDING   LIFE (YEARS)    PRICE     EXERCISABLE     PRICE
         ------------------------           -----------   ------------  ---------   -----------   ---------
<S>                                         <C>           <C>           <C>         <C>           <C>
$1.61 to $2.22............................     33,804         1.2         $1.92        33,804       $1.92
$2.82 to $3.83............................     31,453         3.3          2.98        30,753        2.97
$4.23 to $5.37............................     53,981         4.9          4.80        48,380        4.78
$6.00.....................................     29,079         9.5          6.00        21,903        6.00
                                              -------                                 -------
$1.61 to $6.00............................    148,317         4.6          4.00       134,840        3.85
                                              =======                                 =======
</TABLE>
 
     The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using
the Black Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average
assumptions used for grants in 1996 and 1995, respectively: no dividends for
either year, expected volatility of 20 percent for both years, risk free
interest rates of 6.3 percent and 5.8 percent, and expected lives of 7 and 5
years.
 
     As the Company continues to apply APB Opinion No. 25 in accounting for its
stock options, no compensation cost has been recognized for its stock options in
the financial statements. Had the Company determined compensation cost based on
the fair value at the grant date for its stock options under SFAS No. 123, the
Company's net income would have been reduced to the pro forma amounts indicated
below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             1996       1995
                                                           --------   --------
<S>                                                        <C>        <C>
Net income, as reported..................................  $278,579   612,654
Net income, pro forma....................................   244,585   586,074
Primary earnings per share, as reported..................       .23       .57
Primary earnings per share, pro forma....................       .20       .55
</TABLE>
 
     Pro forma net income reflects only options granted in 1996 and 1995.
Therefore, the full impact of calculating compensation cost for stock options
under SFAS No. 123 is not reflected in the pro forma net income amounts
presented above because compensation cost is reflected over the options vesting
period and compensation cost for options granted prior to January 1, 1995 is not
considered.




 
                                     F-25
<PAGE>   100
 
                    CENTURY BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
(11) INCOME TAXES
 
     The provision for taxes on income for the years ended December 31, 1996,
1995, and 1994, consisted of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           1996       1995       1994
                                                         --------   --------   --------
<S>                                                      <C>        <C>        <C>
Current:
     Federal income tax................................  $289,329    627,042    29,600
     State income tax..................................    73,503    127,114   (39,416)
                                                         --------   --------   -------
                                                          362,832    754,156    (9,816)
Deferred:
     Federal income tax (benefit)......................   (68,715)  (370,563)  289,682
     State income tax (benefit)........................   (19,418)   (72,148)   93,680
                                                         --------   --------   -------
                                                          (88,133)  (442,711)  383,362
                                                         --------   --------   -------
Total income tax.......................................  $274,699    311,445   373,546
                                                         ========   ========   =======
</TABLE>
 
     The difference between the statutory federal income tax rates and the
effective income tax rates for 1996, 1995, and 1994, are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             1996       1995      1994
                                                             ----       ----      ----
<S>                                                          <C>        <C>       <C>
Statutory federal income tax rate..........................  34.0%      34.0      34.0
State income taxes, net of federal benefit.................   6.4        3.5       4.0
Nondeductible expenses.....................................   8.1         --       0.7
Other......................................................   1.1       (3.8)       --
                                                             ----       ----      ----
Effective income tax rate..................................  49.6       33.7      38.7
                                                             ====       ====      ====
</TABLE>
 




                                     F-26
<PAGE>   101
 
                    CENTURY BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
(11) INCOME TAXES -- (CONTINUED)
     The following is a summary of the tax effects of temporary differences that
give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax
liabilities at December 31, 1996 and 1995:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1996        1995
                                                              ---------   ---------
<S>                                                           <C>         <C>
Assets:
     Fixed assets...........................................  $ 107,629     109,032
     Book loan loss reserve.................................    428,698     432,395
     Deferred rent expense..................................     57,869      71,343
     Deferred loan fees.....................................     25,113      39,936
     Vacation pay accrual...................................     21,996      29,631
     Directors' deferred compensation.......................    188,412     145,433
     Goodwill...............................................      7,389          --
                                                              ---------   ---------
Deferred tax assets.........................................    837,106     827,770
                                                              ---------   ---------
Liabilities:
     Federal Home Loan Bank stock dividends.................    (11,484)    (11,583)
     Tax bad debt reserve...................................   (207,305)   (269,393)
     Unrealized losses on investments designated as
      available-for-sale recognized for tax purposes........     (5,897)    (37,043)
     Other..................................................    (86,327)    (71,791)
                                                              ---------   ---------
Deferred tax liabilities....................................   (311,013)   (389,810)
                                                              ---------   ---------
Net deferred tax asset (liability) attributable to
  operations................................................    526,093     437,960
Unrealized losses on investments available-for-sale charged
  directly to stockholders' equity..........................      5,897      36,650
                                                              ---------   ---------
Net deferred tax asset......................................  $ 531,990     474,610
                                                              =========   =========
</TABLE>
 
     Net deferred tax assets of $531,990 and $474,610 at December 31, 1996 and
1995, respectively, are included in other assets.
 
     The Company has not established a valuation allowance for deferred tax
assets. In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management
considers whether it is more likely than not some portion or all of the deferred
tax assets will not be realized. Based on the level of historical taxable income
during the carryback period and the reversal of certain deferred tax
liabilities, management believes it is more likely than not the Company will
realize the benefits of these deductible differences.
 
(12) PROFESSIONAL FEES TO RELATED PARTIES
 
     Included in professional fees are legal fees paid to law firms whose
partners are directors of the Company or the Bank, totaling approximately
$139,611, $102,000, and $81,000 for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995, and
1994, respectively.
 
(13) EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN
 
     The Company maintains a 401(k) plan which covers substantially all
employees. Participants may contribute up to 6 percent of their compensation.
The Company matches 50 percent of participant contributions to the Plan. This
matching contribution totaled approximately $21,000 for each of the years ended
December 31, 1996, 1995, and 1994.




 
                                     F-27
<PAGE>   102
 
                    CENTURY BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
(14) COMMITMENTS
 
     The Company leases its banking facilities under operating leases providing
for payment of fixed rentals and providing for pass-through of certain landlord
expenses, with options to renew. Rental expense was approximately $327,400,
$323,600, and $301,000 for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995, and 1994,
respectively. Total future minimum rental payments at December 31, 1996, are as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31,
                ------------------------
<S>                                                       <C>
1997....................................................  $  387,000
1998....................................................     401,000
1999....................................................     370,000
2000....................................................     367,000
Thereafter..............................................     680,000
                                                          ----------
                                                          $2,205,000
                                                          ==========
</TABLE>
 
(15) DIVIDENDS FROM SUBSIDIARY
 
     Dividends paid to the Company by Century Bank are subject to restrictions
by regulatory agencies. As of December 31, 1996, approximately $1,544,000 was
available to be paid to the Company in dividends from Century Bank, pursuant to
such regulatory restrictions. As described in note 15, regulatory agencies have
established laws and guidelines with respect to the maintenance of appropriate
levels of bank capital that could further limit the amount available for payment
of dividends by Century Bank under regulatory restrictions if applied in the
future.
 
(16) CAPITAL AND LIQUIDITY
 
     The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (FDICIA)
requires regulators to classify insured depository institutions into one of five
tiers based upon their relative capital strengths and to increase progressively
the degree of regulation over the weaker ones, limits the pass-through deposit
insurance treatment of certain types of accounts, adopts a "Truth in Savings"
program, calls for the adoption of risk-based premiums on deposit insurance, and
requires banks to observe insider credit underwriting procedures no less strict
than those applied to comparable non-insider transactions.
 
     The Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act (FIRREA) of
1989 requires depository institutions to maintain minimum capital levels. In
addition to its capital requirements, FIRREA includes provisions for changes in
the federal regulatory structure for institutions, including a new deposit
insurance system, increased deposit insurance premiums, and restricted
investment activities with respect to noninvestment grade corporate debt and
certain other investments.
 
     Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain
mandatory -- and possibly additional discretionary -- actions by regulators
that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Bank's financial
statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for
prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that
involve quantitative measures of the Bank's assets, liabilities, and certain
off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The
Bank's capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative
judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other
factors.
 
     Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy
require The Company and Century Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set
forth in the table below) of total and Tier 1 capital (as defined in the
regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined), and of Tier 1 capital (as
defined)




 
                                     F-28
<PAGE>   103
 
                    CENTURY BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
(16) CAPITAL AND LIQUIDITY -- (CONTINUED)
to average assets (as defined). Management believes, as of December 31, 1996,
that the Bank meets all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject.
 
     As of December 31, 1996, the most recent notification from the OCC
categorized Century Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for
prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized Century Bank
must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based, Tier 1 leverage
ratios as set forth in the table. There are no conditions or events since that
notification that management believes have changed the institution's category.
 
     The following table presents the actual and required capital information
for the Company and Century Bank:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 TO BE WELL
                                                                                             CAPITALIZED UNDER
                                                                          FOR CAPITAL        PROMPT CORRECTIVE
                                                       ACTUAL          ADEQUACY PURPOSES     ACTION PROVISIONS:
                                                 ------------------    ------------------    ------------------
                                                   AMOUNT     RATIO      AMOUNT     RATIO      AMOUNT     RATIO
                                                 ----------   -----    ----------   -----    ----------   -----
<S>                                              <C>          <C>      <C>          <C>      <C>          <C>
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1996
    Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets):
         Century Bancshares....................  $7,346,745   10.13%   $5,803,841   8.00%    $      N/A     N/A
         Century National Bank.................   7,453,630   10.29%    5,792,880   8.00%     7,241,200   10.00%
    Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets):
         Century Bancshares....................   6,520,869    8.99%    2,901,920   4.00%           N/A     N/A
         Century National Bank.................   6,627,754    9.15%    2,896,440   4.00%     4,344,720    6.00%
    Tier 1 Capital (to Average Assets):
         Century Bancshares....................   6,520,869    6.35%    4,110,634   4.00%           N/A     N/A
         Century National Bank.................   6,627,754    6.44%    4,114,080   4.00%     5,232,267    5.00%
 
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1995
    Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets):
         Century Bancshares....................   6,852,237   10.34%   $5,303,124   8.00%    $      N/A     N/A
         Century National Bank.................   6,917,391   10.47%    5,287,440   8.00%     6,609,300   10.00%
    Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets):
         Century Bancshares....................   6,112,237    9.22%    2,651,562   4.00%           N/A     N/A
         Century National Bank.................   6,177,391    9.35%    2,643,720   4.00%     3,965,580    6.00%
    Tier 1 Capital (to Average Assets):
         Century Bancshares....................   6,112,237    6.80%    3,596,085   4.00%           N/A     N/A
         Century National Bank.................   6,177,391    6.88%    3,591,560   4.00%     4,489,450    5.00%
</TABLE>




 
                                     F-29
<PAGE>   104
 
                    CENTURY BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
(17) PARENT COMPANY-ONLY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
     The Century Bancshares, Inc. (parent company-only) condensed financial
statements are as follows:
 
                       STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
                           DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1995
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 1996        1995
                                                              ----------   ---------
<S>                                                           <C>          <C>
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents...................................  $   29,121      56,769
Investment in Century Bank..................................   6,856,926   6,430,174
Other assets................................................     112,668     112,668
                                                              ----------   ---------
                                                              $6,998,715   6,599,611
                                                              ==========   =========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Liabilities:
     Notes payable..........................................  $       --          --
     Other liabilities......................................     248,674     234,591
                                                              ----------   ---------
                                                                 248,674     234,591
                                                              ----------   ---------
Stockholders' equity:
     Preferred stock........................................          --          --
     Common stock...........................................   1,146,028   1,046,047
     Additional paid-in capital.............................   4,870,856   4,410,876
     Retained earnings......................................     779,057     976,161
     Unrealized loss on investment securities
      available-for-sale, net of tax effect.................     (45,900)    (68,064)
                                                              ----------   ---------
                                                               6,750,041   6,365,020
                                                              ----------   ---------
                                                              $6,998,715   6,599,611
                                                              ==========   =========
</TABLE>




 
                                     F-30
<PAGE>   105
 
                    CENTURY BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
(17) PARENT COMPANY-ONLY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1995, AND 1994
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1996        1995       1994
                                                              ---------   --------   --------
<S>                                                           <C>         <C>        <C>
Income:
     Dividends from Century Bank............................  $      --         --   140,000
     Other income...........................................      1,659        929     1,336
                                                              ---------   --------   -------
                                                                  1,659        929   141,336
                                                              ---------   --------   -------
Expenses:
     Professional fees......................................    111,754    112,663        --
     Interest expense.......................................         --         --     4,246
     Other expenses.........................................     15,914     50,915    17,291
                                                              ---------   --------   -------
                                                                127,668    163,578    21,537
                                                              ---------   --------   -------
Net income (loss) before income tax benefit and equity in
  undistributed earnings of bank subsidiary.................   (126,009)  (162,649)  119,799
Income tax benefit..........................................         --    (55,702)   (8,203)
                                                              ---------   --------   -------
Net income before equity in undistributed earnings of bank
  subsidiary................................................   (126,009)  (106,947)  128,002
Equity in undistributed earnings of Century Bank............    404,588    719,601   462,902
                                                              ---------   --------   -------
Net income..................................................  $ 278,579    612,654   590,904
                                                              =========   ========   =======
</TABLE>




 
                                     F-31
<PAGE>   106
 
                    CENTURY BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
(17) PARENT COMPANY-ONLY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                            
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1995, AND 1994
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1996        1995       1994
                                                              ---------   --------   --------
<S>                                                           <C>         <C>        <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
     Net income.............................................  $ 278,579    612,654    590,904
     Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
       provided by (used in) operating activities:
          Undistributed earnings of Century Bank............   (404,588)  (719,601)  (462,902)
          Decrease in other assets..........................         --    134,416    174,434
          Increase (decrease) in other liabilities..........     14,083   (178,584)    52,847
                                                              ---------   --------   --------
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities.........   (111,926)  (151,115)   355,283
                                                              ---------   --------   --------
Cash flows from investing activities:
     Capital contributions to Century Bank..................         --   (400,000)        --
                                                              ---------   --------   --------
Net cash used in investing activities.......................         --   (400,000)        --
                                                              ---------   --------   --------
Cash flows from financing activities:
     Repayments under notes payable.........................         --         --   (207,000)
     Repurchase of preferred stock..........................         --   (254,085)    (7,560)
     Issuance of common stock...............................     85,156    734,634      5,113
     Preferred stock dividends paid.........................       (878)   (40,184)   (36,796)
                                                              ---------   --------   --------
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities............     84,278    440,365   (246,243)
                                                              ---------   --------   --------
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents........    (27,648)  (110,750)   109,040
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year................     56,769    167,519     58,479
                                                              ---------   --------   --------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year......................  $  29,121     56,769    167,519
                                                              =========   ========   ========
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
     Interest paid..........................................  $      --         --      4,246
     Income taxes paid (refunded)...........................         --     11,222    (88,190)
                                                              =========   ========   ========
</TABLE>
 
(18) FAIR VALUES OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
     Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 107, Disclosure About Fair
Value of Financial Instruments (SFAS No. 107), requires the disclosure of
estimated fair values for financial instruments. Quoted market prices, if
available, are utilized as an estimate of the fair value of financial
instruments. Because no quoted market prices exist for a portion of the
Company's financial instruments, the fair value of such instruments has been
derived based on management's assumptions with respect to future economic
conditions, the amount and timing of future cash flows and estimated discount
rates. Different assumptions could significantly affect these estimates.
Accordingly, the net realizable value could be materially different from the
estimates presented below. In addition, the estimates are only indicative of
individual financial instruments' values and should not be considered an
indication of the fair value of the Company taken as a whole.
 
  Cash, Interest Bearing Deposits with Other Banks, and Federal Funds Sold
 
     For cash and due from banks and interest-bearing deposits with other banks,
and federal funds sold the carrying amount approximates fair value.




 
                                     F-32
<PAGE>   107
 
                    CENTURY BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
(18) FAIR VALUES OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
  Investment Securities and Mortgage-Backed Securities
 
     For these instruments, fair values are based on published market or dealer
quotes.
 
  Loans, Net
 
     The fair value of loans is estimated by discounting the future cash flows,
including estimated prepayments of principal, using the current rates at which
similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and for the
same remaining maturities.
 
  Accrued Interest Receivable
 
     The carrying amount approximates fair value.
 
  Noninterest-bearing Deposits
 
     The fair value of these deposits is the amount payable on demand at the
reporting date.
 
  Interest-Bearing Deposits
 
     The fair value of demand deposits, savings accounts, and money market
deposits with no defined maturity is the amount payable on demand at the
reporting date. The fair value of certificates of deposit is estimated by
discounting the future cash flows using the current rates at which similar
deposits would be accepted.
 
  Other Borrowings
 
     The carrying amount for variable rate borrowings approximate the fair
values at the reporting date. The fair values of the fixed rate borrowings are
estimated by discounting the future cash flows using interest rates currently
available for borrowings with similar terms and remaining maturities.
 
  Accrued Interest Payable
 
     The carrying amount approximates fair value.
 
  Off-Balance Sheet Items
 
     Century Bank has reviewed the unfunded portion of commitments to extend
credit, as well as standby and other letters of credit, and has determined that
the fair value of such instruments is not material.




 
                                     F-33
<PAGE>   108
 
                    CENTURY BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
(18) FAIR VALUES OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
     The estimated fair values of The Company's financial instruments at
December 31, 1996 follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               CARRYING        FAIR
                                                                 VALUE        VALUE
                                                              -----------   ----------
<S>                                                           <C>           <C>
ASSETS
Cash and interest-bearing deposits with other banks.........  $ 8,363,911    8,363,911
Federal funds sold..........................................   11,436,000   11,436,000
Interest-bearing deposits with other banks..................    6,823,077    6,823,077
Investment securities.......................................    7,372,256    7,373,400
Loans, net..................................................   69,850,480   69,867,616
Accrued interest receivable.................................      509,567      509,567
 
LIABILITIES
Noninterest-bearing deposits................................  $24,064,454   24,064,454
Interest-bearing deposits...................................   66,920,756   67,053,793
Other borrowings............................................    8,465,877    8,465,877
Accrued interest payable....................................      185,615      185,615
</TABLE>
 
(19) SUBSEQUENT EVENT
 
     On February 1, 1997, the Company signed a lease to open a third branch of
its subsidiary, Century National Bank, in McLean, Virginia. This new branch was
approved by the regulatory authority and will allow Century to establish its
presence in the suburbs and expand its opportunities to provide loans and gather
deposits.




 
                                     F-34
<PAGE>   109
===============================================================================

     No dealer, salesperson or any other person has been authorized to give any
information or to make any representations not contained in this Prospectus in
connection with the offer contained herein, and, if given or made, such
information or representations must not be relied upon as having been
authorized by the Company or the Underwriter. This Prospectus does not
constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy the shares of
Common Stock offered hereby by anyone in any jurisdiction in which such offer
or solicitation is not authorized, or in which the person making such offer or
solicitation is not qualified to do so, or to any person to whom it is unlawful
to make such solicitation or offer. Neither the delivery of this Prospectus nor
any sale made hereunder shall, under any circumstances, create an implication
that there has been no change in the affairs of the Company since the date
hereof or that the information contained herein is correct as of any time
subsequent to its date.

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                           Page
  Prospectus Summary...................................       3
  Summary Consolidated Financial Information...........       6
  Risk Factors.........................................       7
  Forward - Looking Statements.........................      10                
  Use of Proceeds......................................      10
  Capitalization.......................................      11
  Market for Common Stock..............................      11
  Dividend Policy......................................      12
  The Eastern American Transaction.....................      12
  Selected Consolidated Financial Information..........      15
  Management's Discussion and Analysis of                                      
     Financial Condition and Results of
     Operations........................................      16
  Business.............................................      46
  Management...........................................      51
  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial                                     
     Holders and Management............................      57
  Supervision and Regulation...........................      60
  Description of Capital Stock.........................      67
  Shares Eligible for Future Sale......................      70
  Underwriting.........................................      71
  Experts..............................................      72
  Legal Matters........................................      72
  Available Information................................      73
  Index to Financial Statements........................     F-1


===============================================================================



===============================================================================



                                 725,000 SHARES


                                     [LOGO]


                              CENTURY BANCSHARES,
                                      INC.


                                  COMMON STOCK



                              -------------------

                                   PROSPECTUS

                              -------------------



                         SCOTT & STRINGFELLOW, INC.




                                AUGUST___, 1997



===============================================================================
<PAGE>   110
                                 
                                    PART II

                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS


  ITEM 13.       OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.

         The following table sets forth all expenses in connection with the
shares of Common Stock being registered. All amounts shown below are estimates,
except the registration fee:

Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee.............$ 1,895
National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. filing fee.....$     *
Blue sky filing fees and expenses...............................$     *
Accountants' fees and expenses..................................$     *
Legal fees and expenses.........................................$     *
Printing fees...................................................$     *
Miscellaneous...................................................$     *
                                                                  
Total...........................................................$     *

  * To be supplied by amendment.


ITEM 14.       INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

               Delaware General Corporation Law

               Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides
generally that a person sued as a director, officer, employee or agent of a
corporation may be indemnified by the corporation for reasonable expenses,
including attorneys' fees, if in the case of other than derivative suits, such
person has acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed
to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation (and, in the
case of a criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that such
person's conduct was unlawful). In the case of a derivative suit, an officer,
employee or agent of the corporation may be indemnified by the corporation for
reasonable expenses, including attorneys' fees, if such person has acted in
good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not
opposed to the best interests of the corporation, except that no
indemnification shall be made in the case of a derivative suit in respect of
any claim as to which an officer, employee or agent has been adjudged to be
liable to the corporation unless that person is fairly and reasonably entitled
to indemnity for proper expenses. Indemnification is mandatory in the case of a
director, officer, employee, or agent who is successful on the merits in
defense of a suit against such person.


                                      II-1

<PAGE>   111



               Certificate of Incorporation

               Consistent with applicable law, the Company's Certificate of
Incorporation limits a director's monetary liability to the Company or its
stockholders for breach of fiduciary duty, except for breaches of the duty of
loyalty, acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional
misconduct or a knowing violation of law, unlawful dividend payments or acts
from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. The Company's
Certificate of Incorporation does not limit the availability of equitable
remedies based on breach of fiduciary duty and does not limit a director's
liability for violations of the federal securities laws. The Company believes
that the foregoing provisions of its Certificate of Incorporation may assist it
in attracting and retaining qualified individuals to serve on its Board of
Directors.

               Indemnification Agreements

               The Company has entered into indemnification agreements with its
officers and directors. The indemnification agreements require the Company to
indemnify each of such persons to the full extent permitted by Delaware law and
provide for the advancement of expenses to them on receipt of an undertaking to
repay any advances to which such persons are later determined not to be
entitled.


ITEM 15.       RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

               On November 14, 1995, the Company issued and sold an aggregate
of 173,912 Units, each Unit consisting of one share of Common Stock and one
warrant to purchase Common Stock (the"Units"), in reliance upon the exemption
provided by Section 3(b) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended and Rule 504
of Regulation D promulgated thereunder. The Units were offered and sold
exclusively to holders of record as of September 15, 1995 of shares of the
Company's Common Stock and shares of the Company's Preferred Stock. No other
person was permitted to subscribe for Units in the offering.

               The Units were offered and sold for cash, at a price of $5.75
per Unit, of which $5.49 represented the purchase price of the Common Stock,
and $.26 was attributable to the Warrant. In addition to cash subscriptions,
holders of the Company's Preferred Stock were given the opportunity to
subscribe for the Units by voluntarily exchanging shares of Preferred Stock for
Units.

               During the past three fiscal years and the six months ended June
30, 1997, the Company has issued an aggregate of 69,727 shares of its Common
Stock upon the exercise of outstanding stock options granted to employees or
directors at weighted average exercise prices ranging from $2.13 to $3.16 per
share. All such sales were made in reliance upon the exemption from
registration provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended.



                                      II-2

<PAGE>   112



ITEM 16.       EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

               (a) Exhibits. The following exhibits are filed as part of this
Registration Statement. Except as otherwise indicated, each exhibit is
incorporated herein by reference to the exhibit of the same number in the
Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed under Registration No.
333-14417.

<TABLE>
<S>     <C>           
 1*      Form of Underwriting Agreement by and between the Company and the
         Underwriter.

 3.1     Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, of the Company.

 3.2     Bylaws of the Company.

 3.3     Articles of Association of the Bank.

 3.4*    Amendment dated July 24, 1997 to the Certificate of Incorporation, as
         amended, of the Company, filed August 4, 1997.

 4.1     Form of Warrant.

 4.2     Form of Common Stock certificate.

 5**     Opinion and Consent of Bracewell & Patterson, L.L.P., as to the
         validity of the Common Stock registered hereunder.

10.1     Century Bancshares, Inc. 1994 Stock Option Plan.

10.2     Incentive Stock Option Plan for Key Employees, as amended.

10.3     Nonqualified Stock Option Plan for Key Employees, as amended.

10.4     Nonqualified Stock Option Plan for Directors, as amended.

10.5     Form of Director Compensation Agreement between the Company and its
         directors.

10.6     Form of Indemnity Agreement between Company and the persons named
         therein.

10.7     Employment Agreement dated September 1, 1996, between the Company and
         Mr. Joseph S. Bracewell.

10.8     Lease Agreement dated January 3, 1995, between the Bank and
         Pennsylvania Building Associates.

10.9*    Executive Service Agreement dated May 20, 1997 between
         InterOffice/Bethesda, Inc. and the Bank.
</TABLE>



                                      II-3

<PAGE>   113


<TABLE>
<S>     <C>           
10.10    Retail Lease dated January 14, 1982, between the Square 106 Associates
         and the Bank, as amended on March 14, 1984, December 18, 1991,
         February 12, 1992, October 27, 1995, and June 1, 1996.

10.11    Sublease Agreement, dated May 1, 1992, between the Company and the
         Bank.

10.12*   Purchase and Assumption Agreement dated July 24, 1997 by and between
         the Company and Eastern American Bank, FSB ("Eastern American").

10.13*   Amendment No. 1 dated August 14, 1997 to Purchase and Assumption
         Agreement dated July 24, 1997 by and between the Company and Eastern
         American.

11       Computation of earnings per share.

21       Subsidiaries of the Registrant.

23.1*    Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, independent auditors of the Company.

23.2**   Consent of Bracewell & Patterson, L.L.P. (included in the opinion
         filed as Exhibit 5 hereto).

24*      Powers of Attorney (included on the signature page of this
         Registration Statement).
</TABLE>

  ---------------
   * Filed herewith.
  ** To be filed by Amendment.

ITEM 17.   UNDERTAKINGS.
         
           Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the
Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling
persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise,
the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and
Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed
in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for
indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the
registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling
person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or
proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in
connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in
the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling
precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether
such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and
will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

         The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

         (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities
Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this
Registration Statement in reliance upon



                                      II-4

<PAGE>   114



Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant
pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be
deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared
effective.

         (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities
Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be
deemed to be a new Registration Statement relating to the securities offered
therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be
the initial bona fide offering thereof.


                                      II-5

<PAGE>   115



                                   SIGNATURES

         Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, the registrant has caused this Registration Statement or amendment to
be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the
District of Columbia on the 20th day of August, 1997.

                                       CENTURY BANCSHARES INC.
                                       (Registrant)


                                       By: /s/ JOSEPH S. BRACEWELL
                                           ------------------------------------
                                           Joseph S. Bracewell
                                           Chairman of the Board, President and
                                           Chief Executive Officer


         Each person whose signature appears below on this Registration
Statement hereby constitutes and appoints Joseph S. Bracewell and Bernard J.
Cravath, each with full power to act without the other, his true and lawful
attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution,
for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities (until
revoked in writing) to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective
amendments and amendments thereto) to this Registration Statement, and to file
the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection
therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said
attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and
every act and thing he might do or could do in person, hereby ratifying and
confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his substitute, may
lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

         Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons
in the capacities and on the dates indicated.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         Signature                       Title
         ---------                       -----
<S>                                     <C>  
/s/ JOSEPH S. BRACEWELL                  Chairman of the Board, President
- - ------------------------------           and Chief Executive Officer           
    Joseph S. Bracewell                  (Principal Financial and Accounting 
                                         Officer)


/s/ GEORGE CONTIS                        Director
- - ------------------------------
    George Contis


/s/ JOHN R. COPE                         Director and Vice President
- - ------------------------------
    John R. Cope


/s/ BERNARD J. CRAVATH                   Director and Assistant Secretary
- - ------------------------------
    Bernard J. Cravath


/s/ NEAL R. GROSS                        Director
- - ------------------------------
    Neal R. Gross


/s/ JOSEPH H. KOONZ, JR.                 Director
- - ------------------------------
    Joseph H. Koonz, Jr.


/s/ WILLIAM McKEE                        Director
- - ------------------------------
    William McKee


/s/ WILLIAM C. OLDAKER                   Director and Secretary
- - ------------------------------
    William C. Oldaker
</TABLE>






                                      II-6

<PAGE>   116


                               INDEX TO EXHIBITS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT 
NUMBER                            DESCRIPTION
- - -------                           -----------
<S>     <C>           
 1*      Form of Underwriting Agreement by and between the Company and the
         Underwriter.

 3.1     Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, of the Company.

 3.2     Bylaws of the Company.

 3.3     Articles of Association of the Bank.

 3.4*    Amendment dated July 24, 1997 to the Certificate of Incorporation, as
         amended, of the Company, filed August 4, 1997.

 4.1     Form of Warrant.

 4.2     Form of Common Stock certificate.

 5**     Opinion and Consent of Bracewell & Patterson, L.L.P., as to the
         validity of the Common Stock registered hereunder.

10.1     Century Bancshares, Inc. 1994 Stock Option Plan.

10.2     Incentive Stock Option Plan for Key Employees, as amended.

10.3     Nonqualified Stock Option Plan for Key Employees, as amended.

10.4     Nonqualified Stock Option Plan for Directors, as amended.

10.5     Form of Director Compensation Agreement between the Company and its
         directors.

10.6     Form of Indemnity Agreement between Company and the persons named
         therein.

10.7     Employment Agreement dated September 1, 1996, between the Company and
         Mr. Joseph S. Bracewell.

10.8     Lease Agreement dated January 3, 1995, between the Bank and
         Pennsylvania Building Associates.

10.9*    Executive Service Agreement dated May 20, 1997 between
         InterOffice/Bethesda, Inc. and the Bank.
</TABLE>





<PAGE>   1
                                                                       EXHIBIT 1




                        [FORM OF UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT]


                                 725,000 SHARES

                            CENTURY BANCSHARES, INC.

                                COMMON STOCK

                         ---------------------------

                           UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

                         ---------------------------



SCOTT & STRINGFELLOW, INC.
909 East Main Street
Richmond, Virginia 23219                                      September __, 1997

Dear Sirs:

         Century Bancshares, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"),
proposes, subject to the terms and conditions stated herein, to issue and sell
to Scott & Stringfellow, Inc. (the "Underwriter") an aggregate of 725,000
shares (the "Firm Securities") of Common Stock, $1.00 par value, of the Company
(the "Common Stock") and, at the election of the Underwriter, up to 108,750
additional shares (the "Optional Securities") of Common Stock.  The Firm
Securities and the Optional Securities that the Underwriter elects to purchase
pursuant to Section 2 hereof are collectively called the "Securities."

         1.      REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

         The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with the
Underwriter that:
<PAGE>   2
         (a)     In connection with the transactions contemplated by this
Underwriting Agreement (the "Agreement"), a registration statement on Form S-1
(File No. ___________) and as a part thereof a preliminary prospectus, in
respect of the Securities has been prepared by the Company in conformity with
the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"), and has
been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") in
the form heretofore delivered to you; such registration statement, as amended,
has been declared effective by the Commission; no other document with respect
to such registration statement has heretofore been filed with the Commission;
and no stop order suspending the effectiveness of such registration statement
has been issued and no proceeding for that purpose has been instituted or
threatened by the Commission (any preliminary prospectus included in such
registration statement or filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(a)
under the Act being hereinafter called a "Preliminary Prospectus"; the various
parts of such registration statement, including all exhibits thereto and
including the information contained in the form of final prospectus filed with
the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act in accordance with Section
5(a) of this Agreement and deemed by virtue of Rule 430A under the Act to be a
part of the registration statement at the time it was declared effective, each
as amended at the time such part became effective, being herein called
collectively the "Registration Statement" and the final prospectus, in the form
first filed pursuant to Rule 424(b), being hereinafter called the
"Prospectus");

         (b)     No order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary
Prospectus has been issued by the Commission, and each Preliminary Prospectus,
at the time of filing thereof, conformed in all material respects to the
requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission
thereunder, and did not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit
to state a material fact required to be stated or necessary to make the
statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made,
not misleading; provided, however, this representation and warranty shall not
apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity
with information furnished in writing to the Company by an Underwriter through
you expressly for use therein;

         (c)     The Registration Statement conforms, and the Prospectus and
any amendments or supplements thereto will conform, in all material respects to
the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission
thereunder and do not and will not as of the applicable effective date as to
the Registration Statement and any amendment thereto and as of the applicable
filing date as to the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto
contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not
misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not
apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity
with information furnished in writing to the Company by the Underwriter
expressly for use therein;


                                     -2-
<PAGE>   3
         (d)     Neither the Company nor its wholly-owned subsidiary bank,
Century National Bank, a national banking association (the "Bank"), has
sustained since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in
the Prospectus any material loss or interference with its business from fire,
explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or
from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree,
otherwise than as set forth or expressly contemplated in the Prospectus;

         (e)     Since the respective dates as of which information is given in
the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, except as otherwise set forth or
expressly contemplated therein, (i) there has not been any change in the
capital stock or long term debt of the Company or the Bank or any material
adverse change, or any development involving a prospective material adverse
change, in or affecting the general affairs, management, financial position,
stockholders' equity or results of operations of the Company and the Bank taken
as a whole and (ii) there have been no transactions entered into by the Company
or the Bank, other than transactions entered into in the ordinary course of
business, that are material with respect to the Company and the Bank taken as a
whole;

         (f)     The Company and the Bank have good and marketable title to all
real property and good and marketable title to all personal property owned by
them, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and defects except
such as are described in the Prospectus or such as do not materially affect the
value of such property and do not interfere with the use made and proposed to
be made of such property by the Company and the Bank; and any real property and
buildings held under lease by the Company and the Bank are held by them under
valid, subsisting and enforceable leases with such exceptions as are not
material and do not interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such
property and buildings by the Company and the Bank;

         (g)     The Company and the Bank have been duly incorporated and are
validly existing as corporations in good standing under the laws of their
respective jurisdictions of incorporation, with power and authority (corporate
and other) to own or lease their respective properties and conduct their
respective businesses as described in the Prospectus; and each has been duly
qualified as a foreign corporation for the transaction of business and is in
good standing under the laws of each other jurisdiction in which it owns or
leases properties, or conducts any business, so as to require such
qualification, except where the failure to so qualify would not result in a
material adverse effect on the Company and the Bank taken as a whole;





                                      -3-
<PAGE>   4
and each of the Company and the Bank holds all material licenses, certificates,
authorizations and permits from governmental authorities necessary for the
conduct of its business as described in the Prospectus;

         (h)     The Company has an authorized capitalization as set forth in
the Prospectus; all of the issued shares of capital stock of the Company have
been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and nonassessable
and conform to the description of the capital stock of the Company contained in
the Prospectus; there are no preemptive or other rights to subscribe for or to
purchase any securities of the Company under the Certificate of Incorporation
of the Company or under Delaware law; except as described in the Prospectus,
there are no warrants, options or other rights to purchase any securities of
the Company which have been granted by the Company; and neither the filing of
the Registration Statement nor the offering or sale of the Securities as
contemplated by this Agreement gives rise to any rights for or relating to the
registration of any securities of the Company;

         (i)     All outstanding shares of capital stock of the Bank are owned
by the Company free and clear of any perfected security interest and any other
security interests, claims, liens or encumbrances; and, other than the Bank,
the Company does not own or control, directly or indirectly, any corporation,
association or other entity;

         (j)     The Securities have been duly authorized and, when issued and
delivered against payment therefor as provided herein, will be validly issued
and fully paid and nonassessable and will conform to the description of the
Securities contained in the Prospectus;

         (k)     The issuance and sale of the Securities being issued at each
Delivery Date (as hereinafter defined) by the Company and the performance of
this Agreement and the consummation by the Company of the other transactions
herein contemplated will not conflict with or result in a breach or violation
of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result
in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any
property or assets of the Company or the Bank pursuant to, any indenture,
mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to
which the Company or the Bank is a party or by which the Company or the Bank is
bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or the Bank is
subject, nor will such action result in any violation of the provisions of the
Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company or Articles of
Association or Bylaws of the Bank or any statute or any order, rule or
regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over
the Company or the Bank or any of their properties; and no consent, approval,
authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any such court
or governmental agency or body is required for the issuance and sale of the
Securities or the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated
by this Agreement, except such consents, approvals, authorizations, orders,
registrations or





                                      -4-
<PAGE>   5
qualifications as may be required under the Act, under state securities or Blue
Sky laws, and under the rules of the National Association of Securities
Dealers, Inc. (the "NASD") in connection with the purchase and distribution of
the Securities by the Underwriter;

         (l)     There are no legal or governmental proceedings pending to
which the Company or the Bank is a party or of which any their property or
assets is subject, which, if determined adversely to the Company or the Bank,
would individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the
financial position, stockholders' equity or results of operations of the
Company and the Bank taken as a whole and, to the best of the Company's
knowledge, no such proceedings are threatened or contemplated by governmental
authorities or by others;

         (m)     KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, which has certified certain financial
statements of the Company and the Bank, are independent public accountants as
required by the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder;

         (n)     All employee benefit plans established, maintained or
contributed to by the Company or the Bank comply in all material respects with
all applicable requirements of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
1974, as amended ("ERISA") and no such plan has incurred or assumed an
"accumulated funding deficiency" within the meaning of Section 302 of ERISA or
has incurred or assumed any material liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty
Corporation;

         (o)     The consolidated financial statements of the Company, together
with related notes, as set forth in the Registration Statement present fairly
the consolidated financial position and the results of operations of the
Company at the indicated dates and for the indicated periods, all in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied throughout
the periods presented except as noted in such financial statements and the
notes thereon, and all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of results
for such periods have been made; and the selected financial information
included in the Prospectus presents fairly the information shown therein and
has been compiled on a basis consistent with the financial statements presented
therein;

         (p)     The Company and the Bank have filed all federal, state, local
and foreign income and franchise tax returns that have been required to filed
(or have received extensions with respect thereto) other than those filings
being contested in good faith, and have paid, or made





                                      -5-
<PAGE>   6
adequate reserves for, all taxes indicated by said returns and all assessments
received by them to the extent that such taxes have become due and are not
being contested in good faith;

         (q)     No relationship, direct or indirect, exists between or among
the Company and the Bank, on the one hand, and the directors, officers,
shareholders, customers or suppliers of the Company or the Bank, on the other
hand, that is required by the Act or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended (the "Exchange Act") or by the rules and regulations under either of
such acts to be described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus
which is not so described;

         (r)     The Company and the Bank have not taken and will not take,
directly or indirectly, any action which is designed to or which has
constituted or which might reasonably be expected to cause or result in
stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to
facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities;

         (s)     This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and
delivered by the Company and constitutes a valid and binding agreement of the
Company in accordance with its terms; and

         (t)     The Securities have been approved for trading, subject to
notice of issuance, on the SmallCap Market of the Nasdaq System.

         2.      PURCHASE AND SALE OF THE SECURITIES.

         Subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, (a) the Company
agrees to sell to the Underwriter, and the Underwriter agrees to purchase from
the Company, at a purchase price per share of $_____, the Firm Securities and
(b) in the event and to the extent that the Underwriter shall exercise its
election to purchase the Optional Securities as provided below, the Company
agrees to sell to the Underwriter, and the Underwriter agrees to purchase from
the Company, at the purchase price set forth in clause (a) of this Section 2,
that portion of the Optional Securities as to which such election shall have
been exercised.

         The Company grants the Underwriter the right to purchase at its
election up to 108,750 Optional Securities, at the purchase price per share set
forth in the preceding paragraph, for the sole purpose of covering
overallotments in the sale of the Firm Securities.  Any such election to
purchase the Optional Securities may be exercised no more than once by written
notice from you to the Company, given within a period of 30 days after the date
of this Agreement, setting forth the aggregate amount of the Optional
Securities to be purchased and the date on which such Optional Securities are
to be delivered, as determined by you but in no event earlier than the First
Delivery Date (as defined in Section 4 hereof) or, unless you otherwise agree
in writing, earlier than two or later than seven business days after the date
of such notice.





                                      -6-
<PAGE>   7
         3.      OFFERING BY THE UNDERWRITER

         Upon authorization by you of the release of the Firm Securities, the
Underwriter proposes to offer the Firm Securities for sale upon the terms and
conditions set forth in the Prospectus.

         4.      DELIVERY AND PAYMENT.

         Certificates in definitive form for the Securities to be purchased by
the Underwriter hereunder, and in such denominations and registered in such
names as you may request upon at least two business days' prior notice to the
Company, shall be delivered by or on behalf of the Company to you for the
account of each Underwriter, against payment of the purchase price therefor by
certified or official bank check in next day funds (unless the Company desires
settlement in same day funds, in which case the Company shall pay the
Underwriter for any costs associated with settlement in same day funds), all at
the offices of Scott & Stringfellow, Inc., 909 East Main Street, Richmond,
Virginia.  The time and date of such delivery and payment shall be, with
respect to the Firm Securities, 10:00 a.m., Richmond, Virginia time, on
__________________, 1997, or at such other time and date as you and the Company
may agree upon writing and, with respect to the Optional Securities, 10:00
a.m., Richmond, Virginia time, on the date specified by you in the written
notice of the Underwriter's election to purchase such Optional Securities, or
at such other time and date as you and the Company may agree upon in writing.
Such time and date for delivery of the Firm Securities is herein called the
"First Delivery Date," such time and date for delivery of the Optional
Securities, if not the First Delivery Date, is herein called the "Second
Delivery Date," and each such time and date for delivery is herein called a
"Delivery Date."  Such certificates will be made available to the Underwriter
for checking and packaging at least twenty-four hours prior to each Delivery
Date at the offices of Scott & Stringfellow, Inc. in Richmond, Virginia or such
other location as you may designate.

         5.      AGREEMENTS OF THE COMPANY.

         The Company agrees with the Underwriter:

         (a)     To prepare the Prospectus in a form reasonably approved by you
and to file such Prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act within the
time period prescribed or, if





                                      -7-
<PAGE>   8
applicable, such earlier time as may be required by Rule 430A under the Act; to
make no amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or Prospectus
which shall be reasonably disapproved by you promptly after reasonable notice
thereof; to advise you, promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the time
when any amendment to the Registration Statement has been filed or becomes
effective or any supplement to the Prospectus or any amended Prospectus has
been filed and to furnish you with copies thereof; to file promptly all reports
and any definitive proxy or information statements required to be filed by the
Company with the Commission subsequent to the date of the Prospectus and for so
long as the delivery of a prospectus is required in connection with the
offering or sale of the Securities; to advise you, promptly after it receives
notice thereof, of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order or of any
order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or the
Prospectus, of the suspension of the qualification of the Securities for
offering or sale in any jurisdiction, of the initiation or threatening of any
proceeding for any such purpose, or of any request by the Commission for the
amending or supplementing of the Registration Statement or Prospectus or for
additional information; and, in the event of the issuance of any stop order or
of any order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or
the Prospectus or suspending any such qualification, to use promptly its best
efforts to obtain its withdrawal;

         (b)     Promptly from time to time to take such actions as you may
reasonably request to qualify the Securities for offering and sale under the
securities laws of such jurisdictions as you have requested and to comply with
such laws so as to permit the continuance of sales and dealings therein in such
jurisdictions for as long as may be necessary to complete the distribution of
the Securities, provided that in connection therewith the Company shall not be
required to qualify as a foreign corporation or to file a general consent to
service of process in any jurisdiction;

         (c)     To furnish the Underwriter with copies of the Registration
Statement and the Prospectus in such quantities as you may from time to time
reasonably request during such period following the date hereof as a prospectus
is required to be delivered in connection with offers or sales of Securities,
and, if the delivery of a prospectus is required and if at such time any event
shall have occurred as a result of which the Prospectus as then amended or
supplemented would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to
state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in
the light of the circumstances under which they were made when such Prospectus
is delivered, not misleading, or, if for any other reason it shall be necessary
during such period to amend or supplement the Prospectus in order to comply
with the Act, to notify you and upon your request prepare and furnish without
charge to the Underwriter and to any dealer in securities as many copies as you
may from time to time reasonably request of an amended Prospectus or a
supplement to the Prospectus which will correct such statement or omission or
effect such compliance;





                                      -8-
<PAGE>   9
         (d)     As soon as practicable, but not later than the Availability
Date (as defined below), to make generally available to its security holders
and deliver to you an earnings statement covering a period of at least 12
months beginning after the effective date of the Registration Statement which
will satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Act (for the purpose of
this subsection 5(d) only, "Availability Date" means the 45th day after the end
of the fourth fiscal quarter following the fiscal quarter that includes the
effective date of the Registration Statement, except that, if such fourth
fiscal quarter is the last quarter of the Company's fiscal year, "Availability
Date" means the 90th day after the end of such fourth fiscal quarter);

         (e)     To furnish to the holders of the Securities as soon as
practicable after the end of the each fiscal year an annual report (including a
balance sheet and statements of operations, changes in stockholders' equity and
cash flows of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries certified by
independent public accountants) and, as soon as practicable after the end of
each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year (beginning with the fiscal
quarter ending after the effective date of the Registration Statement),
consolidated summary financial information of the Company and its consolidated
subsidiaries for such quarter in reasonable detail;

         (f)     During a period of five years from the effective date of the
Registration Statement, to furnish to you copies of all reports or other
communications (financial or other) furnished to shareholders, and deliver to
you (i) as soon as they are available, copies of any reports and financial
statements furnished to or filed with the Commission or any national securities
exchange on which any class of securities of the Company is listed or the NASD;
and (ii) such additional information concerning the business and financial
condition of the Company as you may from time to time reasonably request;

         (g)     For a period of 120 days from the effective date of the
Registration Statement, not to offer, sell, contract to sell or otherwise
dispose of any securities of the Company which are substantially similar to the
Securities (other than the Securities or pursuant to (i) employee stock option
or stockholder dividend reinvestment plans, (ii) merger and acquisition
transactions, or (iii) currently outstanding warrants) without your prior
written consent;

         (h)     To apply the net proceeds from the sale of the Securities for
the purposes set forth in the Prospectus; and





                                      -9-
<PAGE>   10
         (i)     To use its best efforts to cause the Common Stock to be
approved for quotation on the Nasdaq SmallCap Market (the "Nasdaq System").

         6.      PAYMENT OF EXPENSES.

         The Company agrees with the Underwriter that the Company will pay or
cause to be paid the following, whether or not the transactions contemplated
hereunder are consummated or this Agreement is terminated: (i) the fees,
disbursements and expenses of the Company's counsel and accountants in
connection with the registration of the Securities under the Act and all other
expenses in connection with the preparation, printing and filing of the
Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus and
amendments and supplements thereto and the mailing and delivering of copies
thereof to the Underwriter and dealers; (ii) the cost of printing or
reproducing this Agreement, the Blue Sky Survey and any other documents in
connection with the offering, purchase, sale and delivery of the Securities;
(iii) all expenses in connection with the qualification of the Securities for
offering and sale under state securities laws as provided in Section 5(b)
hereof, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the
Underwriter in connection with such qualification and in connection with the
Blue Sky Survey; (iv) the filing fees incident to securing any required review
by the NASD of the terms of the sale of the Securities; (v) the cost of
preparing stock certificates; (vi) the costs or expenses of any transfer agent
or registrar; (vii) all fees relating to the quotation of the Securities on the
Nasdaq System; and (viii) all other costs and expenses incident to the
performance of its obligations hereunder which are not otherwise specifically
provided for in this Section.  It is understood, however, that except as
provided in this Section, Section 8 and Section 10 hereof, the Underwriter will
pay all of their own costs and expenses, including the fees of their counsel,
stock transfer taxes on resale of any of the Securities by them, and any
advertising expenses connected with any offers they may make.

         7.      CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATIONS OF THE UNDERWRITER.

         The obligations of the Underwriter hereunder, as to the Securities to
be delivered at each Delivery Date, shall be subject, in its discretion, to the
condition that all representations and warranties and other statements of the
Company are, at and as of the date hereof and each Delivery Date, true and
correct and the condition that the Company shall have performed all of its
obligations hereunder theretofore to be performed, and the following additional
conditions:

         (a)     The Registration Statement is effective; if the filing of the
Prospectus, or any supplement thereto, is required pursuant to Rule 424(b), the
Prospectus, and any such supplement, will be filed in the manner and within the
time period required by Rule 424(b); no stop order suspending the effectiveness
of the Registration Statement shall have been issued and





                                      -10-
<PAGE>   11
no proceeding for that purpose shall have been initiated or, to the knowledge
of the Company, threatened by the Commission; and all requests for additional
information on the part of the Commission shall have been complied with to your
reasonable satisfaction;

         (b)     On each Delivery Date, LeClair Ryan, A Professional
Corporation, counsel for the Underwriter, shall have furnished to you such
opinion or opinions, dated such dates, with respect to the incorporation of the
Company, the validity of the Securities being issued on such Delivery Date, the
Registration Statement, the Prospectus, and other related matters as you may
reasonably request, and such counsel shall have received such papers and
information as they may reasonably request to enable them to pass upon such
matters;

         (c)     On each Delivery Date, Bracewell & Patterson, L.L.P., counsel
for the Company, shall have furnished to you their written opinion, dated such
dates, in form and substance satisfactory to you, to the effect that:

         (i)     The Company and the Bank have been duly incorporated and are
    validly existing as corporations in good standing under the laws of their
    respective jurisdictions of incorporation, with corporate power and
    authority to own or lease their respective properties and conduct their
    businesses as described in the Prospectus; and the Company and the Bank are
    duly qualified to do business and are in good standing in each jurisdiction
    in which it owns or leases properties or conducts business so as to require
    such qualification;

         (ii)    The Company has an authorized capitalization as set forth
    under the caption "Description of Capital Stock" in the Prospectus, and all
    of the issued shares of capital stock of the Company have been duly and
    validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and nonassessable and conform
    to the description contained in the Prospectus; there are no preemptive or
    similar rights to subscribe for or to purchase any securities of the
    Company under the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company or under
    Delaware law; except as described in the Prospectus, there are no warrants
    or options to purchase any securities of the Company which have been
    granted by the Company; to the best of such counsel's knowledge, neither
    the filing of the Registration Statement nor the offering or sale of the
    Securities as contemplated by this Agreement gives rise to any rights for
    or relating to the registration of any securities of the Company; and the





                                      -11-
<PAGE>   12

    form of the certificates evidencing the Securities complies with all formal
    requirements of Delaware law;

         (iii)   The Registration Statement has been declared effective under
    the Act and, to the best knowledge of such counsel, no stop order
    suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued
    and no proceeding for that purpose has been instituted or threatened under
    the Act;

         (iv)    The Securities have been duly authorized and, when issued and
    delivered against payment therefor as provided herein, will be validly
    issued and fully paid and nonassessable and conform to the description of
    the Securities contained in the Prospectus, as amended or supplemented;

         (v)     All outstanding shares of capital stock of the Bank are owned
    by the Company free and clear of any perfected security interests, claims,
    liens or encumbrances;

         (vi)    To the best of such counsel's knowledge, there are no legal or
    governmental proceedings pending to which the Company or the Bank is a
    party or of which any property or assets of the Company or the Bank is
    subject which, if determined adversely to the Company or Bank, would
    individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the
    financial position, stockholders' equity or results of operations of the
    Company and the Bank taken as a whole; and, to the best of such counsel's
    knowledge, no such proceedings are threatened or contemplated by
    governmental authorities or threatened by others;

         (vii)   This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and
    delivered by the Company;

         (viii)  The issue and sale of the Securities and the performance of
    this Agreement by the Company and the consummation of the other
    transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not result in a breach or
    violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default
    under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or
    encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company or Bank pursuant to,
    any material indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other
    agreement or instrument known to such counsel to which the Company or Bank
    is a party or by which the Company or Bank is bound or to which any of the
    property or assets of the Company or Bank is subject, nor will such action
    result in any violation of the provisions of the Certificate of
    Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company or of any statute or any order, rule
    or regulation known to such counsel of any





                                      -12-
<PAGE>   13

    court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company
    or Bank or any of their properties;

         (ix)    No consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or
    qualification of or with any court or governmental agency or body is
    required for the issuance and sale of the Securities by the Company or the
    consummation by the Company of the other transactions contemplated by this
    Agreement, except such as have been obtained under the Act, such as may be
    required under state securities or Blue Sky laws, and under the rules of
    the NASD in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Securities
    by the Underwriter; and

        (x)     The Registration Statement and the Prospectus and any further
    amendments and supplements thereto made by the Company prior to such
    Delivery Date (other than the financial statements and related schedules
    and other financial and statistical information included therein and
    information furnished for use therein by the Underwriter, as to which such
    counsel need express no opinion) comply as to form in all material respects
    with the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder;
    nothing has come to their attention which leads them to believe that, as of
    the effective date of the Registration Statement and as of each Delivery
    Date, either the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or, as of its
    date, any further amendment or supplement thereto made by the Company prior
    to the Delivery Date (in each case, other than the financial statements and
    the related schedules and other financial and statistical information
    included therein, as to which such counsel need express no opinion)
    contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a
    material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
    statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were
    made, not misleading.

In rendering such opinion, such counsel may rely as to matters of fact, to the
extent deemed proper, on certificates of responsible officers of the Company
and the Bank and public officials.

         (d)     At 10:00 a.m., Richmond, Virginia time, on the date of this
Agreement and also at each Delivery Date, KPMG Peat Marwick LLP shall have
furnished to you a letter or letters, dated the respective dates of delivery
thereof, in form and substance satisfactory to you, to the effect set forth in
Annex I hereto;





                                      -13-
<PAGE>   14
         (e)     (i)  Neither the Company nor the Bank shall have sustained
since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the
Prospectus, any material loss or interference with its business taken as a
whole from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by
insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or
decree, otherwise than as set forth or expressly contemplated in the
Prospectus, and (ii) since the respective dates as of which information is
given in the Prospectus there shall not have been any change in the capital
stock or long-term debt of the Company or the Bank or any change, or any
development involving a prospective change, in or affecting the general
affairs, management, financial position, stockholders' equity or results of
operation of the Company or the Bank taken as a whole otherwise than as set
forth or contemplated in the Prospectus, the effect of which, in any such case
described in clause (i) or (ii), is in your judgment so material and adverse as
to make it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the public offering or
the delivery of the Securities being issued at such Delivery Date on the terms
and in the manner contemplated by the Prospectus; and

         (f)     On or after the date hereof there shall not have occurred any
of the following: (i) a suspension or material limitation in trading in
securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq System; (ii)
a general moratorium on commercial banking activities in New York declared by
federal or New York State authorities; (iii) the outbreak or escalation of
hostilities involving the United States or the declaration by the United States
of a national emergency or war, if any such event specified in this clause
(iii) would have such a materially adverse effect, in your judgment, as to make
it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering or the delivery of
the Securities on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Prospectus;
or (iv) such a material adverse change in general economic, political,
financial or international conditions affecting financial markets in the United
States having a material adverse impact on trading prices of securities in
general, as, in your judgment, makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed
with the offering or delivery of the Securities on the terms and in the manner
contemplated in the Prospectus; or (v) any suspension of trading of the Common
Stock on the Nasdaq System;

         (g)     The Company shall have furnished or caused to be furnished to
you copies of agreements between the Company and each of the executive officers
and directors of the Company specified by you, in form and content satisfactory
to you, pursuant to which such persons agree not to offer, sell, or contract to
sell, or otherwise dispose of, any shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by
them or any securities convertible into, or exchangeable for, Common Stock on
or before the 120th day after the date of this Agreement without your prior
written consent;

         (h)     The Company shall have furnished or caused to be furnished to
you on the date of this Agreement and on the Delivery Date certificates of
officers of the Company satisfactory





                                      -14-
<PAGE>   15
to you as to the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company
herein at and as of the date hereof and the Delivery Date, as to the
performance by the Company of all of its obligations hereunder to be performed
at or prior to the Delivery Date, as to the matters set forth in subsections
(a) and (e) of this Section and as to such other matters as you may reasonably
request; and

         (i)     The Common Stock shall have been approved for trading on the
Nasdaq System.
         
         8.      INDEMNIFICATION AND CONTRIBUTION.

         (a)     The Company will indemnify and hold harmless the Underwriter
against any losses, claims damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which
the Underwriter may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such
losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise
out of or are based upon (i) any breach of any representation, warranty,
agreement or covenant of the Company  herein contained or (ii) any untrue
statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any
Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or any
amendment or supplement, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or
alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein
or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse
the Underwriter for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by it in
connection with investigating, preparing to defend or defending, or appearing
as a third party witness in connection with, any such action or claims as such
expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the Company shall not be liable
in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability
arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement
or omission or alleged omission made in any Preliminary Prospectus, the
Registration Statement or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement in
reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the
Company by you expressly for use therein.  This indemnity agreement will be in
addition to any liability which the Company may otherwise have.

         (b)     The Underwriter will indemnify and hold harmless the Company
against any losses, claims damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which
the Company may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such
losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise
out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a
material fact contained in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration
Statement





                                      -15-
<PAGE>   16
or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement, or arise out of or are based
upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required
to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not
misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such
untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission
was made in any Preliminary Prospectus, Registration Statement or Prospectus or
any such amendment or supplement in reliance upon and in conformity with
written information furnished to the Company by such Underwriter through you
expressly for use therein; and will reimburse the Company for any legal or
other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company in connection with
investigating, preparing to defend or defending, or appearing as a third party
witness in connection with, any such action or claim as such expenses are
incurred.  This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which
the Underwriter may otherwise have.  The Company acknowledges that for purposes
of this Section 8 the statements set forth in footnote 3 on the cover page and
footnote 1 on page 6 of the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus
concerning over-allotment by the Underwriter, and the statement on page 2 of
the Preliminary Prospectus and Prospectus concerning stabilization by the
Underwriters, constitute the only information furnished in writing by you for
inclusion in the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, and you confirm that
such statements are correct.

         (c)     Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under
subsection (a) or (b) above of notice of the commencement of any action, such
indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against
the indemnifying party under such subsection, notify the indemnifying party in
writing  of the commencement thereof; but the omission so to notify the
indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have to
any indemnified party otherwise than under such subsection, unless and to the
extent that such indemnifying party did not otherwise learn of such action and
such failure results in the forfeiture by the indemnifying party of substantial
rights and defenses.  In case any such action shall be brought against any
indemnified party and it shall notify the indemnifying party of the
commencement thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate
therein and, to the extent that it shall wish, jointly with any other
indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with
counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party; provided, however,
that if the defendants in any such action include both the indemnified party
and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have been advised by
counsel that representation of such indemnified party and the indemnifying
party would present such counsel with a conflict of interest under applicable
standards of professional conduct due to actual or potential differing
interests between them, the indemnified party or parties shall have the right
to select separate counsel to defend such action on behalf of such indemnified
party or parties.  It is understood that the indemnifying party shall, in
connection with any such action or separate but substantially similar or
related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general
allegations or circumstances, be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of
only one separate firm or attorneys together with appropriate local counsel at
any time for all indemnified parties





                                      -16-
<PAGE>   17
not having actual or potential differing interests with any indemnified party.
Upon receipt of notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of
its election so to appoint counsel to defend such action and approval by the
indemnified party of such counsel, the indemnifying party will not be liable
for any settlement entered into without its consent and will not be liable to
such indemnified party under this Section 8 for any legal  or other expenses
subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense
thereof unless (i) the indemnified party shall have employed separate counsel
in accordance with the proviso to the next preceding sentence, (ii) the
indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to
the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party within a reasonable
time after notice of commencement of the action or (iii) the indemnifying party
has authorized in writing the employment of counsel for the indemnified party
at the expense of the indemnifying party; and except that, if clause (i) or
(iii) is applicable, such liability shall be only in respect of the counsel
referred to in such clause (i) or (iii).  Notwithstanding the immediately
preceding sentence and the third preceding sentence, if at any time an
indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the
indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel, the indemnifying party
agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected
without its consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 30 days
after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request and (ii) such
indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed the indemnified party in
accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement.

         (d)     If the indemnification provided for in this Section 8 is
unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under
subsection (a) or (b) above in respect of any losses, claims, damages or
liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to therein, then each
indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such
indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities
(or actions in respect thereof) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect
the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the
Underwriter on the other from the offering of the Securities.  If, however, the
allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is not permitted by
applicable law, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to such amount
paid or payable by such indemnified party in such proportion as is appropriate
to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of the
Company on the one hand and the Underwriter on the other in connection with the
statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or
liabilities (or actions or proceedings in respect thereof), as well as any
other relevant equitable considerations.  The relative benefits received by the
Company on the one hand and





                                      -17-
<PAGE>   18
the Underwriter on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as
the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) received
by the Company bear to the total underwriting discounts and commissions
received by the Underwriter, in each case as set forth in the table and
footnote (3) thereto on the cover page of the Prospectus.  The relative fault
shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or
alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission
to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company on the
one hand or the Underwriter on the other and the parties' relative intent,
knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such
statement or omission.  The Company and the Underwriter agree that it would not
be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to this subsection (d) were
determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which
does not take into account the equitable considerations referred to above in
this subsection (d).  The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a
result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions or proceedings
in respect thereof) referred to above in this subsection (d) shall be deemed to
include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified
party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim.
Notwithstanding the provisions of this subsection (d), the Underwriter shall
not be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the
total price at which the Securities underwritten by it and distributed to the
public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages that the
Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or
alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.  Notwithstanding the
provisions of this subsection (d), no person guilty of fraudulent
misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be
entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent
misrepresentation.

         (e)     The obligations of the Company under this Section 8 shall be
in addition to any liability which the Company may otherwise have and shall
extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each officer, director, employee
and agent of the Underwriter and each person, if any, who controls the
Underwriter within the meaning of the Act; and the obligations of the
Underwriter under this Section 8 shall be in addition to any liability which
the Underwriter may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and
conditions, to each officer and director of the Company and to each person, if
any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Act.

         9.      REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES TO SURVIVE.

         The respective indemnities, agreements, representations, warranties
and other statements of the Company and the Underwriter, as set forth in this
Agreement or made by them, respectively, pursuant to this Agreement, shall
remain in full force and effect, regardless of any termination or cancellation
of this Agreement or any investigation (or any statement as to the results
thereof) made by the Underwriter or any controlling person of the Underwriter,
or the





                                      -18-
<PAGE>   19
Company, or any officer or director or controlling person of the Company, and
shall survive delivery of and payment for the Securities.

         10.     TERMINATION AND PAYMENT OF EXPENSES.

         (a)     This Agreement shall be subject to termination in your
absolute discretion, by notice given to the Company prior to the delivery of
any payment for the Securities, if prior to such time there shall have occurred
any of the following: (i) a suspension or material limitation in trading in
securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq System; (ii)
a general moratorium on commercial banking activities in New York declared by
federal or New York State authorities; (iii) the outbreak or escalation of
hostilities involving the United States or the declaration by the United States
of a national emergency or war, if any such event specified in this clause
(iii) would have such a materially adverse effect, in your judgment, as to make
it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering or the delivery of
the Securities on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Prospectus;
(iv) such a material adverse change in general economic, political, financial
or international conditions affecting financial markets in the United States
having a material adverse impact on trading prices of securities in general,
as, in your judgment, makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the
offering or delivery of the Securities on the terms and in the manner
contemplated in the Prospectus; or (v) any suspension of trading of the Common
Stock on the Nasdaq System.

         (b)     If for any other reason the sale of the Securities provided
for herein is not consummated because any condition to the obligations of the
Underwriter set forth in Section 7 hereof is not satisfied, because of any
termination pursuant to this Section 10 or because of any refusal, inability or
failure on the part of the Company to perform any agreements herein or comply
with the provisions hereof other than by reason of a default by the
Underwriter, the Company will be responsible for and will reimburse the
Underwriter upon demand for all out-of-pocket expenses, including fees and
disbursements of counsel, reasonably incurred by the Underwriter in connection
with the proposed purchase, sale and delivery of the Securities.  Nothing in
this Section 10 shall be deemed to relieve the Underwriter of its liability, if
any, to the Company for damages occasioned by its default hereunder.







                                      -19-
<PAGE>   20
         11.     NOTICES.


         All statements, requests, notices and agreements hereunder shall be in
writing or by telegram if promptly confirmed in writing, and if to the
Underwriter shall be sufficient in all respects if delivered or sent by mail,
telex or facsimile transmission to Scott & Stringfellow, Inc., 909 East Main
Street, Richmond, Virginia 23219, Attention: Corporate Finance Department; and
if to the Company shall be sufficient in all respects if delivered or sent by
mail, telex or facsimile transmission to the address of the Company set forth
in the Prospectus, Attention:  _______________.  Any such statements, requests,
notices or agreements shall take effect upon receipt thereof.

         12.     SUCCESSORS.

         This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure solely to the benefit
of, the Underwriter and the Company and, to the extent provided in Sections 8
and 9 hereof, the officers and directors of the Company, the officers and
directors, employees and agents of the Underwriter and each person who controls
the Company or the Underwriter, and their respective heirs, executors,
administrators, successors and assigns, and no other person shall acquire or
have any right under or by virtue of this Agreement.  No purchaser of any of
the Securities from the Underwriter shall be deemed a successor or assign by
reason merely of such purchase.

         13.     TIME OF THE ESSENCE.

         Time shall be of the essence in this Agreement.

         14.     BUSINESS DAY.

         As used herein, the term "business day" shall mean any day when the
Commission's office in Washington, D.C. is open for business.


         15.     APPLICABLE LAW.

This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of
New York.

         16.     CAPTIONS.

         The captions included in this Agreement are included solely for
convenience of reference and shall not be deemed to be a part of this
Agreement.





                                      -20-
<PAGE>   21
         17.     COUNTERPARTS.

         This Agreement may be executed by any one or more of the parties in
any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original,
but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same
instrument.





                                      -21-
<PAGE>   22
         If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding, please sign
and return to us two counterparts hereof, and upon the acceptance hereof by
you, this letter and such acceptance hereof shall constitute a binding
agreement between the Underwriter and the Company.



                                         Very truly yours,
                                         
                                         CENTURY BANCSHARES, INC.
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         By: 
                                             ----------------------------------
                                               Joseph S. Bracewell
                                               President and Chief Executive 
                                               Officer
                                         
                                         
Accepted as of the date hereof
at Richmond, Virginia:

SCOTT & STRINGFELLOW, INC.


By: 
    ----------------------------
Name: 
      --------------------------
Title: 
       -------------------------




                                      -22-
<PAGE>   23
                                    ANNEX I

         Pursuant to Section 7(d) of the Underwriting Agreement, KPMG Peat
Marwick LLP shall furnish letters to the Underwriter to the effect that:

         1.      They are independent public accountants with respect to the
Company and its subsidiaries within the meaning of the Act and the applicable
published rules and regulations thereunder;

         2.      In their opinion, the consolidated audited financial
statements audited by them and included in the Registration Statement or the
Prospectus comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable
accounting requirements of the Act or the Exchange Act, as applicable, and the
related published rules and regulations thereunder;

         3.      On the basis of limited procedures, not constituting an
examination in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards,
consisting of a reading of the latest unaudited financial statements made
available by the Company, inspection of the minute books of the Company and the
Bank since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the
Prospectus, inquiries of officials of the Company and the Bank responsible for
financial and accounting matters and such other inquiries and procedures as may
be specified in such letter, nothing came to their attention that caused them
to believe that:

                 (A)     the unaudited consolidated financial statements
         included in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus do not comply
         as to form in all material respects with the applicable accounting
         requirements of the Act and published rules and regulations thereunder
         or are not presented in conformity with generally accepted accounting
         principles applied on a basis substantially consistent with that of the
         audited consolidated financial statements included in the Registration
         Statement or Prospectus;

                 (B)     (i) as of a specified date not more than five calendar
         days prior to the date of delivery of such letter, there have been any
         changes in the capital stock, short-term debt or long-term debt of the
         Company, or any decreases in consolidated total assets or stockholders'
         equity as compared with amounts shown on the most recent consolidated
         balance sheet included in the Registration Statement or Prospectus, and
         (ii) for the period from the date of the most recent consolidated
         financial statements included in the





                                      -23-
<PAGE>   24

         Registration Statement or Prospectus to such specified date there were
         any decreases in consolidated net interest income or the total or per
         share amounts of net income as compared with the corresponding period
         in the preceding year, except in each case for increases or decreases
         which the Prospectus discloses have occurred or may occur or which are
         described in such letter; and

         4.      In addition to the audit referenced in their report included
in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and the limited procedures,
inspection of minute books, inquiries and other procedures referred to above,
they have carried out certain specified procedures, not constituting an audit
in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards, with respect to
certain amounts, percentages and financial information which are derived from
the general accounting records of the Company and the Bank, which appear in any
Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus, or in Part II of, or in exhibits and
schedules to, the Registration Statement specified by the Representative, and
have compared certain of such amounts, percentages and financial information
with the accounting records of the Company and have found them to be in
agreement.





                                      -24-

<PAGE>   1
                                                                    EXHIBIT  3.4
                                                                [CONFORMED COPY]


                            CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
                                       OF
                          CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
                            CENTURY BANCSHARES, INC.


         Century Bancshares, Inc., a corporation duly organized and existing
under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware
(the "Company"), does hereby certify:

         FIRST: That the Board of Directors of the Company, at a meeting duly
called and held on April 15, 1997, at which meeting a quorum was present and
acting throughout (the "Board Meeting"), adopted a resolution proposing and
declaring advisable and in the best interests of the Company that the Company's
Certificate of Incorporation be amended by amending the first sentence of
Article IV to read in its entirety as follows:

                  "The total number of shares of stock which the
         corporation shall have authority to issue is 6,000,000 shares,
         of which 5,000,000 shares of the par value of $1.00 each shall
         be shares of common stock, 1,000,000 shares of the par value
         of $1.00 each shall be shares of preferred stock."

         SECOND: That at that Board Meeting, the Board directed that the
preceding proposed amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation be presented
to the stockholders of the Company entitled to vote thereon for their
consideration and recommended the adoption of such amendment by the
stockholders of the Company.

         THIRD: That thereafter, at the annual meeting of the Company's
stockholders duly called and, upon notice in accordance with Section 222 of the
General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, held on June 6, 1997 the
holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company
entitled to vote thereon approved the aforesaid amendment to the Certificate of
Incorporation.

         FOURTH: That the aforesaid amendment was duly adopted in accordance
with the provisions of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State
of Delaware.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Certificate of
Amendment to be signed by Joseph S. Bracewell III, as President of the Company
this 24th day of July, 1997.

                                         CENTURY BANCSHARES, INC.
                                         
                                         
                                         By: /s/ JOSEPH S.BRACEWELL
                                             ----------------------------------
                                                 Joseph S. Bracewell III
                                                 President

<PAGE>   1
                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.9

                                                                [CONFORMED COPY]


                          EXECUTIVE SERVICE AGREEMENT

         THIS AGREEMENT is made May 20, 1997 between CENTURY NATIONAL BANK
("Client") and INTEROFFICE/BETHESDA, INC.  ("InterOffice").  In consideration
of the performances of the covenants contained herein and intending to be
legally binding, the parties agree as follows:

1.       InterOffice agrees to provide Client the exclusive use of the
         furnished office(s) designated as office(s) number 743 on the 7th
         floor (the "Premises") of the building located at 3 BETHESDA METRO
         CENTER, SUITE 700, BETHESDA, MD 20814 (the "Building") for the term of
         12 months, commencing on the 1st day of JUNE, 1997 ("Commencement
         Date"), and ending on the 31st day of MAY, 1998 ("Termination Date").
         Client agrees to pay a monthly office rental in the amount of
         $1,170.00** (the "Monthly Office Rental") payable in advance without
         offset or deduction, on or before the first day of each month of the
         term.  This office(s) is intended for the use of 1 person(s).
         Additional people occupying the office(s) shall be charged at
         $60/month.  **INTEROFFICE AND CLIENT EACH AGREE THAT CLIENT MAY
         RELOCATE TO ANOTHER INTEROFFICE LOCATION BY SIGNING AN AGREEMENT WITH
         THAT PARTICULAR LOCATION TO PAY FULL MARKET RATE, PROVIDED THAT CLIENT
         GIVE THIRTY DAYS NOTICE OF ITS INTENTION TO DO SO.

2.       The Monthly Office Rental shall include at no additional cost to
         Client the following services (usage/amounts shall be reasonable if
         not specified):


<TABLE>
         <S>                               <C>      
         a.  Full-Time Receptionist        i.  Full Kitchen and Lounge Facility
         b.  Furnished Reception Room      j.  Building Directory Listing
         c.  Telephone Answering           k.  Mail Receiving
         d.  Telephone Call Screening      l.  1 Engraved Door Name Plate(s)
         e.  Voice Mail*                   m.  Maintenance, Utilities &
         f.  4 Conference Rooms &              Janitorial Services
             Seminar Facility*             n.  Reciprocal Use of All InterOffice Centers
         g.  Travel Arrangements               *(not available at all locations)
         h.  Law Library*
</TABLE>

3.       InterOffice shall provide Client with the following Business Services,
         on a non-exclusive basis.  Charges for these services (the "Business
         Services Charges") shall be in accordance with the current rate
         schedule (see "Schedule "A" attached) and are subject to adjustment by
         InterOffice upon thirty (30) days written notice to Client.  Business
         Services Charges are due
<PAGE>   2
         on or before the first day of each month for the Business Services
         rendered during the immediately preceding month.

<TABLE>
         <S>                               <C>                          <C>      
         a.   Beverage Service             e.  Mail Processing           i.  Telephone Sets & Lines
         b.   Computer and LAN services*   f.  Office Supplies           j.  Videoconferencing*
         c.   Desktop Publishing           g.  Presentation Binding      k.  Word Processing
         d.   Facsimile Transmission       h.  Secretarial Support       l.  Xerographic Copying
                                                                             *(not available at all locations)
</TABLE>

4.       InterOffice agrees to rent Client furniture in accordance with the
         attached "Schedule "B."  The monthly furniture rental charge shall be
         $100.00 (the "Furniture Rental Charge"), payable in advance, without
         offset or deduction, on or before the first day of each month of the
         term.

5.       The first payment of Monthly Office Rental and Furniture Rental Charge
         shall be due and payable upon execution of this Agreement.  If the
         Commencement Date begins on a day other than the first day of a month,
         these charges shall be prorated at the rate of one-thirtieth (1/30) of
         the Monthly Office Rental and Furniture Charges for each day payable
         in advance.

6.       Simultaneously with the execution of this Agreement, Client shall
         deposit with InterOffice a refundable Security Deposit in the amount
         of $1,395.00, as security for the full performance by the Client of
         all the terms and conditions of this Agreement as well as for the cost
         of any repair or collection of damages to the premises in excess of
         normal wear and tear.  Client agrees to restore, upon demand, the full
         security deposit at any time during the term of this Agreement if
         amounts are used to cure any default, or restore the premises.  As
         long as Client is not in default of this Agreement, any and all
         Security Deposits or any balance thereof shall be returned to Client
         within sixty (60) days after Client has vacated the premises and left
         said premises in an acceptable condition, returned all keys and
         security cards and paid all charges.

7.       If Client fails to pay the Monthly Office Rental, Furniture Rental
         Charges or Business Services Charges or other charges within five (5)
         business days of the date due, a late payment penalty may be assessed
         by InterOffice equal to five percent (5%) of the total outstanding
         balance or $5.00 per day, commencing the 5th business day following
         the date due, until the balance is paid, whichever is greater.  If
         Client shall fail to pay any installment of Monthly Office Rental ,
         Furniture Rental Charge or Business Services Charge or any other
         charge, or shall violate or fail to perform any of the other
         conditions or agreements herein made by Client, and such failure shall
         continue for a period of five (5) days, after written notice thereof
         to Client by InterOffice, Client shall be in default.  Then at the
         option of


                                     -2-
<PAGE>   3
         InterOffice, this Agreement shall cease and terminate, resulting in
         the Client immediately vacating the premises and subjecting Client to
         liability for damages.

8.       If Client shall default on this Agreement, InterOffice may, without
         further notice, (a) terminate this Agreement.  Upon termination Client
         shall have no further right to avoid the termination by payment of any
         sum due or by performance of any condition, term or covenant broken;
         (b) accelerate all Monthly Office Rental and Furniture Rental Charges
         due under this Agreement for the entire unexpired term of the
         Agreement, and demand all sums due and payable immediately; (c) take
         possession of all property in Client's office or stored by Client on
         the premises and store it, at Client's expense until taken in full or
         partial satisfaction of any lien or judgment, all without being liable
         to prosecution or for damages; (d) deny access to the premises by
         Client and deny use of any of the services, including
         telecommunications services and; (e) take any other remedies allowed
         by law.  In the event InterOffice brings legal action to enforce this
         Agreement, Client shall pay, in addition to the amounts listed in the
         preceding sentence, all of InterOffice's reasonable attorney's fees
         and all other payments, costs and expenses incurred in enforcing this
         Agreement and collecting sums due hereunder.

9.       In the event that either party does not wish to renew this Agreement,
         either party may provide sixty (60) days written notice to the other
         prior to the Termination Date which will terminate the Agreement upon
         the initial Termination Date.  If either party does not give such
         notice, this Agreement shall renew itself under the same terms and
         conditions for a term equal to the Initial Term.  In the event that
         the term is automatically extended, the Monthly Office Rental shall be
         increased by the same percentage amount of the most current Consumer
         Price Index Factor (CPI) as issued by the Bureau of Labor Statistics
         of the United States Department of Labor.  Should client give (60)
         days notice to renew beyond the initial term for a period of less than
         twelve months, the Monthly Office Rental shall be increased by CPI.

10.      In the event that Client shall not immediately surrender the premises
         upon final termination of this Agreement or termination of this
         Agreement pursuant to the provisions of paragraph seven (7) hereof,
         Client shall by virtue of the provisions hereof, become a Client by
         the month at the monthly rental rate of one hundred fifty percent
         (150%) of the then current rental amount.  InterOffice's acceptance of
         such holdover rent shall not in any manner adversely affect
         InterOffice's other rights or remedies, including InterOffice's right
         to require Client to vacate the premises and to recover damages.  A
         holdover Client shall give to InterOffice at least thirty (30) days
         written notice of any intention to vacate the premises; such notice
         must be given in writing to InterOffice on or before the first
         business day of the month.  A holdover Client shall be entitled to
         thirty (30) days written notice from InterOffice





                                      -3-
<PAGE>   4
         to terminate the Executive Service Agreement and vacate the premises,
         except in the event of the nonpayment of rent or default under this
         Agreement by Client, in which event Client shall not be entitled to
         any notice to quit.  Holdover shall refer to an expired and unextended
         agreement.

11.      Client shall use the premises for general office purposes only and in
         accordance with the use permitted under applicable zoning regulations.
         Client shall comply with all present and future laws, ordinances,
         regulations and orders of all agencies of the Federal, State, and
         Local governments and any other public authority having jurisdiction
         over the premises, as well as all building rules and regulations.
         Client, its employees, agents and invitees, shall conduct their
         business in such a manner as to be compatible with other Clients of
         InterOffice and will also conduct its business in such a way as not to
         interfere with the work of InterOffice's employees.

12.      Client shall not assign or transfer this Agreement without first
         obtaining the prior written consent of InterOffice, which consent
         shall not be unreasonably withheld.

13.      All notices by Client or InterOffice to the other must be in writing
         and will be considered given if delivered personally to one of
         Client's or InterOffice's officers or mailed by registered mail
         addressed to Client or InterOffice at the premises.

14.      Client shall make no alterations, installations, additions or
         improvements in or to the Premises without InterOffice's prior written
         consent.  Client will not alter any lock on any door of the Premises
         without prior written consent.  Client will deliver up the Premises
         clean and in the same condition in which they were on the commencement
         of the term of the Agreement, ordinary wear and tear and damage by the
         elements excepted.  InterOffice shall have the right, at its sole
         discretion, to modify the non-exclusive areas of the Premises.

15.      Client shall not install or operate in the premises nay electrically
         operated equipment other than normal and customary equipment found in
         a modern office or equipment that in InterOffice's sole discretion,
         requires a separate electrical circuit, without the written consent of
         InterOffice.  Client shall not install or operate in the Premises
         computers (personal computers excepted), printers (laser printers and
         printers with sound covers excepted), copy machines, telex, facsimile
         and postage machines without the prior written consent of InterOffice
         or any equipment or machinery that is heat producing, causes
         vibrations, is too heavy, or can be construed as a fire hazard if not
         properly monitored.  Client shall not offer any service to other
         Clients of InterOffice that InterOffice offers to its Clients, in the
         normal course of its business.





                                      -4-
<PAGE>   5
16.      Client shall indemnify and hold harmless InterOffice from and against
         any loss, damage or liability occasioned by or resulting rom any
         default hereunder or any willful or negligent act on the part of
         Client, its agents, employees, or invitees, or persons permitted on
         the Premises by Client.  InterOffice shall save Client harmless from
         and against any loss, damage or liability occasioned by or resulting
         from the willful acts or gross negligence of InterOffice, its
         employees and agents.  Client expressly agrees to waive, and agrees
         not to make any claim for damages, direct or consequential, arising
         out of any failure to furnish any service or facility, any error or
         omission with respect thereto, or any delay or interruption of the
         same, assuming such service or facility is not unreasonably withheld.

17.      InterOffice shall, at Client's expense, offer to arrange for
         appropriate liability insurance for Client with a preapproved
         insurance carrier.  Client may elect to arrange for insurance from
         another carrier.  In either case, Client agrees to provide InterOffice
         with a certificate of insurance naming InterOffice as an additional
         insured evidencing General/Public Liability coverage with liability
         limits of not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence for Bodily Injury
         and/or Property Damage Liability and $50,000 per occurrence for
         Fire/Legal Liability.  Said insurance coverage shall remain in force
         during the term of this agreement and renewals thereof.

18.      Client recognizes that InterOffice or InterOffice's agent has expended
         considerable time, effort and expense in hiring and training its
         employees, and that the hiring of an employee by Client would save
         considerable time and expense in training and procurement and would
         cause InterOffice or InterOffice's agent to expend additional time and
         expense.  Therefore, during the term and for six (6) months after its
         expiration, if Client hires an employee of InterOffice or
         InterOffice's agent who was an employee at any InterOffice Center
         during any portion of the term or for six (6) months after its
         expiration, Client agrees to pay InterOffice a procurement fee of
         $10,000.00.

19.      Client shall fill out all terms on InterOffice's "New Client
         Information Form" and return a signed copy to InterOffice.

20.      Client represents and warrants that it has not employed or had any
         dealings with a broker, agent or representatives relating to this
         Agreement and that no fees of any kind are to be paid by InterOffice.

21.      This Agreement is subject and subordinate to an Overlease dated May
         15, 1995 between InterOffice and the landlord of the Building.  If any
         conflict occurs between this Agreement and the Overlease, the
         Overlease shall prevail.  In the event of the termination or
         expiration of the Overlease, this Agreement shall terminate.





                                      -5-
<PAGE>   6
22.      Upon termination of this Agreement, it is Client's responsibility to
         notify all parties of Client's new telephone number and mailing
         address.  InterOffice will bill Client for any new postage necessary
         in the event InterOffice forwards Client's mail after termination.
         Client may be asked to pay a retainer against postage charges.

23.      If a check is returned for any reason whatsoever, Client will pay an
         additional charge of $75.00 per returned check.  If a check is
         returned, then for the purposes of calculating late charges or events
         of default, the payment represented by the check will be deemed to
         have never been made.

24.      Client will not remove or attempt to remove any of the Client's
         property from the premises, other than in the ordinary course of
         business, without having first paid any amounts due, or amounts that
         will become due under this Agreement.

25.      Any provision of this Agreement which proves to be invalid or illegal
         will in no way affect any other provisions of this Agreement which
         will remain in full force.

26.      [Deleted from agreement by interlineation of the parties]

27.      The parties intend that the substantive laws of the Commonwealth of
         Virginia apply to the interpretation of this Agreement, without regard
         to Virginia's conflict of laws doctrines.  The parties agree that the
         Circuit Court of Fairfax County, Virginia, or the United States
         District Court for the Eastern District of Virginia (Alexandria
         Division) constitute proper fora for litigation concerning this
         Agreement, and hereby waive objection to jurisdiction, venue, and
         forum now conveniens in such courts.

28.      This Agreement, together with Schedules A and B attached hereto,
         contains the entire agreement of the parties hereto.





                                      -6-
<PAGE>   7


AGREED TO:                              CLIENT:
                                        
INTEROFFICE/BETHESDA, INC.              CENTURY NATIONAL BANK
                                        
                                        

  /s/ M. Solvail               (SEAL)   By:  /s/ Scott R. Browning        (SEAL)
- - -------------------------------             -----------------------------

                                                 Scott R. Browning      
                                            -----------------------------
                                            (Print Name)
                                            
                                            
                                            Title: Sr. Vice President   
                                                   ----------------------
                                            
                                            GUARANTOR:
                                            
                                            
                                               N/A                      
                                            -----------------------------
                                            
                                            
                                                                            
                                            -----------------------------
                                            (Print Name)
                                            
                                            
                                                                            
                                            -----------------------------
                                            Guarantor's Social Security 
                                            Number
                                            
                                            



                                      -7-

<PAGE>   1
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.12

                                                                [CONFORMED COPY]





                       PURCHASE AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT




                                 by and between




                           Eastern American Bank, FSB
                                      and
                             Century National Bank





                                 July 24, 1997
<PAGE>   2
                               Table of Contents


<TABLE>  
<S>                                                                                             <C>
Recitals  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1
                                                                                                
SECTION 1        Purchase and Assumption  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1
         1.01    Purchase and Sale of Assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1
         1.02    Assumption of Liabilities  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2
         1.03    Closing Date Adjustments to Assets and Liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
         1.04    Consideration for Purchase and Assumption  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
         1.05    Pro Rata Adjustment and Reimbursement  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
         1.06    Closing  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
         1.07    Seller's Actions at Closing  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
         1.08    Purchaser's Actions at Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5
         1.09    Certain Pre-Closing Transitional Matters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5
         1.10    Certain Post-Closing Transitional Matters  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6
         1.11    Non-Solicitation of Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8
         1.12    Covenant Not to Compete  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9
         1.13    Indemnification  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9
         1.14    Survival of Covenants  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9
                                                                                                
SECTION 2        Representations and Warranties of Seller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9
         2.01    Corporate Organization and Related Matters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9
         2.02    Execution of Agreement; Enforceability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10
         2.03    Title to and Condition of Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10
         2.04    Actions, Suits and Proceedings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10
         2.05    Agreements with Governmental Authorities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10
         2.06    No Brokers or Agents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
         2.07    Taxes  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
         2.08    IRA Account Documentation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
         2.09    Labor Relations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
         2.10    Environmental  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
         2.11    Deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13
         2.13    Loans  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
         2.14    Personal Property  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
         2.15    FIRPTA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
         2.16    Books and Records  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
         2.17    Absence of Certain Changes and Events  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
         2.18    Closing Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16
         2.19    Representations Not Misleading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16
         2.20    Survival of Representations and Warranties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16
</TABLE>



                                     -i-
<PAGE>   3
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                              <C>
SECTION 3        Representations and Warranties of Purchaser  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16
         3.01    Corporate Organization and Related Matters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16
         3.02    Execution of Agreement; Enforceability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
         3.03    Actions, Suits and Proceedings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
         3.04    Agreements with Governmental Authorities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
         3.05    No Brokers or Agents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
         3.07    Representations Not Misleading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
         3.08    Survival of Representations and Warranties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
                                                                                                
SECTION 4        Conduct of Business Pending Closing Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18
         4.01    Ordinary Course of Business  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18
         4.02    Preservation of Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18
         4.03    Indebtedness and Collateral Obligations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18
         4.04    Certain Actions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18
                                                                                                
SECTION 5        Covenants  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18
         5.01    No Offers or Negotiations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18
         5.02    Access to Books and Records  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18
         5.03    Confidentiality  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19
         5.04    Applications, Consents and Approvals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19
         5.05    Reports to Purchaser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  20
         5.06    Operational and Data Processing Conversion Matters . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  20
         5.07    Further Assurances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  20
         5.08    Allocation of Purchase Price . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  20
                                                                                                
SECTION 6        Conditions to Obligations of Purchaser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  21
         6.01    Representations and Warranties True  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  21
         6.02    Obligations Performed by Seller  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  21
         6.03    No Adverse Litigation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  21
         6.04    Compliance Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  21
         6.05    Certain Regulatory Approvals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  21
         6.06    Capital  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  21
         6.07    Legal Opinion  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  21
         6.08    Deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  22
         6.09    Lease Agreement  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  22
                                                                                                
SECTION 7        Conditions to Obligations of Seller  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  22
         7.01    Representations and Warranties True  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  22
         7.02    Obligations Performed by Purchaser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  22
         7.03    No Adverse Litigation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  22
         7.04    Compliance Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  22
         7.05    Regulatory and Other Approvals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  22
</TABLE>
        
        
        
        
        
                                      -ii-                                     
<PAGE>   4
<TABLE>   
<S>                                                                                              <C>
         7.06    Legal Opinion  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  23
                                                                                                
SECTION 8        Termination  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  23
         8.01    Methods of Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  23
         8.02    Procedure Upon Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  24
                                                                                                
SECTION 9        Miscellaneous Provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  24
         9.01    Entire Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  24
         9.02    Employees  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  24
         9.03    Consents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  25
         9.04    Waiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  25
         9.05    Captions and Headings  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  25
         9.06    Governing Law  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  25
         9.07    Notices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  26
         9.08    Assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  26
         9.09    Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  26
         9.10    Terminology  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  26
         9.11    Counterparts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  26
         Exhibits                                                                               
</TABLE>  
          
          
          
          

                                     -iii-
<PAGE>   5
                       PURCHASE AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT


         THIS PURCHASE AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT ("Agreement"), dated this 24th
day of July, 1997, is by and between Eastern American Bank, FSB, a federal
savings bank ("Seller"), and Century National Bank, a national bank
("Purchaser").

                                    Recitals

         A.      Seller is the owner of certain assets and, as an insured
institution, has certain deposit and other liabilities at its branch office
located at 6832 Old Dominion Drive, McLean, Virginia (the "Branch").

         B.      Seller desires to sell, convey and transfer certain of such
assets and liabilities to Purchaser, and Purchaser desires to purchase and
acquire such assets from Seller, and to assume from Seller, certain liabilities
in connection therewith.

         C.      As a result of the transaction contemplated hereby, Purchaser
will commence the operation of branch banking facilities at the location of the
Branch and Seller will terminate the operation of its branch office and
relinquish all rights to any leasehold, real estate and certain personal
property interests at such location.

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and
agreements contained herein, Purchaser and Seller agree as follows:

                                   SECTION 1.

                            Purchase and Assumption

         1.01.   Purchase and Sale of Assets.  At the Closing (as hereinafter
defined), upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement and
subject to adjustment as provided herein, Purchaser shall purchase, acquire and
accept, and Seller shall sell, transfer, convey, assign and deliver to
Purchaser good and marketable title, free and clear of all liabilities,
obligations, liens, claims, charges, security interests and encumbrances of any
character (other than liabilities, obligations, liens, claims, charges,
security interests and encumbrances permitted hereunder), to the following
assets (collectively, the "Assets"):

         (a)     All of Seller's right, title and interest in and to the
leasehold interest and leasehold improvements relating to the Branch and
described in Exhibit 1.01(a) hereto and incorporated herein by reference (the
"Real Estate Interests");

         (b)     All of Seller's right, title and interest in and to the
personal property at the Branch, including without limitation, all furniture,
office equipment, vault, machinery, fixtures and other items (but excluding the
Seller's name and/or logo owned by Seller and non-compatible computer
equipment), described in Exhibit 1.01(b) hereto and incorporated herein by
reference (the "Personal Property");
<PAGE>   6
         (c)     All of Seller's right, title and interest in and to the loans
set forth on Exhibit 1.01(c) hereto and incorporated herein by reference,
together with any and all related liens, mortgages, deeds of trust,
instruments, documentation, security, guarantees and other rights and interests
related to or pledged with respect to such loans (the "Loans"), including all
balances relating to the Loans for which an escrow or other similar account is
maintained under the terms of such Loans, subject to adjustment as provided in
Section 1.09(d);

         (d)     All of Seller's right, title and interest in and to the
overdraft protection loans relating to Deposits as defined below ("Overdraft
Protection Loans") described in Exhibit 1.01(d) hereto and incorporated herein
by reference;

         (e)     All of Seller's right, title and interest in and to the
security deposit on the real estate lease pertaining to the Branch ("Security
Deposit");

         (f)     All cash on hand at the Branch as of the close of business on
the Closing Day (as defined below) including vault cash, petty cash, ATM cash,
if any, and tellers' cash ("Vault Cash");

         (g)     All right, title and interest of Seller in and to the safe
deposit business at the Branch as of the close of business on the Closing Day;
and

         (h)     All original records and documents related to the Assets
transferred or Liabilities assumed (as defined below) by Purchaser including,
but not limited to, the deposit accounts maintained by Seller at the Branch.

The Assets shall not include any assets, tangible or intangible, of Seller not
specifically identified herein or in the Exhibits hereto.

         1.02.   Assumption of Liabilities.  At the Closing, upon the terms and
subject to the conditions of this Agreement and subject to adjustment as
provided herein, Seller shall assign and Purchaser shall assume the liabilities
and obligations of Seller to be discharged, performed, satisfied or paid after
the Closing Date with respect to the following (collectively, the
"Liabilities"):

         (a)     The deposit accounts held at the Branch, whether represented
by collected or uncollected funds, together with all accrued and unpaid
interest thereon as of the close of business on the Closing Date, including the
fiduciary obligations of Seller for individual retirement accounts ("IRAs")
which are funded by assumed deposit accounts, which deposit accounts are
identified by account number, category, balance, interest rate and, if
applicable, due date, in Exhibit 1.02(a) hereto and incorporated herein by
reference (the "Deposits"); such Deposits exclude deposit accounts that cannot
be assumed by Purchaser because of legal impediments and those deposit accounts
which are security for or associated with equity lines of credit or deposit
overdraft and collateral loans not acquired by Purchaser;

         (b)     The real estate lease pertaining to the Branch, described in
Exhibit 1.02(b) hereto and incorporated herein by reference (the "Lease"); and





                                      -2-
<PAGE>   7
         (c)     The unfunded commitments or lines of credit relating to the
Overdraft Protection Loans.

The Liabilities shall not include any liabilities of Seller of any kind or
description not specifically identified herein or in the Exhibits hereto.

         1.03.   Closing Date Adjustments to Assets and Liabilities.  At and as
of the Closing Date, Seller shall update all Exhibits provided for in Sections
1.01 and 1.02 (including in Exhibit 1.02(a) the names and addresses of
customers for accounts included in the Deposits) and shall deliver such updated
Exhibits to Purchaser.

         1.04.   Consideration for Purchase and Assumption.  In consideration
for the sale of the Assets by Seller and the assumption by Purchaser of the
Liabilities, Seller shall make available and transfer to Purchaser, in the
manner specified in Section 1.06 hereof, funds equal to the sum of the
aggregate balance of all of the Liabilities (as set forth on the balance sheet
of Seller at the close of business on Closing Date prepared in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles applied on a basis consistent with
prior periods) including interest posted or accrued to such accounts as of the
close of business on the Closing Date, less an amount equal to the sum of:

         (a)     The face value of the Vault Cash;

         (b)     The net book value of the Real Estate Interests;

         (c)     The net book value of the Personal Property;

         (d)     The amount of the Security Deposit;

         (e)     The unpaid principal balance and accrued interest thereon of 
the Overdraft Protection Loans and the Loans determined as of the close of 
business of the Branch on the Closing Date;

         (f)     The Purchaser's share of the pro rata adjustment of items 
required pursuant to Section 1.05; and

         (g)     An amount equal to 5.6% of the Deposits on the Closing Date, 
provided that such amount shall not exceed $2,000,000 ("Premium").

         In the event that the sum of items (a) through (g) above should be in
excess of the aggregate amount to be transferred by Seller pursuant to the
first paragraph of this Section 1.04, the full amount of such excess shall
constitute an amount due from Purchaser to Seller and shall be paid to Seller
at the Closing in the manner specified in Section 1.06 hereof.

         1.05.   Pro Rata Adjustment and Reimbursement. Unless otherwise
provided herein, it is the intention of the parties that Seller will operate
the Branch for its own account until the close of business on Closing Date and
that Purchaser shall operate the Branch, hold the Assets and assume the
Liabilities for its own account after the close of business on the Closing
Date.  Thus, except as otherwise specifically provided herein, items of
proration and other adjustments shall be prorated as of close of business of
the Branch on the Closing Date and settled between Seller and Purchaser on the
Closing Date whether or not such adjustment would normally be made as of such
time.  Items of proration and adjustment will be handled at Closing as an
adjustment to the amount of funds to be delivered by Seller to Purchaser, or
Purchaser to Seller, as appropriate, unless otherwise agreed.





                                      -3-
<PAGE>   8
         For purposes of this Agreement, items of proration and other
adjustments shall consist of:  (i) rental payments under the Lease; (ii) sales
and use taxes and personal and real property taxes and assessments; (iii) FDIC
deposit insurance assessments; (iv) safe deposit rental payments; and (v) other
prepaid expenses and items and accrued and unpaid liabilities, if any, as of
the close of business on the Closing Date.

         1.06.   Closing.

         (a)     The consummation and closing ("Closing") of the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement shall take place as of the close of business of
the Branch on the Friday next following the receipt of all necessary
regulatory, corporate and other approvals, the expiration of any mandatory
waiting periods and the satisfaction or waiver of all other conditions set
forth in Sections 6 and 7, or on such other date as shall be mutually agreed to
by the parties hereto.  The date on which the Closing takes place is referred
to herein as the "Closing Date".  The Closing shall take place at Eastern
American Bank, FSB, 208 Elden Street, #200, Herndon, Virginia as of the close
of business of the Branch, on the Closing Date, or at such other place and time
as shall be mutually agreed to by the parties hereto.  Notwithstanding the
foregoing, it is the intention of the parties as of the date hereof that the
Closing become effective on the Closing Date by means of an exchange of
documents without the physical meeting of the parties as set forth above.

         (b)     Subject to the adjustment procedures set forth in this Section
1.06, the transfer of the funds, if any, due to Purchaser or to Seller, as the
case may be, as set forth pursuant to the terms of Section 1.04 hereof, shall
be made on the Closing Date in immediately available United States Federal
Funds.  At least two business days prior to the Closing, Seller and Purchaser
shall provide written notice to one another indicating the account and bank to
which such funds shall be wire transferred.  In order to facilitate the
Closing, the parties agree: (i) that the amount of funds transferred on the
Closing Date, pursuant to Section 1.04 hereof, shall be computed based upon (a)
the aggregate book value of the Assets and the Liabilities as of the close of
business on the day immediately preceding the Closing Date and (b) the
estimated amount of the Premium; and (ii) that within ten (10) business days
after the Closing, the parties shall make appropriate post-closing adjustments,
consistent with the provisions of Section 1.04 hereof, based upon actual
Deposits, Loans, Overdraft Protection Loans and cash transactions which took
place on the Closing Date or which took place prior to the Closing Date but
which were not reflected as of the close of business on the day immediately
preceding the Closing Date.  Such adjustment amount shall bear interest
computed from the Closing Date to the settlement date based on the rate
prevailing on the settlement date for Federal Funds sold to Signet Bank.

         (c)     The payments to be made pursuant to Section 1.04 shall be as
set forth and calculated in accordance with the settlement statement prepared
in connection with the Closing, substantially in the form attached hereto as
Exhibit 1.06(c).

         1.07.   Seller's Actions at Closing.    On the Closing Date, the
Seller shall:

         (a)     deliver to Purchaser such of the Assets as are capable of
physical delivery, including, without limitation, all records, documents and
files of Seller relating to the Assets and Liabilities and





                                      -4-
<PAGE>   9
keys and combinations to the Branch premises, except as otherwise provided
elsewhere in this Agreement;

         (b)     execute, acknowledge and deliver to Purchaser all such
endorsements, assignments, bills of sale and other instruments of conveyance,
assignment and transfer as shall reasonably be necessary or advisable to
consummate the sale, assignment and transfer of the Assets to Purchaser as
provided herein; provided that all of the documents and instruments to be
delivered by Seller hereunder shall be in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to counsel for Purchaser;

         (c)     assign, transfer and deliver to Purchaser each of the
following records pertaining to the Deposits on the Closing Date: signature
cards, orders and contracts between Seller and depositors and records of
similar character; canceled checks and/or negotiable orders of withdrawal, if
any; and all other miscellaneous records, statements and materials maintained
by Seller at the Branch relative to any deposit, provided, however, with
respect to the records, statements, other data and materials not maintained at
the Branch, Seller shall  provide Purchaser with reasonable access to such
records as provided in this Agreement;

         (d)     assign, transfer and deliver to Purchaser all records in
possession of Seller pertaining to the Deposits necessary for Purchaser to
comply with all of the requirements of federal and state law and regulations;

         (e)     transfer and deliver the contents of the safe deposit boxes
maintained at the Branch as the same exist as of the close of business on the
Closing Date, along with keys, documents and other records pertaining thereto
and to the unrented boxes;

         (f)     make available and transfer to Purchaser on the Closing Date
any funds required to be paid to Purchaser pursuant to the terms of this
Agreement; and

         (g)     execute, acknowledge and deliver to Purchaser all certificates
and other documents required to be delivered to Purchaser by Seller at the
Closing pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

         Seller agrees that it will preserve and safely keep, for so long as
may be required under applicable law, all of the files and records not
transferred to Purchaser which relate to the Assets and Liabilities, for the
mutual benefit of itself and Purchaser, and that it will, upon the request of
Purchaser and in a timely manner, consult and review such files and records and
provide Purchaser with such information relating to pre-Closing transactions
and activity relating to the Assets and Liabilities as Purchaser may reasonably
require.  For purposes of this Section 1.07, where possible, physical delivery
may be accomplished by the transfer of control over the Branch from Seller to
Purchaser at the Closing.

         1.08.   Purchaser's Actions at Closing.  On the Closing Date, the
Purchaser shall:

         (a)     pay to Seller any funds required to be paid to Seller pursuant
to the terms of this Agreement; and





                                      -5-
<PAGE>   10
         (b)     execute, acknowledge and deliver to Seller all certificates
and other documents required to be delivered to Seller by Purchaser at the
Closing pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

         1.09.   Certain Pre-Closing Transitional Matters.

         (a)     Seller shall provide such records and other information as
shall be necessary to enable Purchaser to send, subsequent to the receipt of
all required regulatory approvals and approximately 10 days prior to the
Closing Date, at Purchaser's cost and expense, to each depositor or other
holder of a Liability, a letter prepared by Purchaser and reasonably acceptable
to Seller, notifying each such depositor or holder of the prospective
assignment of the Liability pursuant to this Agreement and providing
information about Purchaser and its banking services.  Seller shall cooperate
with Purchaser to enable Purchaser, at Purchaser's expense, prior to the
Closing, to reissue checks and other similar documents and instruments to
depositors whose Liabilities are to be assumed by Purchaser hereunder.

         (b)     Prior to the Closing Date, Purchaser shall designate a
successor trustee or custodian, which may be Purchaser, as to any IRA
constituting a Liability and for which Seller acts as trustee or custodian.
Seller will transfer the trusteeship or custodianship of all such IRAs to such
successor trustee or custodian on the Closing Date.  Seller shall be
responsible for all federal, state and local income tax reporting for such
accounts for the period ending on the Closing Date, and the successor trustee
or custodian shall be responsible for such reporting thereafter.

         (c)     In order to assist Purchaser with the conversion of Seller's
data concerning Branch operations to Purchaser's systems, Seller shall, at its
cost and expense, within 10 days  of the date of this Agreement, provide to
Purchaser a master file original and record file layout tape or tapes
concerning the Deposits and Loans and a master file print and all product
specifications to include all detail account coding in hard copy.  The
foregoing shall include information on Deposits, Loans, safe deposit boxes and
ATM cards.  Such tape(s) and other information shall be as of a recent date
mutually agreeable to Purchaser and Seller and shall be updated by Seller and
delivered to Purchaser at and as of the Closing Date.

         (d)     To determine which of Seller's first mortgage residential real
estate loans shall comprise the Loans, prior to the Closing Date, Purchaser
shall be entitled to review any and all files and records related to the
respective first mortgage loans listed on Exhibit 1.09(d) hereto.  From such
Exhibit 1.09(d), Purchaser may select loans with an aggregate unpaid principal
balance of up to approximately $9,240,000, which loans selected by Purchaser
shall comprise the "Loans" as defined herein and as set forth on Exhibit
1.01(c) hereto.  Prior to the Closing, Purchaser will continue to have access
to all files and records of Seller respecting the loans on Exhibit 1.09(d) and
at any time prior to the Closing, Purchaser may elect to reject and not to
purchase one or more first mortgage loans included on Exhibit 1.01(c) and may
select a different loan from Exhibit 1.09(d) in substitution for any such
rejected loan, such that the aggregate principal balance of all Loans acquired
by Purchaser at the Closing shall be approximately equal to the aggregate
principal balance of the Loans contained in Exhibit 1.01(c) on the date of this
Agreement, provided that if the Purchaser does not select another loan to
replace a rejected loan, then the principal balance of all Loans acquired by
Purchaser at the Closing may be less than





                                      -6-
<PAGE>   11
$9,240,000.  For purposes of this Section 1.09(d), "approximately $9,240,000"
shall mean an amount which does not vary by more than 5% of such amount.

         1.10.   Certain Post-Closing Transitional Matters.

         (a)     Seller and Purchaser agree that each party shall be solely
responsible for providing to the Internal Revenue Service and to each
depositor, other holder of a Liability or customer, to the extent required by
law, Forms 1098, 1099 INT, 1099R and 5498 and other applicable reporting forms
with respect to each of the Liabilities and Assets for the period during which
Seller or Purchaser, as applicable, administers such Liabilities and Assets
during 1997.

         (b)     Within ten (10) business days following the Closing Date,
Seller shall prepare and mail closing statements for each Deposit for which
there has been any activity between the last statement prior to Closing and the
close of business on the Closing Date, for the period from the date of the last
statement to and including the Closing Date,  and provide Purchaser with a
copy.

         (c)     Purchaser agrees to pay in accordance with law and customary
banking practices all properly drawn and presented checks, drafts and
withdrawal orders presented to Purchaser by mail, over the counter or through
the check clearing system of the banking industry, by depositors relating to
the Deposits, whether drawn on checks, withdrawal or draft forms provided by
Purchaser or Seller, and in all other respects to discharge, in the usual
course of the banking business, the duties and obligations of Seller with
respect to the balances due and owing to the depositors with respect to whom
Purchaser has assumed the Deposits.  Purchaser's obligation hereunder to honor
checks, drafts and withdrawal orders on forms provided by Seller and carrying
its imprint shall not apply to any such check, draft or withdrawal order
presented to Purchaser more than 120 days following the Closing Date.

         (d)     Holds that have been placed on particular Liabilities by
Seller or on individual checks, draws or other instruments shall be continued
by Purchaser under the same terms.  Seller shall deliver to Purchaser a list or
tape of any such holds at the Closing.

         (e)     Seller will promptly and fully recompense Purchaser for:

                 (i)      items returned to Purchaser or Seller on account of
         fraud, negligence, errors or improper banking practices or procedures,
         which are drawn on or chargeable to Deposits assumed by Purchaser
         hereunder and for which the transaction date on the item was on or
         prior to the Closing Date; and

                 (ii)     items returned to Purchaser or Seller for
         "uncollected funds" which are drawn on or chargeable to Deposits
         assumed by Purchaser hereunder, for which the transaction date of such
         returned item is on or prior to the Closing Date, but only to the
         extent that Seller has paid or honored items withdrawn on "uncollected
         funds" on or prior to the Closing Date.

         Notwithstanding the foregoing, Seller shall not be charged for any
         item unless Purchaser has sustained a loss with respect to such item,
         after normal collection efforts (normal collection





                                      -7-
<PAGE>   12
         efforts, however, shall not require Purchaser to institute a lawsuit
         or any other legal action).  At time of payment by Seller to Purchaser
         pursuant to this Section 1.10(e), Purchaser shall assign to Seller any
         rights Purchaser may have to prosecute a claim against a third party
         relating to the items.

         (f)     Purchaser and Seller will instruct the office of the Federal
Reserve Bank ("FRB") in Baltimore, Maryland to deliver all processed and paid
checks or draws drawn on assumed Deposits to Purchaser immediately following
the Closing Date.  For a period of 120 days following the Closing Date, Seller
agrees to act as Purchaser's limited correspondent with respect to the FRB cash
letter to process and pay checks or draws drawn on assumed Deposits which are
delivered to Seller, on forms provided by Seller, on any such Deposits assumed
by Purchaser hereunder.  Seller agrees in this regard that it shall:

                 (i)      Maintain a mechanism to receive such items on a daily
         basis: and

                 (ii)     Shall prepare for shipping all physical items
         received by it in its FRB cash letter or otherwise received by it by 9
         a.m. of any business day, for pickup by Purchaser by 1:00 p.m. on the
         same business day, or otherwise delivered to Purchaser by such means
         as agreed to by the parties.

         Purchaser and Seller agree that any courier or telephone costs
         associated with paragraph (ii) shall be borne by Purchaser.  Seller
         further agrees that it shall notify Purchaser of any information
         received regarding the settlement and clearance of any foreign checks,
         savings bonds, or coupons deposited with it on or prior to the Closing
         Date.

         (g)     From and after the Closing Date, Seller shall continue to
accept and immediately forward to Purchaser all automated clearinghouse ("ACH")
entries and corresponding funds for a period of 90 days.  Seller also agrees to
include the originator identification number and tracer number.

         (h)     Seller agrees to notify Purchaser of the return to it of any
items with respect to assumed Deposits deposited in or cashed at any of the
Seller's offices on or prior to the Closing Date and shall expeditiously
forward any such items to Purchaser.

         (i)     During the processing period set out in Section 1.10(f)
hereof, Purchaser agrees to honor and pay all properly payable drafts, checks
or negotiable orders of withdrawal delivered to it by Seller pursuant to
Section 1.10(f) hereof.

         (j)     In settlement of transactions described in Sections 1.10(e),
(f), (g) and (h) Purchaser and Seller agree that Seller shall provide Purchaser
by facsimile with a daily net settlement figure together with a detailed
transaction listing for all such transactions then pending by 1:00 p.m.
Virginia time of each business day; the parties agree that the party obligated
to remit any funds thereunder shall do so by wire transfer before 3:00 p.m.
Virginia time of such day.  Any such settlement shall be provisional pending
receipt by the respective parties of the physical items relating to such
settlement; the parties





                                      -8-
<PAGE>   13
shall adjust the next daily settlement to reflect any adjustments resulting
from its receipt of the physical items.

         (k)     In case of any dispute with or inquiry by an account holder
whose Deposit is assumed under this Agreement, which dispute or inquiry relates
to the servicing of such Deposit by Seller prior to the date for which a
Deposit history has been provided to Purchaser, Seller will provide Purchaser
with the appropriate information regarding the Deposit and copies of pertinent
documents or instruments to the extent available with respect to such dispute
or inquiry so as to permit Purchaser to respond to the account holder within a
period of time and in a manner which would comply with standard banking
practices and customs.

         (l)     As soon as practicable following the Closing Date, Purchaser
will substitute its name and logo for the name and logo of the Seller on all
signs located at the Branch and shall be entitled to remove and dispose of all
signs which carry the name and logo of the Seller which Seller has not removed.

         1.11.   Non-Solicitation of Business.  In consideration of the
purchase of Assets and assumption of Liabilities by Purchaser, neither Seller
nor its subsidiaries, affiliates (including the directors, officers, employees
or principal shareholders), successors or assigns will, for a period of two
years after the Closing Date, solicit, on behalf of itself or others, deposits,
loans or other business from customers whose Deposits are assumed or Loans or
Overdraft Protection Loans acquired by Purchaser hereunder; provided, however,
that nothing contained in this Section 1.11 shall prohibit Seller or any of its
subsidiaries, affiliates, successors or assigns from engaging in general media
advertising by means of publications of general circulation in the Washington,
D.C. Metropolitan market or broadcast stations serving such market.

         1.12.   Covenant Not to Compete.  From and after the Closing, and for
a period of two years following the Closing Date, Seller and its subsidiaries,
affiliates, successors or assigns shall not, and shall not enter into any
agreement to, acquire, lease, purchase, own, operate or use any building,
office or other facility or premises located within a two and one half (2 1/2)
mile radius of the Branch location for the purpose of accepting deposits or
cashing checks.

         1.13.   Indemnification.

         (a)     Seller agrees to and does hereby indemnify, defend and hold
Purchaser harmless from any loss, demand, obligation, cost, expense or
liability (including reasonable attorney's fees and expenses) (i) arising out
of any actions, suits or other proceedings commenced prior to, or on or after,
the Closing Date which relate to the operations at the Branch on or prior to
the Closing Date, or which arise out of any wrongful act, omission or
negligence of Seller relating to the operations of the Branch, the Assets or
Liabilities on or prior to the Closing Date; or (ii) arising out of any breach
by Seller of its representations, warranties, covenants or agreements contained
herein or in any instrument, document or certificate delivered to Purchaser
pursuant hereto.





                                      -9-
<PAGE>   14
         (b)     Purchaser agrees to and does hereby indemnify, defend and hold
Seller harmless from any loss, demand, obligation, cost, expense or liability
(including reasonable attorney's fees and expenses) (i) arising out of any
actions, suits or other proceedings which relate to the operations at the
Branch subsequent to the Closing Date, or which arise out of any wrongful act,
omission or negligence of Purchaser relating to the operations of the Branch,
the Assets or Liabilities subsequent to the Closing Date; or (ii) arising out
of any breach by Purchaser of its representations, warranties, covenants or
agreements contained herein or in any instrument, document or certificate
delivered to Seller pursuant hereto.

         1.14.   Survival of Covenants.  The obligations and covenants of the
parties under this Section shall survive the Closing.

                                   SECTION 2.

                    Representations and Warranties of Seller

         Except as specified in the Schedule of Exceptions accompanying this
Agreement, Seller represents and warrants to Purchaser as follows:

         2.01.   Corporate Organization and Related Matters.  Seller is a
federally chartered savings bank duly organized, validly existing and in good
standing under the laws of the United States, with the corporate power and
authority to transact business in the State of Virginia and to engage in the
savings bank business and all other businesses in which it engages and to own
the Assets and hold the Deposits.  Seller has the requisite corporate power and
authority to enter into this Agreement and to consummate the transactions
contemplated hereby.  Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement nor
the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby violate, conflict with
or constitute a breach of any provision of the charter of Seller or its Bylaws
or any agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which its assets
are bound, or (subject to any consent required to be obtained hereunder) any
law, rule or regulation or any order or decree applicable by its terms
specifically to Seller or its assets.

         2.02.   Execution of Agreement; Enforceability.  The execution and
delivery of this Agreement and each of the documents and instruments
contemplated hereby, and the transactions contemplated hereby, have been duly
authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of Seller.  This
Agreement constitutes, and such documents and instruments will constitute,
legal, valid and binding obligations of Seller, enforceable in accordance with
their respective terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization,
moratorium, receivership, conservatorship and similar laws relating to the
rights and remedies of creditors, as well as to general principles of equity.

         2.03.   Title to and Condition of Assets.  Seller is the owner of the
Assets and has good and marketable title thereto, free and clear of any
mortgage, pledge, lien, security interest, conditional sales agreement,
encumbrance or charge of any kind or description, other than liens for current
taxes not yet due and payable and such encumbrances and imperfections in title,
if any, which are not substantial in character or amount or which otherwise do
not materially impair the use and enjoyment of such Assets.





                                      -10-
<PAGE>   15
No notice of any violation of zoning laws, building or fire codes or other
statutes, ordinances or regulations relating to the use or operation of the
Real Estate Interests has been received by Seller and Seller has not undertaken
any construction or improvements on the Real Estate Interests which could
result in the imposition of any mechanics, materialmen or other similar liens
on the Real Estate Interests.  There are no condemnation proceedings pending
or, to the knowledge of Seller, threatened against the Real Estate Interests or
any part thereof.  Neither the Real Estate Interests nor any other real estate
owned or leased to be conveyed or transferred to Purchaser hereunder, nor any
real estate which is pledged or stands as collateral security for any of the
Loans is the subject of any action, suit or proceeding pending or, to the
knowledge of Seller, threatened, under environmental, hazardous waste disposal
or other similar federal or state laws, rules or regulations, and none of the
Real Estate Interests or other real estate owned or leased which is to be
conveyed or leased to Purchaser hereunder or which is pledged or stands as
collateral security for any of the Loans has been used in any manner which
would violate any such laws, rules or regulations.

         2.04.   Actions, Suits and Proceedings.  There are no actions, suits
or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of Seller, threatened against or
affecting Seller or the Assets or Liabilities, and no basis therefor, which, if
decided adversely to Seller would have a material adverse effect on the Assets
or Liabilities or which would have the effect of enjoining or impairing the
ability of Seller effectively to consummate the transactions contemplated by
this Agreement.

         2.05.   Agreements with Governmental Authorities.  Other than as
previously disclosed in writing to Purchaser in the Schedule of Exceptions,
Seller is not a party to any agreement, understanding, consent decree or other
arrangement with any federal or state regulatory or other agency charged with
supervising any portion of the banking industry.  Seller has not received
notice from any federal or state governmental agency indicating that it would
oppose or not grant or issue its consent or approval, if required, with respect
to the transaction contemplated by this Agreement.

         2.06.   No Brokers or Agents.  Seller has not retained or otherwise
engaged any broker, finder or other person or agent or agreed to pay any fee or
commission to any agent, broker or other person for or on account of this
Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, other than McKinnon &
Company, which will receive a fee paid by Seller at Closing.

         2.07.   Taxes.  With respect to all interest bearing accounts assigned
to Purchaser, the records of Seller transferred to Purchaser contain or will
contain all information and documents (including without limitation properly
completed Forms W-9) necessary to comply with all information reporting and tax
withholding requirements under federal and state laws, rules and regulations,
and such records identify with specificity all accounts subject to backup
withholding under the Internal Revenue Code.

         All federal, state and local payroll, withholding, property, sales,
use and transfer taxes, if any, which are due and payable by Seller relating to
the operation of the Branch on or prior to the Closing Date shall be paid in
full as of the Closing Date or Seller shall have made appropriate provision for
such payment in accordance with ordinary business practices.  Any claims for
refunds of taxes which have been paid by Seller shall remain the property of
Seller.





                                      -11-
<PAGE>   16
         2.08.   IRA Account Documentation.  The form of Individual Retirement
Custodial Account Agreement for IRAs, and the related Individual Retirement
Account Disclosure Statement attached hereto as Exhibit 2.08, constitute the
form of the documents establishing the trustee or custodial arrangement in
connection with all IRAs maintained at the Branch.

         2.09.   Labor Relations.  No employee at the Branch is represented,
for purposes of collective bargaining, by a labor organization of any type.
Seller is unaware of any efforts during the past three years to unionize or
organize any employees at the Branch and no claim related to employees at the
Branch under the Fair Labor Standards Act, National Labor Relations Act, Civil
Rights of 1964, Walsh-Healy Act, Davis Bacon Act, Civil Rights of Act of 1866,
Age Discrimination in Employment Act, Equal Pay Act of 1963, Executive Order
No. 11246, Federal Unemployment Tax Act, Vietnam Era Veterans Readjustment Act,
Occupational Safety and Health Act, Americans with Disabilities Act, Family
Medical Leave Act, or any other federal, state or local employment related law,
order, ordinance or regulation, no unfair labor practice, discrimination or
wage-and-hour claim is pending or, to the best of Seller's knowledge,
threatened against or with respect to Seller.

         2.10.   Environmental.  (i) The Branch is in material compliance with
all applicable Environmental Laws (as defined in this Section) and has obtained
and is in compliance with all permits, licenses and other authorizations
(individually a "Permit", and collectively "Permits") required under any
Environmental Law.  To the knowledge of Seller, there is no past or present
event, condition or circumstance relating to compliance with Environmental Laws
that could (1) materially interfere with the conduct of the business of the
Branch in the manner now conducted, (2) constitute a violation of any
Environmental Law or (3) which could have a material adverse effect upon the
Branch, the Assets (as hereinafter defined for purposes of this Section 2.10)
or the Liabilities; (ii) Seller does not currently lease, operate, own or
exercise managerial functions at, nor has it formerly leased, operated, owned
or exercised managerial functions at, any facility or real property in
connection with its operation of the Branch that is subject to any actual, or
to the knowledge of Seller, threatened proceeding under any Environmental Law;
(iii) there are no proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of Seller,
threatened against Seller with respect to the Branch or the Assets under any
Environmental Law or relating to the release, threatened release, management,
treatment, storage or disposal of, or exposure to Hazardous Substances, and
Seller has not received any notice (whether from any regulatory body or private
person) of any claim under or violation of, or potential or threatened
violation of, any Environmental Law; (iv) there are no actions or proceedings
pending or, to the knowledge of Seller, threatened under any Environmental Law
involving the release or threat of release of any Hazardous Substances (as
defined in this Section) at or on any property constituting the Branch or the
Assets; (v) there is no Controlled Property for which Seller is or was required
to obtain or have any Permit under an Environmental Law to construct, demolish,
renovate, occupy, operate or use such Controlled Property or any portion of it;
(vi) Seller has not generated any Hazardous Substances at the Branch for which
it was required under an Environmental Law to execute any waste disposal
manifest or receipt, nor has Seller disposed, treated or arranged for the
disposal of any Hazardous Substances; (vii) there has been no release of
Hazardous Substances in, under or on any Controlled Property, or to the
knowledge of Seller on any Collateral Property, in violation of any
Environmental Laws or which would require remediation or any report or
notification to any governmental or regulatory authority; (viii) there are no
underground or above ground storage tanks on or under any Controlled Property,
or to the knowledge of Seller on any





                                      -12-
<PAGE>   17
Collateral Property), which are not in compliance with Environmental Laws or
will not achieve compliance with the December 1998 deadline to upgrade, replace
or close tanks that do not meet EPA's technical standards for protection
against spills, overfills and corrosion, and any Controlled Property, or to the
knowledge of Seller on any Collateral Property, previously containing such
tanks has been remediated in compliance with all Environmental Laws; (ix) there
is no asbestos containing material or polychlorinated biphenyls on any
Controlled Property (as defined below) or, to the knowledge of Seller, any
Collateral Property (as defined below); and (x) Seller is in material
compliance with the directives of any governmental authority with jurisdiction
over Seller, that directs financial institutions to implement programs to
reduce the potential for financial institutions to incur liability under, or to
assess the compliance of borrowers or Collateral Property with, Environmental
Laws.

         For purposes of this Section 2.10, Property means (1) the premises
associated with the Branch and any property (whether real or personal) forming
part of the Assets other than any property held as security for a loan, which
is expressly excluded from the definition of Assets for purposes of this
Section 2.10 ("Controlled Property") and (2) property now held as security for
a Loan or currently proposed as security for a Loan ("Collateral Property").

         "Hazardous Substances" means any pollutant, contaminant, petroleum or
         petroleum product, dangerous or toxic substance, hazardous or
         extremely hazardous substance or chemical, solid or hazardous waste,
         special, liquid, industrial or other waste, hazardous material, or
         other material, substance or agent (whether in solid, liquid or
         gaseous form) that is regulated in connection with the protection of
         the Environment or that is alleged by third parties or found to pose a
         threat to the safety or health of humans.

         "Environmental Laws" shall mean any federal, state, or local law
         (including common law), rule, regulation, order, ordinance, writ,
         judgment, injunction, decree, or determination having the force of law
         (including, without limitation, the Clean Air Act, the Toxic Substance
         Control Act, the Clean Water Act, the Comprehensive Environmental
         Response, Compensation and Liability Act, and the Resource
         Conservation and Recovery Act, all as amended, or their state
         counterparts or analogues) relating to (i) pollution, contamination or
         destruction of, or loss of or injury to, or any adverse effect upon,
         the air, drinking water supply, surface water, ground water, land or
         other natural resource (collectively, the "Environment"); (ii) the
         protection, cleanup or restoration of, or removal, remediation or
         mitigation of conditions affecting, the Environment; (iii) the
         release, discharge, emission, generation, handling, transportation,
         use, processing, treatment, storage, disposal or other management of,
         or exposure to, any Hazardous Substance; (iv) the regulation of the
         manufacture, processing, distribution or use of chemical substances
         for commercial purposes; (v) noise, electromagnetic forces,
         non-ionizing radiation or radioactive materials, by-products or waste;
         (vi) the protection of the safety or health of humans, including, but
         not limited to, exposure to Hazardous Substances.

         2.11.   Deposits.  Attached hereto as Exhibit 1.02(a) is a true and
accurate schedule of all Deposits (including IRAs), and related information,
which are domiciled at the Branch, prepared as of





                                      -13-
<PAGE>   18
a date within 10 days prior to the date of this Agreement (which Exhibit shall
be updated at and as of the Closing Date and, as updated, shall be true and
accurate as of such date).  The Deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation ("FDIC") Savings Association Insurance Fund to applicable
legal limits.  The Deposits were solicited and currently exist in material
compliance with all applicable requirements of federal, state and local laws
and regulations promulgated thereunder (for purposes of this clause, a Deposit
would not be in material compliance if the noncompliance subjects the
depository institution to any penalty or liability).

         2.12.   Branch Lease.

         (a)     The Lease is valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with
its terms subject as to enforcement to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization,
moratorium, laws governing fraudulent conveyance or equitable subordination
principles and other laws of general applicability relating to or affecting
creditors' rights generally and to general principles of equity.  Neither
Seller nor the lessor under the Lease is in default under, and no event has
occurred which, with notice of the lapse of time or both would constitute a
default under the Lease.  Seller has not previously been given notice of any
event of default, or event or condition which, with the giving of notice or the
lapse of time, or both, would constitute a default under the Lease.  Seller has
delivered a true and correct copy of the Lease to Purchaser.  Except for the
loan by Seller to the lessor under the Lease, which loan is secured by the
Security Deposit, the Lease is the only agreement between the Seller and the
landlord thereunder relating to the Real Estate Interest.  The Lease represents
the entire agreement between the landlord thereunder and the Seller with
respect to the Branch.  All payments of rent or other monies required to be
paid by Seller pursuant to the Lease have been paid.  The terms of the Lease
permit Seller to use the premises subject to the Lease as an office of a
federal savings bank.

         (b)     Seller is not entitled to, and has made no agreements with the
landlord under the Lease, or landlord's agents, employees or representatives,
concerning free rent, partial rent, rebates of rent payments, credit, offset or
reduction of rent, or other type of rental concession including, without
limitation, Lease support payments or Lease buyouts, except for the loan to the
lessor described in Section 2.12(a) above or as previously disclosed to
Purchaser in writing.

         2.13.   Loans.  Attached hereto as Exhibits 1.01(c) and 1.01(d) are
true and accurate schedules of all Loans and Overdraft Protection Loans,
respectively, including accrued and unpaid interest thereon, computed as of a
date within 10 days prior to the date of this Agreement (which exhibits shall
be updated at and as of the Closing Date and, as updated, shall be true and
accurate as of such date).

         (a)     Each Loan and Overdraft Protection Loan included in the
Assets was made or acquired by Seller in the ordinary course of business at the
time such Loan or Overdraft Protection Loan was made or acquired.

         (b)     None of the Loans or Overdraft Protection Loans included in
the Assets is presently serviced by third parties, and there are no
obligations, agreements or understandings whatsoever that could result in any
such Loan or Overdraft Protection Loan becoming subject to any such third party
servicing.





                                      -14-
<PAGE>   19
         (c)     There are no misrepresentations of material facts made by
officers or employees of Seller in the credit files relating to the Loans and
Overdraft Protection Loans, provided that the term "facts" shall not include
judgments or opinions of such officers or employees which were in good faith or
information which is reflective of information supplied by the borrower.

         (d)     With respect to each Loan and each Overdraft Protection Loan
originated by Seller and being transferred to Purchaser and to the knowledge of
Seller with respect to each loan purchased by Seller and being transferred to
Purchaser:

         (i)     Such Loan or Overdraft Protection Loan was solicited,
                 originated and currently exists in material compliance with
                 all applicable requirements of federal, state and local laws
                 and regulations promulgated thereunder (for purposes of this
                 clause (i), a Loan or Overdraft Protection Loan would not be
                 in material compliance if the noncompliance adversely affects
                 the value or collectibility of the Loan or Overdraft
                 Protection Loan or subjects the lender to any penalty or
                 liability);

         (ii)    Each note, agreement or other instrument evidencing a Loan or
                 Overdraft Protection Loan and any related security agreement
                 or instrument (including, without limitation, any guaranty or
                 similar instrument) constitutes a valid, legal and binding
                 obligation of the obligor thereunder, enforceable in
                 accordance with its terms, subject as to enforcement to
                 bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, laws
                 governing fraudulent conveyance or equitable subordination
                 principles and other laws of general applicability relating to
                 or affecting creditors' rights generally and to general
                 principles of equity; and all actions necessary to perfect any
                 related security interest have been duly taken;

         (iii)   There has been no material modification to or material waiver
                 of the terms of the applicable loan documents except as
                 evidenced in documents executed by the parties and included in
                 such loan documents; and

         (iv)    To Seller's knowledge (as defined in Section 2.10 hereof),
                 there is no valid claim or valid defense to the enforcement of
                 such Loans and Overdraft Protection Loans, and Seller has not
                 taken or failed to take any action that would entitle any
                 obligor or other party to assert successfully any claim
                 against Seller or Purchaser (including without limitation any
                 right not to repay any such obligation or any part thereof).

         2.14.   Personal Property.    Exhibit 1.01(b) is a true and accurate
schedule of the categories of Personal Property owned by Seller at the Branch,
which exhibit specifies the net book value of all of the items in each such
category as shown on the financial records of Seller, computed as of July 1,
1997 and describing any security interest therein or lien thereon.  Seller
represents that the Personal Property is in good condition and repair, ordinary
wear and tear excepted.

         2.15.  FIRPTA.  Seller is not a foreign person within the meaning of
the Internal Revenue Code Section 1445.





                                      -15-
<PAGE>   20
         2.16.    Books and Records.  The books and records of Seller relating
to the Branch, the Liabilities and the Assets are complete and correct in all
material respects and have been maintained in accordance with good business
practice.  Such records have been prepared, to the extent applicable, in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied
throughout the periods involved.  The records fairly present the financial
position of the Branch as of the date thereof, and the results of operations
for the Branch for the periods referred to therein.  Seller does not have any
liabilities (absolute or contingent) which are material to the Branch, the
Assets or the Liabilities that are not reflected or provided for in the
records.

         2.17.    Absence of Certain Changes and Events.  Since July 23, 1997,
Seller has not:

         (a)      suffered any material adverse change with respect to the
Assets or the Liabilities;

         (b)      except in the ordinary course of business and consistent with
prudent banking practices, (A) sold, transferred, leased, pledged, mortgaged,
or otherwise encumbered or (except for this Agreement) agreed to sell,
transfer, lease, pledge, mortgage or otherwise encumber, any of the Assets or
rights with respect thereto, or (B) canceled, waived, compromised or agreed to
cancel, waive or compromise any debts, claims or rights with respect to the
Assets or the Liabilities;

         (c)      made or permitted any amendment, termination or lapse of any
contract, lease, agreement, license or permit, if such amendment, termination
or lapse (individually or in the aggregate) would reasonably be expected to
have a material adverse effect on the Assets or the Liabilities;

         (d)      made any change in any method of management or operation of
the Branch not in the ordinary course of business or any accounting change;

         (e)      granted any general increase in the compensation of its
officers or employees of the Branch (including any increase pursuant to any
bonus, pension, profit sharing or other plan or commitment), except for normal
periodic increases made pursuant to established compensation policies of Seller
applied on a basis consistent with that of the prior year, other than increases
and payments necessary, in Seller's reasonable discretion, to maintain and
preserve the operation of the Branch, all of which increases that relate to
employees with respect to the Branch shall be promptly disclosed in writing to
Purchaser by Seller;

         (f)      caused the Branch to transfer to Seller's other operations any
deposits other than deposits securing loans made by Seller which are not Loans,
except in the ordinary course of business at the unsolicited request of
depositors, or caused any of Seller's other operations to transfer to the
Branch any deposits, except in the ordinary course of business at the
unsolicited request of depositors;

         (g)      made any change to its customary policies for setting rates on
deposits offered at the Branch, including any increase in interest rates paid
unless (and only to the extent that) there has been a general increase in
market interest rates as reflected by an increase in the market yield of U.S.
Treasury securities of comparable maturity; or





                                      -16-
<PAGE>   21
         (h)     entered into any other transaction or conducted its affairs,
in either case related to the Assets or the Liabilities, other than in the
ordinary course of business and consistent with prudent banking practices
except as contemplated by this Agreement.

         2.18.   Closing Date.  Each representation, warranty, covenant and
agreement of Seller set forth in this Agreement shall be deemed to be made on
and as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date.

         2.19.   Representations Not Misleading.  No representation or warranty
by the Seller contained in this Agreement, nor in any statement, exhibit or
schedule furnished to the Purchaser by the Seller under and pursuant to, or in
anticipation of or in connection with, this Agreement contains or will contain
on the Closing Date any untrue statement of a material fact or omits or will
omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained herein
or therein, in light of the circumstances under which it was or will be made,
not misleading.

         2.20.   Survival of Representations and Warranties.  The
representations and warranties of Seller hereunder shall survive the Closing
for a period of two years.

                                   SECTION 3.

                  Representations and Warranties of Purchaser

         Purchaser hereby represents and warrants to Seller as follows:

         3.01.   Corporate Organization and Related Matters.  Purchaser is a
nationally chartered commercial bank duly organized, validly existing and in
good standing under the laws of the United States, with the corporate power and
authority to exercise commercial banking powers and to engage in all other
businesses in which it engages and to acquire the Assets and assume the
Liabilities subject to regulatory approval.  Neither the execution and delivery
of this Agreement nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby
violate, conflict with or constitute a breach of any provision of the articles
of association or bylaws of Purchaser or any agreement or instrument to which
it is a party or by which its assets are bound, or (subject to any consent
required to be obtained hereunder) any law, rule or regulation or any order or
decree applicable by its terms specifically to Purchaser or its assets.

         3.02.   Execution of Agreement; Enforceability.  The execution and
delivery of this Agreement and each of the documents and instruments
contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action
on the part of Purchaser.  This Agreement constitutes, and such documents and
instruments will constitute, legal, valid and binding obligations of Purchaser,
enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, subject to bankruptcy,
solvency, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws relating to the rights
and remedies of creditors, as well as to general principles of equity.

         3.03.   Actions, Suits and Proceedings.  There are no actions, suits
or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of Purchaser, threatened against or
affecting Purchaser, and to the knowledge of





                                      -17-
<PAGE>   22
Purchaser, no basis therefor, which if decided adversely to Purchaser would
have a material adverse effect on the ability or authority of Purchaser to
consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

         3.04.   Agreements with Governmental Authorities.  Purchaser is not a
party to any agreement, understanding, consent decree or other arrangement with
any federal or state regulatory or other agency charged with supervising any
portion of the banking industry which would prohibit, or otherwise have a
material adverse effect on Purchaser's authority or ability to consummate, the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement.  Purchaser has not received notice
from any federal or state governmental agency indicating that it would oppose
or not grant or issue its consent or approval, if required, with respect to the
transaction contemplated by this Agreement.

         3.05.   No Brokers or Agents.  Except as otherwise disclosed in
Exhibit 3.05, Purchaser has not retained or otherwise engaged any broker,
finder or other person or agent or agreed to pay any fee or commission to any
agent, broker or other person for or on account of this Agreement or the
transactions contemplated hereby.

         3.06.   Closing Date.  Each representation, warranty, covenant and
agreement of Purchaser set forth in this Agreement shall be deemed to be made
on and as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date.

         3.07.   Representations Not Misleading.  No representation or warranty
by the Purchaser contained in this Agreement, nor in any statement, exhibit or
schedule furnished to the Seller by the Purchaser under and pursuant to, or in
anticipation of or in connection with, this Agreement contains or will contain
on the Closing Date any untrue statement of a material fact or omits or will
omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained herein
or therein, in light of the circumstances under which it was or will be made,
not misleading.

         3.08.   Survival of Representations and Warranties.  The
representations and warranties of Purchaser hereunder shall survive the Closing
for a period of two years.

                                   SECTION 4.

                    Conduct of Business Pending Closing Date

         4.01.   Ordinary Course of Business.  Seller shall carry on its
business in a manner consistent with past practices and shall not, with respect
to its business and operations at the Branch or in connection with the Assets
or Liabilities, engage in any activities or transactions outside the ordinary
course of business, except with the consent of Purchaser or in connection with
the transactions contemplated hereby.

         4.02.   Preservation of Business.  Seller shall exercise all
reasonable efforts to preserve its business operations as conducted in its
Branch, to preserve for Purchaser the good will of its customers and others
doing business with Seller whose deposits constitute portions of the
Liabilities, and to





                                      -18-
<PAGE>   23
exercise reasonable efforts to cooperate with and assist Purchaser in assuring
the orderly transition of such business from Seller to Purchaser.

         4.03.   Indebtedness and Collateral Obligations.  Seller shall not
incur any indebtedness secured by any of the Assets or otherwise encumber any
of the Assets, and Seller shall not enter into or assume any material contract
or obligation affecting the Assets and Liabilities without first obtaining
Purchaser's written consent.

         4.04.   Certain Actions.  Seller shall not take any action or omit to
take any action which would make any representation or warranty contained in
Section 2 hereof untrue in any material respect.

                                   SECTION 5.

                                   Covenants

         5.01.   No Offers or Negotiations.  Neither Seller nor its respective
subsidiaries and affiliates will, directly or indirectly, through any officer,
director, stockholder, agent or other person, negotiate, solicit, initiate or
encourage submission of proposals or offers from any other persons (including
without limitation any of its or their officers, directors, employees or
significant stockholders) relating to any acquisition or purchase of any
portion of the Assets or Liabilities, or any equity interest in Seller or any
business interest in Seller or any subsidiary which would impair or otherwise
interfere with the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.
Seller shall promptly cease and cause to be terminated any current negotiations
conducted with any parties other than Purchaser with respect to the acquisition
or purchase of any portion of the Assets or Liabilities, or any equity interest
in Seller or any business interest in Seller or any subsidiary which would
impair or otherwise interfere with the consummation of the transactions
contemplated hereby, and shall request the immediate return of any and all
information supplied to any such party in connection therewith.  Any consent
heretofore granted by Seller or its affiliates to permit persons to make any
such proposal (other than consents given to Purchaser) shall immediately be
withdrawn and no further consents, waivers or amendments shall be granted by
Seller.

         5.02.   Access to Books and Records.  Seller shall furnish Purchaser
with such additional financial and other data and information regarding the
Assets and Liabilities as Purchaser reasonably may request from time to time,
including without limitation any information required for inclusion in all
governmental applications necessary to effect the transactions contemplated
hereby.  Upon reasonable notice, Seller shall permit officers and authorized
representatives of Purchaser access to inspect the Branch during normal
business hours or at such other time mutually agreed by both parties and permit
Purchaser to make or cause to be made such reasonable investigation of
information and materials relating to the financial condition of the Branch,
including, if any, general and subsidiary ledgers, deposit records and any
other information concerning the business, property and legal questions
concerning the Branch as Purchaser reasonably deems necessary or advisable.

         5.03.   Confidentiality.  Purchaser will, and will cause its officers,
directors, employees and agents to, hold in strictest confidence and not
disclose to any other person or entity without the prior





                                      -19-
<PAGE>   24
written consent of Seller, all information received by Purchaser from or with
respect to Seller in connection with this Agreement and the transaction
contemplated hereby, except such information as may otherwise be publicly
available or except such information as may be required to be disclosed by
applicable law in connection with governmental applications or otherwise.
Likewise, the Seller will, and will cause its officers, directors, employees
and agents to, hold information concerning the Purchaser in strict confidence.
These confidentiality obligations shall survive the termination of this
Agreement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Purchaser and Seller agree that
Purchaser shall prepare and issue a press release announcing that Purchaser
will be acquiring the Assets and assuming the Deposits pursuant to this
Agreement and that Seller may also issue a press release regarding the
transaction.  Purchaser and Seller agree that each shall provide a copy of any
such press release to the other prior to the issuance of any such press
release.

         5.04.   Applications, Consents and Approvals.

         (a)     Purchaser shall prepare and file all applications, as required
by law, with the appropriate federal and state banking regulatory authorities
for approval to purchase the Assets and to assume the Liabilities of and to
establish a branch at the location of the Branch of Seller not later than ten
(10) days following the execution of this Agreement and to effect in all other
respects the transaction contemplated hereby.

         (b)     Seller shall use its best efforts (i) to assist Purchaser in
preparing and filing all applications as required by law, to the appropriate
federal and state regulatory authorities; and (ii) to obtain any further
consents or authorizations to consummate in all other respects the transactions
contemplated hereby.

         (c)     Purchaser and Seller shall comply with the normal and usual
requirements imposed by regulatory authorities applicable to effectuate
transactions such as the transaction contemplated hereby, shall use their
respective good faith efforts to obtain any required permission of such
regulatory authorities and to provide to each other any additional assistance
that would expedite preparations for the sale of the Assets and the assumption
of Liabilities to Purchaser.  Purchaser shall make draft copies of its
applications and filings available to Seller and its counsel on request
(excluding confidential Purchaser information), shall process all applications
in a diligent manner and on a priority basis, and shall provide Seller with
copies of all materials filed with regulatory authorities or other third
parties in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby (excluding
confidential Purchaser information).  Purchaser and Seller shall promptly
notify each other of the scheduling of any meeting with federal or state
regulatory authorities concerning the subject matter hereof and shall use their
best efforts to permit representatives of the other or their respective counsel
to attend any such meetings.  In addition, Purchaser shall use reasonable good
faith efforts to achieve the condition set forth in Section 6.06 hereof of
being "well capitalized" on or before the Closing Date.  Purchaser shall
furnish Seller with all material information on a timely basis relating to
Purchaser's efforts to meet the requirements described in Section 6.06 and
8.01(i).





                                      -20-
<PAGE>   25
         (d)     Seller will use its best efforts to obtain promptly and
diligently all consents and approvals of third parties to the transactions
contemplated hereby, including, but not limited to the consent of the landlord
under the Lease to the assignment of the Lease to Purchaser.

         5.05.   Reports to Purchaser.  Until the earliest to occur of the
Closing Date or the termination of this Agreement, Seller shall provide to
Purchaser a monthly Branch deposit summary involving the Deposits and such
other reports and information as Purchaser reasonably may request from time to
time concerning the Assets and Liabilities and the business and operations of
Seller at its Branch, provided that Seller shall not be required to take any
action which would be unduly disruptive of its business and activities.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Seller shall promptly notify Purchaser of any
material adverse change in the condition of the Assets or Liabilities.

         5.06.   Operational and Data Processing Conversion Matters.  Seller
shall cooperate with Purchaser's reasonable requests in order to accommodate
any and all requirements for Purchaser to convert the operations of the Branch
from a branch of Seller to a branch of Purchaser, including without limitation
any requirements for the conversion of data processing to Purchaser's systems.
Seller covenants that it will assist Purchaser with Purchaser's reasonable
requests following the Closing in the event that Purchaser is unable to
complete its requirements prior thereto.  Except as otherwise provided herein,
all costs and expenses of the data processing and other similar conversions to
Purchaser's systems shall be borne by Purchaser.

         5.07.   Further Assurances.  Seller agrees to provide such bills of
sale, acknowledgments and other instruments of conveyance and transfer as in
the reasonable judgment of Purchaser shall be necessary and appropriate to vest
in Purchaser the legal and equitable title to the Assets, free and clear of all
liens and encumbrances.  Purchaser shall be responsible for the cost of all
title examinations, titling fees and surveys relating to the Real Estate
Interests.

         5.08.   Allocation of Purchase Price.  The purchase price of the
Assets and Liabilities hereunder shall be allocated on an allocation schedule
to be agreed to by Purchaser and Seller prior to the Closing.  Within 60 days
of the Closing, Seller shall prepare an IRS Form 8594 reflecting the allocation
of the purchase price as agreed to by Seller and Purchaser and shall submit
such Form 8594 to Purchaser for review.  Purchaser shall inform Seller in
writing of any disagreements with the amounts allocated on Form 8594 within 15
days after receipt.  The amounts shown on Form 8594 shall become final should
Purchaser fail to inform Seller within 15 days.  Purchaser and Seller agree
that they will not take, nor will they permit any affiliated person to take,
for income tax reporting purposes a position inconsistent with such allocation.

                                   SECTION 6.

                     Conditions to Obligations of Purchaser

         The obligations of Purchaser to complete the transaction provided for
in this Agreement are subject to and conditioned upon the fulfillment, on or
before the Closing Date, of each of the following conditions, unless waived by
Purchaser to the extent permitted by law:





                                      -21-
<PAGE>   26
         6.01.   Representations and Warranties True.  The representations and
warranties of the Seller shall be true and correct in all material respects
when made and shall be true and correct in all material respects at and as of
the Closing Date as though such representations and warranties were made at and
as of such time, except for any changes permitted by the terms hereof or
consented to by Purchaser.

         6.02.   Obligations Performed by Seller.  Seller shall have performed
and complied in all material respects with all obligations and agreements
required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by it prior to or
at the Closing Date.

         6.03.   No Adverse Litigation.  As of the Closing Date, no action,
suit or proceeding shall be pending or threatened against Seller or Purchaser,
or the Assets and Liabilities, which reasonably could be expected to (a)
materially and adversely affect the business and operations of Seller at its
Branch or the Assets and Liabilities, or (b) materially and adversely affect
the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

         6.04.   Compliance Certificate.  Seller shall have delivered to
Purchaser a certificate of an authorized officer, dated the Closing Date,
certifying to the fulfillment of each of the foregoing conditions.

         6.05.   Certain Regulatory Approvals.  Purchaser and Seller shall have
received from the appropriate federal and state regulatory authorities all
approvals necessary for the consummation of the transactions contemplated
hereby and to operate a branch office at the location of Seller's Branch, such
approvals shall be in full force and effect and all waiting periods imposed by
law or regulation shall have expired, unless such approval imposes any
condition or requirement which in the judgment of Purchaser would adversely
impact the economic or business benefits of the transactions contemplated by
the Agreement or otherwise would in the judgment of the Purchaser be so
burdensome as to render inadvisable the consummation of the transactions
contemplated by the Agreement.

         6.06.   Capital.  On a pro forma basis giving effect to the
consummation of the purchase and assumption transactions provided for in this
Agreement, the Purchaser will be "well-capitalized" as defined for bank
regulatory purposes and in compliance with all capital requirements, standards
and ratios required by each state or federal bank or holding company regulator
with jurisdiction over the Purchaser, its holding company and affiliates.

         6.07.   Legal Opinion.  Purchaser shall have received an opinion,
dated the Closing Date, of counsel to the Seller, to the effect set forth in
Exhibit 6.07 hereto.

         6.08.   Deposits.  At Closing, Seller shall fully disclose and
identify, through transfer of appropriate records or otherwise, all Deposit
accounts on which holds have been placed which contain uncollected balances,
and stop payment orders, and the amounts thereof.

         6.09.   Lease Agreement.  The consent of the landlord under the Lease
to the assignment by Seller of the Lease to Purchaser, shall have been obtained
without the imposition of conditions Purchaser deems unduly burdensome or
unreasonable.  Such consent shall be in form and substance





                                      -22-
<PAGE>   27
satisfactory to Purchaser in the exercise of its sole discretion, and shall
include landlord's representation and warranty to Purchaser that the Lease is a
valid and binding obligation of landlord and landlord's representation,
warranty and/or agreement that the Security Deposit is held in a manner
satisfactory to Purchaser.

                                   SECTION 7.

                      Conditions to Obligations of Seller

         The obligations of Seller to complete the transaction provided for in
this Agreement are subject to and conditioned upon the fulfillment, on or
before the Closing Date, of each of the following conditions, unless waived by
Seller to the extent permitted by law:

         7.01.   Representations and Warranties True.  The representations and
warranties of the Purchaser shall be true and correct in all material respects
when made and shall be true and correct in all material respects at and as of
the Closing Date as though such representations and warranties were made at and
as of such time, except for any changes permitted by the terms hereof or
consented to by Seller.

         7.02.   Obligations Performed by Purchaser.  Purchaser shall have
performed and complied in all material respects with all obligations and
agreements required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by it
prior to or at the Closing Date.

         7.03.   No Adverse Litigation.  As of the Closing Date, no action,
suit or proceeding shall be pending or threatened against Seller or Purchaser,
or the Assets and Liabilities, which reasonably could be expected to (a)
materially and adversely affect the business and operations of Seller at its
Branch or the Assets and Liabilities, or (b) materially and adversely affect
the transaction contemplated by this Agreement.

         7.04.   Compliance Certificate.  Purchaser shall have delivered to
Seller a certificate of an authorized officer, dated the Closing Date,
certifying to the fulfillment of each of the foregoing conditions.

         7.05.   Regulatory and Other Approvals.  Purchaser and Seller shall
have received all governmental approvals (which shall be unconditional except
for such standard conditions as are customarily imposed on such transactions)
necessary for the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, and all
waiting periods imposed by law or regulation shall have expired.

         7.06.   Legal Opinion.  Seller shall have received an opinion, dated
the Closing Date, of counsel to Purchaser, to the effect set forth in Exhibit
7.06 hereto.





                                      -23-
<PAGE>   28
                                   SECTION 8.

                                  Termination

         8.01.   Methods of Termination.  This Agreement may be terminated in
any of the following ways:

         (a)     at any time on or before the Closing Date by the mutual
consent in writing of Seller and Purchaser;

         (b)     on the Closing Date by Purchaser if the conditions set forth
in Section 6 of this Agreement shall not have been met by Seller or waived in
writing by Purchaser;

         (c)     on the Closing Date by Seller if the conditions set forth in
Section 7 of this Agreement shall not have been met by Purchaser or waived in
writing by Seller;

         (d)     at any time on or before the Closing Date by Purchaser if
Seller shall have been in breach of any representation or warranty in any
material respect (as if such representation or warranty had been made on and as
of the date hereof and on the date of the notice of breach referred to below),
or in breach of any covenant, undertaking or obligation contained herein, and
such breach has not been cured by the earlier of thirty days after the giving
of notice to the breaching party or the Closing Date;

         (e)     at any time on or before the Closing Date by Seller if
Purchaser shall have been in breach of any representation or warranty in any
material respect (as if such representation or warranty had been made on and as
of the date hereof and on the date of the notice of breach referred to below),
or in breach of any covenant, undertaking or obligation contained herein, and
such breach has not been cured by the earlier of thirty days after the giving
of notice to the breaching party or the Closing Date;

         (f)     by Seller or Purchaser in writing at any time after any of the
regulatory authorities has denied, by final, non-appealable order, any
application by Purchaser for approval of the transactions contemplated hereby;

         (g)     by Purchaser in writing at any time after 60 days from the
date hereof, if by that date the landlord on the Lease shall not have consented
in writing to the assignment to, and assumption by, Purchaser of the Lease
under the current terms and conditions applicable to Seller;

         (h)     by Purchaser or Seller in writing if the transactions
contemplated hereby are not consummated on or before October 15, 1997, provided
that if consummation of the transaction is postponed beyond this date solely
due to failure to receive regulatory approvals, Purchaser or Seller may extend
this date to December 1, 1997 by notice to the other;

         (i)     by Seller if Century Bancshares, Inc., the bank holding
company for Purchaser, shall not have filed on or before August 20, 1997 with
the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement covering shares
of its common stock; and





                                      -24-
<PAGE>   29
         (j)     by Purchaser on or before August 15, 1997 if its review of the
books, records and affairs of the Seller as related to the Branch, the
Liabilities and the Assets is not satisfactory to the Purchaser in its sole
judgment.

         8.02.   Procedure Upon Termination.  In the event of termination
pursuant to Section 8.01 hereof, written notice shall forthwith be given to the
other parties, and this Agreement shall terminate upon receipt of such notice
immediately unless an extension is consented to by the party having the right
to terminate.  If this Agreement is terminated as provided herein, each party
will return all documents, work papers and other materials of the other parties
relating to this transaction, whether obtained before or after the execution of
this Agreement, to the parties furnishing the same, and all information
received by any party hereto with respect to the business of another party
(other than information which is a matter of public knowledge or which has
heretofore been or is hereafter published in any publication for public
distribution or filed as public information with any governmental authority)
shall not at any time be used for any business purpose by such party or
disclosed by such party to third persons.  Nothing herein shall be deemed to
limit or prejudice in any way any remedy which any party may have against
another party for a breach of this Agreement.

                                   SECTION 9.

                            Miscellaneous Provisions

         9.01.   Entire Agreement.  This Agreement, the documents and
instruments to be executed hereunder and the exhibits and schedules hereto
constitute the entire Agreement among the parties hereto, and supersedes all
prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties
with respect to the subject matter hereof.  No supplement, amendment,
alteration or modification of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed
in writing by the parties hereto.  Because of the confidential nature of the
information contained in certain schedules and exhibits hereto, it is agreed
and understood that the schedules and exhibits shall not be filed as a part of
any public filings, except as specifically required by law, rule or regulation,
and that Purchaser and Seller shall (subject to the valid orders of any court
or governmental body and except as may be required in order to obtain legal or
equitable relief for a breach hereof) maintain the information contained in
such exhibits and schedules as confidential.

         9.02.   Employees.

         (a)     Purchaser may, but shall be under no obligation to, extend
offers of employment as of the Closing Date to Seller's employees at the
Branch.  It is acknowledged that following the execution of this Agreement and
prior to the Closing Date, Seller may reassign the current Branch Manager after
hiring a new Branch Manager acceptable to Purchaser, provided, however, that
the parties hereto agree that Purchaser shall not have any liability for the
actions of such person while employed by Seller.  Seller hereby agrees to
transfer to Purchaser, promptly upon receiving a written consent from such
employees, a copy of each such employee's most recent performance review and to
permit Purchaser to review and make notes from each such employee's entire
personnel and employment file.





                                      -25-
<PAGE>   30
         (b)     Such employees of Seller who accept offers of employment by
Purchaser ("Retained Employees") shall be employed upon terms and conditions of
employment determined solely by Purchaser's policies, procedures and programs;
provided, however, that for purposes of Purchaser's various employee benefit
plans following the Closing Date, time of service with the Seller will be
credited to Retained Employees for purposes of determining and calculating
their eligibility for and vesting to the greatest extent permitted under
Purchaser's plans and all preexisting conditions of Retained Employees will be
waived by Purchaser to the greatest extent permitted under Purchaser's plans.
Each Retained Employee shall be permitted, to the extent permitted by law and
the provisions of Purchaser's plan, to participate in Purchaser's 401(k) plan
and to transfer to Purchaser's plan, amounts due to them under Seller's plan.

         (c)     Seller agrees that it shall render Purchaser every assistance
in soliciting certain of its Branch employees to accept employment with
Purchaser, including but not limited to permitting Purchaser to immediately
contact and solicit such employees.  Purchaser acknowledges that Seller has
made no assurances to Purchaser with respect to such employees' accepting
positions with Purchaser and incurs no liability to Purchaser in rendering the
assistance referred to herein.

         (d)     Purchaser shall have no liability to any of Seller's current
employees for any accrued wages, sick leave, vacation time, pension obligations
or any other employee benefits.  Purchaser will have no liability and will not
assume obligations under any "employee benefit plan" (as such term is defined
in the Employee Retirement Security Act of 1974, as amended) of Seller or any
other obligations (including, without limitation, severance obligations) of
Seller to the employees of the Branch.  Seller will be responsible for
fulfilling, and resolving any disputes concerning, its liabilities or
obligations (including, without limitation, severance obligations) to the
employees at the Branch under any such employee benefit plan or otherwise.  All
wages and salaries, workers' compensation payments, vacation pay and social
security and unemployment taxes of Branch employees shall be paid by Seller for
the period to and including the Closing Date.  The obligation of Seller
pursuant to this Section shall survive the Closing.

         9.03.   Consents.  Whenever the consent of a party is required under
this Agreement, such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

         9.04.   Waiver.  No waiver of any provision shall be deemed or shall
constitute a waiver of any other provision hereof nor shall such waiver
constitute a continuing waiver unless otherwise expressly provided.

         9.05.   Captions and Headings.  The captions and headings contained
herein are for convenience of reference only and shall not be considered a part
of or affect the construction or interpretation of this Agreement.

         9.06.   Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be governed by and
construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Virginia.





                                      -26-
<PAGE>   31
         9.07.   Notices.  Any notice or communication required by this
Agreement shall be given in writing by certified mail, return receipt
requested, postage prepaid, or by hand delivery, as follows:

If to Seller to:                               With a copy to:

James M. Miller, President and CEO             David H. Baris, Esquire
Eastern American Bank, FSB                     Kennedy & Baris, L.L.P.
208 Elden Street, #200                         4719 Hampden Lane, Suite 300
Herndon, VA  20170                             Bethesda, MD  20814

If to Purchaser, to:                           With a copy to:

Joseph S. Bracewell, President                 Waverly Vest, Esquire
Century National Bank                          Bracewell & Patterson, L.L.P.
1275 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW                   711 Louisiana, Suite 2900
Washington, DC 20004                           Houston, TX 77002-2781

Such notice shall be deemed to have been given on the date of such mailing or
hand delivery, provided that notices of changes of address shall be effective
only upon actual receipt.

         9.08.   Assignment.  This Agreement and all of the provisions thereof
shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto
and their respective successors and assigns, provided that neither this
Agreement nor any of the rights or obligations hereunder shall be assigned
prior to the Closing Date by any party hereto without the prior written consent
of the other parties.

         9.09.   Expenses.  Except as otherwise specifically provided herein,
each party hereto shall bear and pay all costs and expenses incurred by it or
on its behalf in connection with this Agreement and the transactions
contemplated hereunder.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if either party files
any regulatory application in connection with this transaction for which an
application fee is required, such party shall be solely liable for payment of
such fee, except as the other party may expressly agree in writing.

         9.10.   Terminology.  For purposes of this Agreement, "knowledge" of a
particular fact or other matter means information actually known to a party's
officers, directors, employees or agents or such information that a prudent
person could be expected to discover after due inquiry appropriate under the
circumstance.

         9.11.   Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed simultaneously
in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but
all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.





                                      -27-
<PAGE>   32
         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to
be duly executed by their duly authorized officers as of the date first written
above.


                                        EASTERN AMERICAN BANK, FSB
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        By: /s/ James M. Miller           
                                            -----------------------------------
                                            James M. Miller, President and CEO
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        CENTURY NATIONAL BANK
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        By: /s/ Joseph S. Bracewell   
                                            -----------------------------------
                                            Joseph S. Bracewell, President





                                      -28-

<PAGE>   1
                                                                  EXHIBIT 10.13

                                                               [CONFORMED COPY]

              AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO PURCHASE AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT
                                 BY AND BETWEEN
              EASTERN AMERICAN BANK, FSB AND CENTURY NATIONAL BANK



         This AMENDMENT NO. 1 (the "Amendment") to the Purchase and Assumption
Agreement dated as of July 24, 1997 (the "Agreement") by and between Eastern
American Bank, FSB ("Seller") and Century National Bank ("Purchaser) is dated
as of August 15, 1997.

         The Agreement provides for the acquisition of certain assets and
assumption of certain liabilities of the Seller by the Purchaser. Section 9.01
of the Agreement provides that the Agreement may be amended by the parties
thereto by a written instrument signed by Purchaser and Seller. The parties
wish to amend the Agreement to revise certain terms set forth in the Agreement.
All capitalized terms used in this Amendment without definition are used as
defined in the Agreement. Accordingly, in consideration of the premises and the
mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto agree as
follows:

         1.       In calculating the amount of the Premium in Section 1.04(g)
of the Agreement, the following amounts shall be excluded from the Deposits:
(i) the balance of certificates of deposit of type 65 (Age CD) and (ii) the
balance of accounts held by Seller or any of its directors, officers,
employees, affiliates, principal shareholders or their families or related
interests. With respect to the foregoing accounts, Seller shall be exempt from
the provisions of Section 2.17(f) of the Agreement and therefore be permitted
(but not required) to transfer such accounts to another one of Seller's
branches prior to Closing. Any such transfer shall not be deemed (a) to effect
a material adverse change pursuant to Section 2.17(a); (b) to be a change in
any method of management or operation of the Branch pursuant to Section
2.17(d); or to be a transaction other than in the ordinary course of business
pursuant to Section 2.17(h). Exhibit 1 to this Amendment is a listing of such
accounts as of the date of this Amendment. Seller shall provide to Purchaser at
the Closing an updated schedule of such accounts described in this Section 1.

         2.       The reference in Section 2.13(d)(iv) of the Agreement to
"Section 2.10 hereof" shall be changed to "Section 9.10 hereof".

         3.       As amended hereby, the Agreement is in all respects ratified,
confirmed and approved and shall remain in full force and effect.

         4.       This Amendment may be executed in multiple counterparts, each
of which shall be deemed an original and all of which shall be deemed to
constitute one and the same instrument.






<PAGE>   2


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to
be duly executed as of the date first above written.


                                       EASTERN AMERICAN BANK, FSB



                                       By:  /s/ James M. Miller
                                            -----------------------------------
                                            James M. Miller, President and CEO



                                       CENTURY NATIONAL BANK



                                       By:  /s/ Joseph S. Bracewell
                                            -----------------------------------
                                            Joseph S. Bracewell, President





                                      -2-




<PAGE>   1
                                                                   EXHIBIT 23.1



                        Consent of Independent Auditors


The Board of Directors
Century Bancshares, Inc.:

         We consent to the use of our report dated February 21, 1997, included
herein, and to the reference to our firm under the heading "Experts" in the
Prospectus.


                                                KPMG Peat Marwick LLP


Washington, D.C.
August 20, 1997






© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission